Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 13, 2013

Registration No. 333-190815

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware  

7372

  94-3322844

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor,

San Mateo, California 94404

(650) 472-4100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Vladimir G. Shmunis

Chief Executive Officer

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor,

San Mateo, California 94404

(650) 472-4100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Jeffrey D. Saper

Nathaniel P. Gallon

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

John H. Marlow

Senior Vice President

and General Counsel

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th   Floor,

San Mateo, California 94404

(650) 472-4100

 

Eric C. Jensen

Andrew S. Williamson

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after of this Registration Statement becomes effective .

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered(1)
 

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price

Per Share

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)
 

Amount of
Registration

Fee(3)

Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  8,625,000   $13.00   $112,125,000   $15,294

 

 

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes an additional 1,125,000 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
(3) The Registrant previously paid $13,640 of this amount in connection with the initial filing of the Registration Statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated September 13, 2013.

7,500,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of Class A common stock of RingCentral, Inc. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. RingCentral, Inc. is offering 7,420,000 shares of Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders are offering 80,000 shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is expected to be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share.

Following this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be identical, except with respect to voting and conversion. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share and will be convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Outstanding shares of Class B common stock will represent approximately 98.6% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following this offering.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RNG.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for so long as we remain an emerging growth company.

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 10 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount (1)

   $         $     

Proceeds to RingCentral, Inc., before expenses

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses

   $         $     
(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 150 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,125,000 additional shares of Class A common stock.

 

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock on or about                     , 2013.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.        J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch
Allen & Company LLC      Raymond James

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

LOGO

RingCentral®

Elevating Business

Communications Solutions

Into the Cloud


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     10   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     46  

Industry and Market Data

     47   

Use of Proceeds

     48  

Dividend Policy

     49  

Capitalization

     50   

Dilution

     52   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     54  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     56  

Business

     92  

Management

     107   

Executive Compensation

     116   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     130   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     133   

Description of Capital Stock

     136   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     144   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     146   

Underwriting

     150   

Legal Matters

     156   

Experts

     156   

Where You Can Find More Information

     156   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

For investors outside the U.S.: neither we, the selling stockholders nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

 

-i-


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise noted or indicated by the context, the term “RingCentral” refers to RingCentral, Inc., and “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to RingCentral and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business communications. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus fostering a more productive and dynamic workforce. RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables our customers and their employees to communicate via voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

Traditionally, businesses have used on-premise hardware-based communications systems, commonly referred to as private branch exchanges, or PBXs. These systems generally require specialized and expensive hardware that must be deployed at every business location and are primarily designed for employees working only at that location and using only their desk phones. In addition, these systems generally require significant upfront investment and ongoing maintenance and support costs. Furthermore, according to Gartner’s April 2013 report entitled “Bring Your Own Device: The Facts and the Future,” by 2017, half of employers will require their employees to supply their own devices for work purposes. We believe that this trend will create additional challenges for businesses using legacy communications solutions.

Our solutions have been developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet. We have designed our user interfaces to be intuitive and easy to use for both administrators and end-users. We believe that we can provide substantial savings to our customers because our services do not require the significant upfront investment in on-premise infrastructure hardware or ongoing maintenance costs commonly associated with on-premise systems. Our solutions generally use existing broadband connections. We design our solutions to be delivered to our customers with high reliability and quality of service using our proprietary high-availability and scalable infrastructure.

The market for business communications solutions is large. According to Infonetics Research, from 2008 through 2012, there were 61 million PBX lines sold in North America. Assuming our current base selling price of approximately $20 per user per month, we believe that the potential replacement market is approximately $15 billion in North America. We also believe that this estimate significantly understates the potential market opportunity for our cloud-based solutions because a significant number of businesses today have not historically deployed a business communications system due to functionality limitations, cost and other factors.

We primarily generate revenues by selling subscriptions for our cloud-based services. We focus on acquiring and retaining our customers and increasing their spending with us through adding

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

additional users, upselling current customers to premium service editions, and providing additional features and functionality. We market and sell our services directly, through both our website and inside sales teams, as well as indirectly through a network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We have a differentiated business model that reduces the time and cost to purchase, activate and begin using our services. We generally offer free trials to prospective customers, allowing them to evaluate our solutions before making a purchasing decision.

We have a diverse and growing customer base comprised of over 300,000 businesses across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail and technology. To date, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S. and Canada. We are making investments in an effort to address larger customers. We also believe that there is an additional growth opportunity in international markets.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $50.2 million, $78.9 million and $114.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, generating year-over-year increases of 57% and 45%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in research and development, brand marketing and channel development, infrastructure and operations, and incurred net losses of $7.3 million, $13.9 million and $35.4 million, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $51.8 million and $73.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $18.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

Industry Background

Communications systems are critical to any business. In recent years, there have been significant changes in how people work and communicate with customers, co-workers and other third parties. Traditionally, business personnel worked primarily at a single office, during business hours, and utilized desk phones as their primary communications devices connected through a PBX. With the proliferation of smartphones and tablets that offer much of the functionality of PCs, combined with the pervasiveness of inexpensive broadband Internet access, businesses are increasingly working around the clock across geographically dispersed locations, and their employees are using a broad array of communications devices and utilizing text, along with voice and fax, for business communications.

These changes have created new challenges for business communications. Traditional on-premise systems are generally not designed for workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments, or the use of multiple communication channels, including text. Today, businesses require flexible, location- and device-agnostic communications solutions that provide users with a single identity across multiple locations and devices.

Fundamental advances in cloud technologies have enabled a new generation of business software to be delivered as a service over the Internet. Today, mission-critical applications such as customer relationship management, human capital management, enterprise resource planning and information technology, or IT, support are being delivered securely and reliably to businesses through cloud-based platforms. While on-premise systems typically require significant upfront and ongoing costs, as well as trained and dedicated IT personnel, cloud-based services enable cost-effective and easy delivery of business applications to users regardless of location or access device.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

We believe that there is a significant opportunity to leverage the benefits of cloud computing to provide next-generation, cloud-based business communications solutions that address the new realities of workforce mobility, multi-device environments and multi-channel communications, thereby enabling people to communicate the way they do business.

Our Solutions

Our cloud-based business communications solutions provide a single user identity across multiple locations and devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, and allow for communication across multiple channels, including voice, text and fax. Our proprietary solutions enable a more productive and dynamic workforce, and have been architected using industry standards to meet modern business communications requirements, including workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments and multiple communications channels.

The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

Location Independence.     We seamlessly connect distributed and mobile users, enabling employees to communicate with a single identity whether working from a central location, a branch office, on the road, or at home.

 

  Ÿ  

Device Independence. Our solutions are designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy.

 

  Ÿ  

Instant Activation; Easy Account Management.     Our solutions are designed for rapid deployment and ease of management. Our simple and intuitive graphical user interfaces allow administrators and users to set up and manage their business communications system with little or no IT expertise, training or dedicated staffing.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability.     Our cloud-based solutions scale easily and efficiently with the growth of our customers. Customers can add users, regardless of their location, without having to purchase additional infrastructure hardware or software upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Lower Cost of Ownership.     We believe that our customers experience significantly lower cost of ownership compared to legacy on-premise systems. Using our cloud-based solutions, our customers can avoid the significant upfront costs of infrastructure hardware, software, ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs, and the need for dedicated and trained IT personnel.

 

  Ÿ  

Seamless and Intuitive Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications.     Our platform provides seamless and intuitive integration with multiple popular cloud-based business applications such as salesforce.com, Google Drive, Box and Dropbox.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include:

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary Core Technology Platform.      We have developed our core multi-tenant, cloud-based, high-availability, scalable platform in-house over several years using industry standards. Our platform incorporates our communications and messaging services, delivery and billing infrastructure and open application programming interfaces, or APIs, for integration with third parties.

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Mobile-Centric Approach.     Our platform was developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be provisioned, configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet as well as from PCs and the Web.

 

  Ÿ  

Rapid Innovation and Release Cycle.     We strive to continuously innovate in an effort to regularly release new features and functionality to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Quality and Reliability of Service.     Our platform employs a number of technologies and tools to provide the quality of service that our customers expect while using their existing broadband connections.

 

  Ÿ  

Effective Go-to-Market Strategy.     We employ a broad range of direct and indirect marketing channels to target potential customers, including search-engine marketing, search-engine optimization, referral, affiliate, radio and billboard advertising.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Focus on Larger RingCentral Office Customers.     We believe that these larger customers are more likely to have employees working in distributed locations or multiple offices and are more likely to require additional services, purchase premium service editions, have higher retention rates and enter into longer-term contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to Innovate.     We intend to continue to invest in development efforts to introduce new features and functionality to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Grow Revenues from Existing Customers.      We intend to grow our revenues from our existing customers as they add new users and as we provide them with new features and functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand Our Distribution Channels.     Our indirect sales channel currently consists of a network of over 1,000 resellers, including AT&T. We intend to continue to foster these relationships and to develop additional relationships with other resellers.

 

  Ÿ  

Scale Internationally.     To date, we have derived most of our total revenues from the North American market. We believe that there is an additional growth opportunity for our cloud-based business communications solutions in international markets.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Significant Losses.     We have incurred significant losses in the past and anticipate continuing to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we may therefore not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

  Ÿ  

Limited Operating History.     Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, which may increase the risk of your investment.

 

  Ÿ  

Reliance on Third Parties.     We rely on third parties for all of the network connectivity that is needed to deliver our services. We also lease third-party co-location facilities to house our data centers. We use purchased or leased hardware and licensed software from third parties, as well as rely on third parties for some software development, quality assurance, operations and customer support.

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Third-Party Facilities Risks.     Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facilities and co-location facilities could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Security Risks.     A security breach could delay or interrupt service to our customers, harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability.

 

  Ÿ  

Threats of IP Infringement.      Accusations of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

 

  Ÿ  

Interruptions of Services.     Interruptions in our services, whether caused by us or third parties, could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our services.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, there are additional risks related to an investment in our common stock.

You should carefully read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 for an explanation of the foregoing risks before investing in our common stock.

Corporate Background and Information

We were incorporated in California in February 1999 and plan to reincorporate in Delaware immediately prior to or upon the closing of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404. The phone number of our principal executive offices is (650) 472-4100, and our main corporate website is www.ringcentral.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

We have rights to a number of marks used in this prospectus that are important to our business, including, without limitation, RingCentral, RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, RingCentral Fax and Plug&Ring. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other businesses that are the property of their respective holders. We have omitted the ® and ™ designations, as applicable, for the trademarks we name in this prospectus.

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

  

7,420,000 shares

Class A common stock offered by selling stockholders

  

80,000 shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

7,500,000 shares

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

53,248,648 shares

Total Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

60,748,648 shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us

  

 

1,125,000 shares

Use of proceeds

  

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital or other general corporate purposes, including additional marketing expenditures, the expansion of our sales organization, international expansion and further development of our solutions. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to repay in part or in full the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our term loans with our two lenders, the outstanding principal of which totaled $20.0 million in aggregate as of June 30, 2013 and the additional $20.8 million that we borrowed in August 2013 under our amended credit agreements. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds for capital expenditures for expansion of our network infrastructure as we grow our customer base in the U.S. and internationally. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 48.

Concentration of ownership

   Upon completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 80.2% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

  

“RNG”

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

 

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering used in this prospectus is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 53,248,648 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding as of June 30, 2013, excluding:

 

  Ÿ  

3,737,232 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,005,875 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,200,000 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,250,000 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

370,159 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.15 per share.

Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information contained in this prospectus (except for our historical financial statements) assumes:

 

  Ÿ  

our reincorporation in Delaware immediately prior to or upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of all of our common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which we will file in connection with the completion of this offering, is in effect;

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all shares of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 30,368,527 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the automatic conversion of warrants to purchase 110,000 shares of our common stock and 260,159 shares of our preferred stock into warrants to purchase 370,159 shares of our Class B common stock upon completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional 1,125,000 shares of our Class A common stock from us in this offering.

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the summary consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2013 or any other period.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:           

Revenues:

          

Services

   $ 46,385      $ 71,915      $ 105,693      $ 47,699      $ 66,744   

Product

     3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

        

Services (1)

     17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

     4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development (1)

     7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing (1)

     22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative (1)

     4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

        

Interest expense

     (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

     172        109        32        (28     (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        15        92        33        (120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738     (23,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.35   $ (0.64   $ (1.58   $ (0.84   $ (1.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

        

Basic and diluted

     20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

        

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.67     $ (0.45
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

          

Basic and diluted

         52,722          53,068   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
            (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of services revenues

   $ 58       $ 141       $ 235       $ 109       $ 168   

Research and development

     111         260         837         313         517   

Sales and marketing

     340         297         651         330         404   

General and administrative

     311         490         1,379         463         1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 820       $ 1,188       $ 3,102       $ 1,215       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

     As of
June 30, 2013
 
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,366      $ 19,366      $ 98,826   

Working capital (deficit)

     (22,776     (22,776     53,976   

Total assets

     48,500        48,500        126,490   

Deferred revenue

     13,707        13,707        13,707   

Debt, capital lease obligations and preferred stock warrant liability

     20,991        20,726        20,726   

Convertible preferred stock

     74,020        -        -   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     (20,725     (20,460     58,768   

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 53,298,648 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) the conversion of all warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock into warrants to purchase an aggregate of 370,159 shares of Class B common stock, as if such conversions had occurred on June 30, 2013.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth in footnote 1 above and the sale by us of shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face and include risks we consider material of which we are currently aware. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

We have incurred significant losses and negative cash flows in the past and anticipate continuing to incur losses and negative cash flows for the foreseeable future, and we may therefore not be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception, including net losses of $7.3 million for fiscal 2010, $13.9 million for fiscal 2011, $35.4 million for fiscal 2012 and $23.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and had an accumulated deficit of $107.5 million as of June 30, 2013. Over the past year, we have spent considerable amounts of time and money to develop new business communications solutions and enhanced versions of our existing business communications solutions to position us for future growth. Additionally, we have incurred substantial losses and expended significant resources upfront to market, promote and sell our solutions and expect to continue to do so in the future. We also expect to continue to invest for future growth, including for advertising, customer acquisition, technology infrastructure, storage capacity, services development and international expansion. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

As a result of our increased expenditures, we will have negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future and will have to generate and sustain increased revenues to achieve future profitability. Achieving profitability will require us to increase revenues, manage our cost structure and avoid significant liabilities. Revenue growth may slow, revenues may decline or we may incur significant losses in the future for a number of possible reasons, including general macroeconomic conditions, increasing competition (including competitive pricing pressures), a decrease in the growth of the markets in which we compete, or if we fail for any reason to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays, service delivery and quality problems and other unknown factors that may result in losses in future periods. If these losses exceed our expectations or our revenue growth expectations are not met in future periods, our financial performance will be harmed and our stock price could be volatile or decline.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, which may increase the risk of your investment.

Although we were incorporated in 1999, we did not formally introduce RingCentral Office, our current flagship service, until 2009. We have encountered and expect to continue to encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing markets. If our assumptions regarding these uncertainties are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our markets, or if we do not manage or address these risks successfully, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer. Any success that we may experience in the future will depend, in large part, on our ability to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

retain and expand our customer base;

 

  Ÿ  

increase revenues from existing customers as they add users and, in the future, purchase additional functionalities and premium service editions;

 

-10-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

successfully acquire customers on a cost-effective basis;

 

  Ÿ  

improve the performance and capabilities of our services and applications through research and development;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully expand our business domestically and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully compete in our markets;

 

  Ÿ  

continue to innovate and expand our service offerings;

 

  Ÿ  

successfully protect our intellectual property and defend against intellectual property infringement claims;

 

  Ÿ  

generate leads and convert potential customers into paying customers;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain and enhance our third-party data center hosting facilities to minimize interruptions in the use of our services; and

 

  Ÿ  

hire, integrate, and retain professional and technical talent.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to do so in the future. As a result, we may fail to meet or to exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations have varied historically from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to retain existing customers, expand our existing customers’ user base and attract new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to introduce new solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

the actions of our competitors, including pricing changes or the introduction of new solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully penetrate the market for larger businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

the mix of annual and multi-year subscriptions at any given time;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing, cost and effectiveness of our advertising and marketing efforts;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing, operating cost and capital expenditures related to the operation, maintenance and expansion of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

service outages or security breaches and any related impact on our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to realize our deferred tax assets;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending and resolving intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in tax laws, regulations, or accounting rules;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and cost of developing or acquiring technologies, services or businesses and our ability to successfully manage any such acquisitions; and

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of worldwide economic, industry and market conditions.

Any one of the factors above, or the cumulative effect of some or all of the factors referred to above, may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results of operations. This

 

-11-


Table of Contents

variability and unpredictability could result in our failure to meet our internal operating plan or the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period, which could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses is fixed in nature and is based on forecasted revenues trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we may not be able to mitigate the negative impact on net income (loss) and margins in the short term. If we fail to meet or exceed the expectations of research analysts or investors, the market price of our shares could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class-action suits.

To deliver our services, we rely on third parties for all of our network connectivity and co-location facilities.

We currently use the infrastructure of third-party network service providers, in particular, the services of Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Bandwidth.com, Inc., to deliver all of our services over their networks rather than deploying our own networks. Our service providers provide access to their Internet protocol, or IP, networks, and public switched telephone networks, or PSTN, and provide call termination and origination services, including 911 emergency calling in the U.S. and equivalent services in Canada and the United Kingdom, and local number portability for our customers. We expect that we will continue to rely heavily on third-party network service providers to provide these services for the foreseeable future. Historically, our reliance on third-party networks has reduced our operating flexibility and ability to make timely service changes, and we expect that this will continue for the foreseeable future. If any of these network service providers stop providing us with access to their infrastructure, fail to provide these services to us on a cost-effective basis, cease operations, or otherwise terminate these services, the delay caused by qualifying and switching to another third-party network service provider, if one is available, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, we currently use and may in the future use third-party service providers to deliver certain features of our services. For example, we rely on Free Conference Call Global, LLC for conference calling features. If any of these service providers elects to stop providing us with access to their services, fails to provide these services to us on a cost-effective basis, ceases operations, or otherwise terminates these services, the delay caused by qualifying and switching to another third-party service provider, if one is available, or building a proprietary replacement solution could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Finally, if problems occur with any of these third-party network or service providers, it may cause errors or poor call quality in our service, and we could encounter difficulty identifying the source of the problem. The occurrence of errors or poor call quality in our service, whether caused by our systems or a third-party network or service provider, may result in the loss of our existing customers, delay or loss of market acceptance of our services, termination of our relationships and agreements with our resellers, and may seriously harm our business and results of operations.

Interruptions or delays in service from our third-party data center hosting facilities and co-location facilities could impair the delivery of our services and harm our business.

We currently serve our North American customers from two data center hosting facilities located in northern California and northern Virginia, where we lease space from Equinix, Inc. In the near future, we expect to serve customers in Europe from two third-party data center hosting facilities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and Zurich, Switzerland. In addition, our wholly owned subsidiary, RCLEC, Inc., uses two third-party co-location facilities to provide us with network services, and we expect RCLEC to use additional third-party co-location facilities in the future. Any damage to, or failure of, these facilities, the communications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our communications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could result in interruptions in our service. Additionally, in connection with the expansion or

 

-12-


Table of Contents

consolidation of our existing data center facilities, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data to other data centers. Despite precautions that we take during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair or cause disruptions in the delivery of our service. Interruptions in our service may reduce our revenues, may require us to issue credits or pay penalties, subject us to claims and litigation, cause customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Because our ability to attract and retain customers depends on our ability to provide customers with a highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our brand and reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.

As part of our current disaster recovery arrangements, our North American infrastructure and all of our North American customers’ data is currently replicated in near real-time at our two data center facilities in the U.S., and our European production environment and all of our United Kingdom and other European customers’ data will be replicated in near real-time at our two European data center facilities. We do not control the operation of these facilities or of RCLEC’s co-location facilities, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures, and similar events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, acts of vandalism, and similar misconduct. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. Even with the disaster recovery arrangements in place, our service could be interrupted.

We may also be required to transfer our servers to new data center facilities in the event that we are unable to renew our leases on acceptable terms, if at all, or the owners of the facilities decide to close their facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy or foreclosure, faced by our third-party data center operators, or any of the service providers with which we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, our ability to grow our business could be materially and adversely impacted.

Failures in Internet infrastructure or interference with broadband access could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading our customers to switch to our competitors or to avoid using our services.

Unlike traditional communications services, our services depend on our customers’ high-speed broadband access to the Internet, usually provided through a cable or digital subscriber line, or DSL, connection. Increasing numbers of users and increasing bandwidth requirements may degrade the performance of our services and applications due to capacity constraints and other Internet infrastructure limitations. As our customer base grows and their usage of communications capacity increases, we will be required to make additional investments in network capacity to maintain adequate data transmission speeds, the availability of which may be limited, or the cost of which may be on terms unacceptable to us. If adequate capacity is not available to us as our customers’ usage increases, our network may be unable to achieve or maintain sufficiently high data transmission capacity, reliability or performance. In addition, if Internet service providers and other third parties providing Internet services have outages or deteriorations in their quality of service, our customers will not have access to our services or may experience a decrease in the quality of our services. Furthermore, as the rate of adoption of new technologies increases, the networks on which our services and applications rely may not be able to sufficiently adapt to the increased demand for these services, including ours. Frequent or persistent interruptions could cause current or potential users to believe that our systems are unreliable, leading them to switch to our competitors or to avoid our services, and could permanently harm our reputation and brands.

In addition, users who access our services and applications through mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, must have a high-speed connection, such as Wi-Fi, 3G or 4G, to use our

 

-13-


Table of Contents

services and applications. Currently, this access is provided by companies that have significant and increasing market power in the broadband and Internet access marketplace, including incumbent phone companies, cable companies and wireless companies. Some of these providers offer products and services that directly compete with our own offerings, which can potentially give them a competitive advantage. Also, these providers could take measures that degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of user access to third-party services, including our services, by restricting or prohibiting the use of their infrastructure to support or facilitate third-party services or by charging increased fees to third parties or the users of third-party services, any of which would make our services less attractive to users, and reduce our revenues.

In the U.S., there is some uncertainty regarding whether suppliers of broadband Internet access have a legal obligation to allow their customers to access and use our services without interference. In December 2010, the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, adopted net neutrality rules that make it more difficult for broadband Internet access service providers to block, degrade or discriminate against our services. These rules apply to wired broadband Internet providers, but not all of the rules apply to wireless broadband service. We cannot assure you that current net neutrality rules will not change in the future. There have been recent challenges to the FCC net neutrality rules, including an action brought against the FCC in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. Any instances of broadband interference could result in a loss of existing users and increased costs, which could impair our ability to attract new users, and materially and adversely affect our business and opportunities for growth.

Most of our customers may terminate their subscriptions for our service at any time without penalty, and increased customer turnover, or costs we incur to retain our customers and encourage them to add users and, in the future, to purchase additional functionalities and premium service editions, could materially and adversely affect our financial performance.

Our customers generally do not have long-term contracts with us and these customers may terminate their subscription for our service at any time without penalty or early termination charges. We cannot accurately predict the rate of customer terminations or average monthly service cancellations or failures to renew, which we refer to as turnover. Our customers with subscription agreements have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our service after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which is typically between 1 and 36 months. In the event that these customers do renew their subscriptions, they may choose to renew for fewer users, shorter contract lengths, or for a less expensive service plan or edition. We cannot predict the renewal rates for customers that have entered into subscription contracts with us.

Customer turnover, as well as reductions in the number of users for which a customer subscribes, each have a significant impact on our results of operations, as does the cost we incur in our efforts to retain our customers and encourage them to upgrade their services and increase their number of users. Our turnover rate could increase in the future if customers are not satisfied with our service, the value proposition of our services or our ability to otherwise meet their needs and expectations. Turnover and reductions in the number of users for whom a customer subscribes may also increase due to factors beyond our control, including the failure or unwillingness of customers to pay their monthly subscription fees due to financial constraints and the impact of a slowing economy. Because of turnover and reductions in the number of users for whom a customer subscribes, we have to acquire new customers, or acquire new users within our existing customer base, on an ongoing basis simply to maintain our existing level of customers and revenues. If a significant number of customers terminate, reduce or fail to renew their subscriptions, we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenditures than we currently anticipate in order to increase the number of new customers or to upsell existing customers, and such additional marketing expenditures could harm our business and results of operations.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

Our future success also depends in part on our ability to sell additional subscriptions and additional functionalities to our current customers. This may also require increasingly sophisticated and more costly sales efforts and a longer sales cycle. Any increase in the costs necessary to upgrade, expand and retain existing customers could materially and adversely affect our financial performance. If our efforts to convince customers to add users and, in the future, to purchase additional functionalities are not successful, our business may suffer. In addition, such increased costs could cause us to increase our subscription rates, which could increase our turnover rate.

If we are unable to attract new customers to our services on a cost-effective basis, our business will be materially and adversely affected.

In order to grow our business, we must continue to attract new customers and expand the number of users in our existing customer base on a cost-effective basis. We use and periodically adjust the mix of advertising and marketing programs to promote our services. Significant increases in the pricing of one or more of our advertising channels would increase our advertising costs or cause us to choose less expensive and perhaps less effective channels to promote our services. As we add to or change the mix of our advertising and marketing strategies, we may need to expand into channels with significantly higher costs than our current programs, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. We will incur advertising and marketing expenses in advance of when we anticipate recognizing any revenues generated by such expenses, and we may fail to otherwise experience an increase in revenues or brand awareness as a result of such expenditures. We have made in the past, and may make in the future, significant expenditures and investments in new advertising campaigns, and we cannot assure you that any such investments will lead to the cost-effective acquisition of additional customers. If we are unable to maintain effective advertising programs, our ability to attract new customers could be materially and adversely affected, our advertising and marketing expenses could increase substantially, and our results of operations may suffer.

Some of our potential customers learn about us through leading search engines, such as Google, Yahoo! and Bing. While we employ search engine optimization and search engine marketing strategies, our ability to maintain and increase the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. If search engine companies modify their search algorithms in a manner that reduces the prominence of our listing, or if our competitors’ search engine optimization efforts are more successful than ours, fewer potential customers may click through to our website. In addition, the cost of purchased listings has increased in the past and may increase in the future. A decrease in website traffic or an increase in search costs could materially and adversely affect our customer acquisition efforts and our results of operations.

We market our products and services principally to small and medium-sized businesses, which may have fewer financial resources to weather an economic downturn.

We market our products and services principally to small and medium-sized businesses. These customers may be materially and adversely affected by economic downturns to a greater extent than larger, more established businesses. These businesses typically have more limited financial resources, including capital-borrowing capacity, than larger entities. Because the vast majority of our customers pay for our services through credit and debit cards, weakness in certain segments of the credit markets and in the U.S. and global economies has resulted in and may in the future result in increased numbers of rejected credit and debit card payments, which could materially affect our business by increasing customer cancellations and impacting our ability to engage new customers. If small and medium-sized businesses experience financial hardship as a result of a weak economy, industry consolidation or the overall demand for our services could be materially and adversely affected.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

We face significant risks in our strategy to target medium-sized and larger businesses for sales of our services and, if we do not manage these efforts effectively, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We currently derive only a small portion of our revenues from sales from medium-sized businesses. As we target more of our sales efforts to medium-sized and larger businesses, we expect to incur higher costs and longer sales cycles and we may be less effective at predicting when we will complete these sales. In this market segment, the decision to purchase our services may require the approval of more technical personnel and management levels within a potential customer’s organization than we have historically encountered, and if so, these types of sales would require us to invest more time educating these potential customers about the benefits of our services. In addition, larger customers may demand more features, integration services and customization. Also, we have only limited experience in developing and managing sales channels and distribution arrangements for larger businesses. As a result of these factors, these sales opportunities may require us to devote greater research and development resources and sales, support and professional services resources to individual customers, resulting in increased costs and would likely lengthen our typical sales cycle, which could strain our limited sales and professional services resources. Moreover, these larger transactions may require us to delay recognizing the associated revenues we derive from these customers until any technical or implementation requirements have been met. Furthermore, because we have limited experience selling to larger businesses, our investment in marketing our services to these potential customers may not be successful, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base. Following sales to medium-sized or larger customers, we may experience fewer opportunities to expand these customers’ user base or sell them additional functionalities, or experience increased subscription terminations as compared to our experience with smaller businesses, any of which could materially and adversely impact our results of operations.

We rely significantly on a network of resellers to sell our services; our failure to effectively develop, manage, and maintain our indirect sales channels could materially and adversely affect our revenues.

Our future success depends on our continued ability to establish and maintain a network of channel relationships, and we expect that we will need to maintain and expand our network as we expand into international markets. An increasing portion of our revenues is derived from our network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers, many of which sell or may in the future decide to sell their own services or services from other cloud-based business communications providers. We generally do not have long-term contracts with these resellers, and the loss of or reduction in sales through these third parties could materially reduce our revenues. Our competitors may in some cases be effective in causing our resellers or potential resellers to favor their services or prevent or reduce sales of our services. If we fail to maintain relationships with our resellers, fail to develop relationships with new resellers in new markets or expand the number of resellers in our network in existing markets, or if we fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing resellers, or if our resellers are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our services may decrease and our results of operations would suffer.

Recruiting and retaining qualified resellers in our network and training them in our technology and service offerings requires significant time and resources. To develop and expand our indirect sales channels, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures to support these channels, including investment in systems and training. Many resellers may not be willing to invest the time and resources required to train their staff to effectively market our services.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

Support for smartphones and tablets are an integral part of our solutions. If we are unable to develop robust mobile applications that operate on mobile platforms that our customers use, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our solutions allow our customers to use and manage our cloud-based business communications solution on smart devices. As new smart devices and operating systems are released, we may encounter difficulties supporting these devices and services, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support, and maintenance of our mobile applications. In addition, if we experience difficulties in the future integrating our mobile applications into smart devices or if problems arise with our relationships with providers of mobile operating systems, such as those of Apple Inc. or Google Inc., our future growth and our results of operations could suffer.

We face intense competition in our markets and may lack sufficient financial or other resources to compete successfully.

The cloud-based business communications industry is competitive, and we expect it to become increasingly competitive in the future. We face intense competition from other providers of business communications systems and solutions. Our competitors include traditional on-premise, hardware business communications providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, S.A., Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc., Siemens Enterprise Networks, LLC and their resellers; and companies such as Microsoft Corporation and Broadsoft, Inc. that generally license their software, and their resellers. In addition, certain of our resellers are also our competitors. For example, AT&T serves as one of our resellers but is also a competitor for business communications. All of these companies may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud. We also face competition from other cloud companies such as j2 Global, Inc. and 8x8, Inc., as well as from established communications providers, such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Communications Inc. and Comcast Corporation, that resell on-premise hardware, software and hosted solutions. We may also face competition from other large Internet companies, such as Google Inc., Yahoo! Inc. and Amazon.com, Inc., any of which might launch its own cloud-based business communications services or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future.

Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater resources and name recognition, more diversified service offerings and larger customer bases than we have. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential customers and may be better able to withstand an extended period of downward pricing pressure. In addition, certain of our competitors have partnered with, or been acquired by, and may in the future partner with or acquire, other competitors to offer services, leveraging their collective competitive positions, which makes it more difficult to compete with them and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. They also may be able to adopt more aggressive pricing policies and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services than we can to ours. Some of these service providers have in the past and may choose in the future to sacrifice revenues in order to gain market share by offering their services at lower prices or for free. Our competitors may also offer bundled service arrangements offering a more complete service offering, despite the technical merits or advantages of our services. Competition could force us to decrease our prices, slow our growth, increase our customer turnover, reduce our sales or decrease our market share. The adverse impact of a shortfall in our revenues may be magnified if we are unable to adjust spending adequately to compensate for such shortfall.

If we are unable to develop, license or acquire new services or applications on a timely and cost-effective basis, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The cloud-based business communications industry is an emerging market that is characterized by rapid changes in customer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced services, and

 

-17-


Table of Contents

continuing and rapid technological advancement. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. To compete successfully in this emerging market, we must anticipate and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards, and continue to design, develop, manufacture and sell new and enhanced services that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and reliability at lower cost. Currently, we derive a majority of our revenues from subscriptions to RingCentral Office, and we expect this will continue for the foreseeable future. However, our future success will also depend on our ability to introduce and sell new services, features and functionality that enhance or are beyond the voice, fax and text communications services we currently offer, as well as to improve usability and support and increase customer satisfaction. Our failure to develop solutions that satisfy customer preferences in a timely and cost-effective manner may harm our ability to renew our subscriptions with existing customers and create or increase demand for our services, and may materially and adversely impact our results of operations.

The introduction of new services by competitors or the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing offerings could make our solutions obsolete or adversely affect our business and results of operations. Announcements of future releases and new services and technologies by our competitors or us could cause customers to defer purchases of our existing services, which also could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may experience difficulties with software development, operations, design or marketing that could delay or prevent our development, introduction or implementation of new or enhanced services and applications. We have in the past experienced delays in the planned release dates of new features and upgrades, and have discovered defects in new services and applications after their introduction. We cannot assure you that new features or upgrades will be released according to schedule, or that, when released, they will not contain defects. Either of these situations could result in adverse publicity, loss of revenues, delay in market acceptance or claims by customers brought against us, all of which could harm our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. Moreover, the development of new or enhanced services or applications may require substantial investment, and we must continue to invest a significant amount of resources in our research and development efforts to develop these services and applications to remain competitive. We do not know whether these investments will be successful. If customers do not widely adopt any new or enhanced services and applications, we may not be able to realize a return on our investment. If we are unable to develop, license, or acquire new or enhanced services and applications on a timely and cost-effective basis, or if such new or enhanced services and applications do not achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

A security breach could delay or interrupt service to our customers, harm our reputation, or subject us to significant liability.

Our operations depend on our ability to protect our network from interruption by damage from unauthorized entry, computer viruses or other events beyond our control. In the past, we may have been subject to denial or disruption of service, or DDOS, attacks by hackers intent on bringing down our services, and we may be subject to DDOS attacks in the future. We cannot assure you that our backup systems, regular data backups, security protocols and other procedures are currently in place, or that may be in place in the future, will be adequate to prevent significant damage, system failure or data loss. Also, our services are web-based, and the amount of data we store for our users on our servers has been increasing as our business has grown. Despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to hackers, computer viruses, worms, other malicious software programs or similar disruptive problems caused by our customers, employees, consultants or other Internet users who attempt to invade public and private data networks. Further, in some cases we do not have in place disaster recovery facilities for certain ancillary services, such as email delivery of messages. Currently, nearly all of our customers authorize us to bill their credit or debit card accounts directly for all transaction fees that we charge. We rely on encryption and authentication

 

-18-


Table of Contents

technology to ensure secure transmission of confidential information, including customer credit and debit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect transaction data.

Additionally, third parties may have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information, such as user names, passwords or customer proprietary network information, or CPNI, or other information in order to gain access to our customers’ data or to our data. CPNI includes information such as the phone numbers called by a consumer, the frequency, duration, and timing of such calls, and any services purchased by the consumer, such as call waiting, call forwarding, and caller ID, in addition to other information that may appear on a consumer’s bill. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, consultants or customers into disclosing sensitive information regarding our intellectual property and other confidential business information, or our information technology systems. In addition, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, or to sabotage systems, change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any system failure or security breach that causes interruptions or data loss in our operations or in the computer systems of our customers or leads to the misappropriation of our or our customers’ confidential or personal information, or CPNI, could result in significant liability to us, cause our service to be perceived as not being secure, cause considerable harm to us and our reputation (including requiring notification to customers, regulators or the media), and deter current and potential customers from using our services. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We rely on third parties for some of our software development, quality assurance, operations and customer support.

We currently depend on various third parties for some of our software development efforts, quality assurance, operations and customer support services. Specifically, we outsource some of our software development, quality assurance and operations activities to third-party contractors that have employees and consultants located in St. Petersburg, Russia and Odessa, Ukraine. In addition, we outsource a significant portion of our customer support, inside sales and network operation control functions to a third-party contractor located in Manila, the Philippines. Our dependence on third-party contractors creates a number of risks, in particular, the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control or effective management with respect to these business operations.

Our agreements with these third-party contractors are either not terminable by them (other than at the end of the term or upon an uncured breach by us) or require at least 60 days’ prior written notice of termination. If we experience problems with our third-party contractors, the costs charged by our third-party contractors increase or our agreements with our third-party contractors are terminated, we may not be able to develop new solutions, enhance or operate existing solutions or provide customer support in an alternate manner that is equally or more efficient and cost-effective.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on these and other third-party relationships in order to grow our business for the foreseeable future. If we are unsuccessful in maintaining existing and, if needed, establishing new relationships with third parties, our ability to efficiently operate existing services or develop new services and provide adequate customer support could be impaired, and, as a result, our competitive position or our results of operations could suffer.

Growth may place significant demands on our management and our infrastructure.

We have recently experienced substantial growth in our business. This growth has placed and may continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial

 

-19-


Table of Contents

infrastructure. As our operations grow in size, scope and complexity, we will need to increase our sales and marketing efforts and add additional sales and marketing personnel in various regions worldwide, and improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to attract, service and retain an increasing number of customers. For example, we expect the volume of simultaneous calls to increase significantly as our customer base grows. Our network hardware and software may not be able to accommodate this additional simultaneous call volume. The expansion of our systems and infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational, and technical resources in advance of an increase in the volume of business, with no assurance that the volume of business will increase. Any such additional capital investments will increase our cost base. Continued growth could also strain our ability to maintain reliable service levels for our customers, develop and improve our operational, financial and management controls, enhance our reporting systems and procedures and recruit, train and retain highly skilled personnel. In addition, given our expected growth, we expect to move our offices or secure additional space in our current building or another building within the next 12 months. If we fail to achieve the necessary level of efficiency in our organization as we grow, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Accusations of infringement of third-party intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

There has been substantial litigation in the areas in which we operate regarding intellectual property rights. In the past, we have been sued by third parties claiming infringement of their intellectual property rights and we may be sued for infringement from time to time in the future. Excluding any current litigation, in the past we have settled infringement litigation brought against us; however, we cannot assure you that we will be able to settle any ongoing or future claims or, if we are able to settle any such claims, that the settlement will be on terms favorable to us. Our broad range of technology may increase the likelihood that third parties will claim that we infringe their intellectual property rights. In this regard, in June 2011, j2 Global, Inc. and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. named us in a patent infringement lawsuit seeking a permanent injunction, damages and attorneys’ fees. In April 2013, we entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 Global, Inc. and one of its affiliates to settle the matter, as described in greater detail under the heading “Business—Legal Proceedings.” In addition, in December 2012, we were named as a defendant in a patent infringement lawsuit by CallWave Communications, LLC, or CallWave, which we believe to be a non-practicing entity, as further described under “Business—Legal Proceedings.” CallWave has asserted similar claims against other companies, including Google Inc., AT&T Inc., AT&T Mobility LLC, Sprint Nextel Corp., T-Mobile US, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., Research in Motion Limited and Telovations, Inc.

We have in the past received, and may in the future receive, notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. For instance, in September 2013, we received a letter sent on behalf of Cronos Technologies LLC, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, asserting that we should consider engaging in licensing discussions regarding a patent. We cannot assure you that we will resolve or settle these claims, or prevail in any resulting legal actions (if ultimately litigated). Furthermore, regardless of their merits, accusations and lawsuits like these may require significant time and expense to defend, may negatively affect customer relationships, may divert management’s attention away from other aspects of our operations and, upon resolution, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Certain technology necessary for us to provide our services may, in fact, be patented by other parties either now or in the future. If such technology were validly patented by another person, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology. We may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price that is acceptable to us or if at all. The existence of such a patent, or our inability to

 

-20-


Table of Contents

negotiate a license for any such technology on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using the technology and cease offering services incorporating the technology, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we were found to be infringing on the intellectual property rights of any third party, we could be subject to liability for such infringement, which could be material. We could also be prohibited from using or selling certain services, prohibited from using certain processes, or required to redesign certain services, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

These and other outcomes may:

 

  Ÿ  

result in the loss of a substantial number of existing customers or prohibit the acquisition of new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to pay license fees for intellectual property we are deemed to have infringed;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to incur costs and devote valuable technical resources to redesigning our services;

 

  Ÿ  

cause our cost of goods sold to increase;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to accelerate expenditures to preserve existing revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

cause existing or new vendors to require prepayments or letters of credit;

 

  Ÿ  

materially and adversely affect our brand in the marketplace and cause a substantial loss of goodwill;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to change our business methods or services;

 

  Ÿ  

require us to cease certain business operations or offering certain services; and

 

  Ÿ  

lead to our bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights could materially and adversely affect our business.

We rely, in part, on patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret law to protect our intellectual property in the U.S. and abroad. We seek to protect our technology, software, documentation and other information under trade secret and copyright law, which afford only limited protection. For example, we typically enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, third-party contractors, customers and vendors in an effort to control access to use and distribution of our technology, software, documentation and other information. These agreements may not effectively prevent authorized use or disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of such unauthorized use or disclosure, and it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our technology without authorization. In addition, improper disclosure of trade secret information by our current or former employees, consultants, third-party contractors, customers or vendors to the public or others who could make use of the trade secret information would likely preclude that information from being protected as a trade secret.

We also rely, in part, on patent law to protect our intellectual property in the U.S. and internationally. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 18 issued U.S. patents, which expire between 2026 and 2032. We also have 49 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S. and 21 patent applications pending for examination in foreign jurisdictions, all of which are related to U.S. applications. We cannot predict whether such pending patent applications will result in issued patents that effectively protect our intellectual property. Even if a pending patent application results in an issued patent, the patent may be circumvented or its validity may be challenged in various proceedings before the U.S. Patent and

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Trademark Office, such as reexamination, which may require legal representation and involve substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources. In addition, we cannot assure you that every significant feature of our solutions is protected by our patents.

The unlicensed use of our brand, including domain names, by third parties could harm our reputation, cause confusion among our customers and impair our ability to market our products and services. To that end, we have registered numerous trademarks and service marks and have applied for registration of additional trademarks and service marks and have acquired a large number of domain names in and outside the U.S. to establish and protect our brand names as part of our intellectual property strategy. If our applications receive objections or are successfully opposed by third parties, it will be difficult for us to prevent third parties from using our brand without our permission. Moreover, successful opposition to our applications might encourage third parties to make additional oppositions or commence trademark infringement proceedings against us, which could be costly and time consuming to defend against. If we are not successful in protecting our trademarks, our trademark rights may be diluted and subject to challenge or invalidation, which could materially and adversely affect our brand.

Despite our efforts to implement our intellectual property strategy, we may not be able to protect or enforce our proprietary rights in the U.S. or internationally (where effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited). For example, we have entered into agreements containing confidentiality and invention assignment provisions in connection with the outsourcing of certain software development and quality assurance activities to third-party contractors located in St. Petersburg, Russia and Odessa, Ukraine. We have also entered into an agreement containing a confidentiality provision with a third-party contractor located in Manila, the Philippines, where we have outsourced a significant portion of our customer support function. We cannot assure you that such agreements with these third-party contractors or their agreements with their employees and contractors will adequately protect our proprietary rights in the applicable jurisdictions and foreign countries, as their respective laws may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. In addition, our competitors may independently develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology, duplicate our technology in a manner that does not infringe our intellectual property rights or design around any of our patents. Furthermore, detecting and policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and resource-intensive. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation, whether successful or not, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management time and resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends on the public acceptance of our services and applications.

Our future success depends on our ability to significantly increase revenues generated from our cloud-based business communications solutions. The market for cloud-based business communications is evolving rapidly and is characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is typical of a rapidly evolving industry, the demand for, and market acceptance of, these applications is uncertain. If the market for cloud-based business communications fails to develop, develops more slowly than we anticipate or develops in a manner different than we expect, our services could fail to achieve market acceptance, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business.

Our growth depends on the continued use of voice communications by businesses, as compared to email and other data-based methods. A decline in the overall rate of voice communications by businesses would harm our business. Furthermore, our continued growth depends on future demand for and adoption of Internet voice communications systems and services. Although the number of

 

-22-


Table of Contents

broadband subscribers worldwide has grown significantly in recent years, a small percentage of businesses have adopted Internet voice communications services to date. For demand and adoption of Internet voice communications services by businesses to increase, Internet voice communications networks must improve the quality of their service for real-time communications by managing the effects of and reducing packet loss, packet delay and packet jitter, as well as unreliable bandwidth, so that toll-quality service can be consistently provided. Additionally, the cost and feature benefits of Internet voice communications must be sufficient to cause customers to switch from traditional phone service providers. We must devote substantial resources to educate customers and their end users about the benefits of Internet voice communications solutions, in general, and our services in particular. If any or all of these factors fail to occur, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Interruptions in our services could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us, and impair our ability to sell our services.

Because our services are complex and we have incorporated a variety of new computer hardware, as well as software that is developed in-house and acquired from third-party vendors, our services may have errors or defects that customers identify after they begin using them that could result in unanticipated interruptions of service. Internet-based services frequently contain undetected errors and bugs when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. While the substantial majority of our customers are small and medium-sized businesses, the use of our services in complicated, large-scale network environments may increase our exposure to undetected errors, failures or bugs in our services. Although we test our services to detect and correct errors and defects before their general release, we have from time to time experienced significant interruptions in our service as a result of such errors or defects and may experience future interruptions of service if we fail to detect and correct these errors and defects. The costs incurred in correcting such defects or errors may be substantial and could harm our results of operations. In addition, we rely on hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties to offer our services.

Any defects in, or unavailability of, our or third-party software or hardware that cause interruptions of our services could, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

cause a reduction in revenues or delay in market acceptance of our services;

 

  Ÿ  

require us to issue refunds to our customers or expose us to claims for damages;

 

  Ÿ  

cause us to lose existing customers and make it more difficult to attract new customers;

 

  Ÿ  

divert our development resources or require us to make extensive changes to our software, which would increase our expenses and slow innovation;

 

  Ÿ  

increase our technical support costs; and

 

  Ÿ  

harm our reputation and brand.

If we fail to continue to develop our brand or our reputation is harmed, our business may suffer.

We believe that continuing to strengthen our current brand will be critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our services and will require continued focus on active marketing efforts. The demand for and cost of online and traditional advertising have been increasing and may continue to increase. Accordingly, we may need to increase our investment in, and devote greater resources to, advertising, marketing, and other efforts to create and maintain brand loyalty among users. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenues, and even if they do, any increased revenues may not offset the expenses incurred in building our brands. If we fail to promote and maintain our brand, or if

 

-23-


Table of Contents

we incur substantial expense in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brands, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Our services, as well as those of our competitors, are regularly reviewed and commented upon by online media sources, as well as computer and other business publications. Negative reviews, or reviews in which our competitors’ products and services are rated more highly than our solutions, could negatively affect our brand and reputation. From time to time, our customers have expressed dissatisfaction with our services, including dissatisfaction with our customer support, our billing policies and the way our services operate. If we do not handle customer complaints effectively, our brand and reputation may suffer, we may lose our customers’ confidence, and they may choose to terminate, reduce or not to renew their subscriptions. In addition, many of our customers participate in social media and online blogs about Internet-based services, including our services, and our success depends in part on our ability to minimize negative and generate positive customer feedback through such online channels where existing and potential customers seek and share information. If actions we take or changes we make to our services upset these customers, their blogging could negatively affect our brand and reputation. Complaints or negative publicity about our services or customer service could materially and adversely impact our ability to attract and retain customers and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we experience excessive fraudulent activity or cannot meet evolving credit card association merchant standards, we could incur substantial costs and lose the right to accept credit cards for payment, which could cause our customer base to decline significantly.

Nearly all of our customers authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for service fees that we charge. If people pay for our services with stolen credit cards, we could incur substantial third-party vendor costs for which we may not be reimbursed. Further, our customers provide us with credit card billing information online or over the phone, and we do not review the physical credit cards used in these transactions, which increases our risk of exposure to fraudulent activity. We also incur charges, which we refer to as chargebacks, from the credit card companies from claims that the customer did not authorize the credit card transaction to purchase our service, something that we have experienced in the past. If the number of unauthorized credit card transactions becomes excessive, we could be assessed substantial fines for excess chargebacks and we could lose the right to accept credit cards for payment. In addition, credit card issuers may change merchant standards, including data protection and documentation standards, required to utilize their services from time to time. We are compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI, in the United States and Canada. We are developing a plan to become PCI-compliant in the United Kingdom; however, if we fail to maintain compliance with current merchant standards, such as PCI, or fail to meet new standards, the credit card associations could fine us or terminate their agreements with us, and we would be unable to accept credit cards as payment for our services. Our services may also be subject to fraudulent usage, including but not limited to international revenue share fraud, domestic traffic pumping, subscription fraud, premium text message scams, and other fraudulent schemes. Although our customers are required to set Personal Identification Numbers, or PINs, to protect their accounts and may configure in which destinations international calling is enabled from their extensions, third parties have in the past and may in the future be able to access and use their accounts through fraudulent means. In addition, third parties may have attempted in the past, and may attempt in the future, to fraudulently induce domestic and international employees or consultants into disclosing customer PINs and other account information. Communications fraud can result in unauthorized access to customer accounts and customer data, unauthorized use of customers’ services, charges to customers for fraudulent usage and expense that we must pay to carriers. We may be required to pay for these charges and expenses with no reimbursement from the customer, and our reputation may be harmed if our services are subject to fraudulent usage. Although we implement multiple fraud prevention and detection controls, we cannot assure you that these controls will be adequate to protect against fraud. Substantial losses

 

-24-


Table of Contents

due to fraud or our inability to accept credit card payments, which could cause our paid customer base to significantly decrease, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and ability to grow our business.

Potential problems with our information systems could interfere with our business and operations.

We rely on our information systems and those of third parties for processing customer orders, distribution of our services, billing our customers, processing credit card transactions, customer relationship management, supporting financial planning and analysis, accounting functions and financial statement preparation and otherwise running our business. Information systems may experience interruptions, including interruptions of related services from third-party providers, which may be beyond our control. Such business interruptions could cause us to fail to meet customer requirements. All information systems, both internal and external, are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including without limitation, computer viruses, security breaches, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures and employee or other theft, as well as third-party provider failures. Any disruption in our information systems and those of the third parties upon which we rely could have a significant impact on our business.

In addition, we recently transitioned from a number of disparate systems and implemented NetSuite, a SaaS enterprise resource planning system, to handle various business, operating and financial processes. We plan to transition from a spreadsheet-based financial modeling system and implement a third-party corporate performance management system. In addition, in the future we intend to implement a third-party SaaS billing system to replace our current internally developed billing system. We may also implement further and enhanced information systems in the future to meet the demands resulting from our growth and to provide additional capabilities and functionality. The implementation of new systems and enhancements is frequently disruptive to the underlying business of an enterprise, and can be time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention. Any disruptions relating to our systems enhancements or any problems with the implementation, particularly any disruptions impacting our operations or our ability to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis during the implementation period, could materially and adversely affect our business. Even if we do not encounter these material and adverse effects, the implementation of these enhancements may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to successfully implement the information systems enhancements as planned, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

Our use of open source technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our services.

We use open source software in our platform on which our services operate. There is a risk that the owners of the copyrights in such software may claim that such licenses impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market or provide our services. If such owners prevail in such claim, we could be required to make the source code for our proprietary software (which contains our valuable trade secrets) generally available to third parties, including competitors, at no cost, to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our services, to re-engineer our technology, or to discontinue offering our services in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or at all, any of which could cause us to discontinue our services, harm our reputation, result in customer losses or claims, increase our costs or otherwise materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Our services are subject to regulation, and future legislative or regulatory actions could adversely affect our business and expose us to liability.

Federal Regulation

Our business is regulated by the FCC. As a communications services provider, we are subject to existing or potential FCC regulations relating to privacy, disability access, porting of numbers, Federal Universal Service Fund, or USF, contributions, E-911, and other requirements. FCC classification of our Internet voice communications services as telecommunications services could result in additional federal and state regulatory obligations. If we do not comply with FCC rules and regulations, we could be subject to FCC enforcement actions, fines, loss of licenses, and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our services. Any enforcement action by the FCC, which may be a public process, would hurt our reputation in the industry, possibly impair our ability to sell our services to customers and could have a materially adverse impact on our revenues.

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, RCLEC, Inc., we also plan to provide competitive local exchange carrier services, or CLEC services, which are regulated by the FCC as traditional telecommunications services. Our CLEC services depend on certain provisions of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 that permit us to procure facilities and services from incumbent local exchange carriers, or ILECs, that are necessary to provide our services. Over the past several years, the FCC has reduced or eliminated a number of regulations governing ILECs’ offerings. If ILECs are not required by law to provide services to us or do not continue to permit us to purchase these services from them under commercial arrangements at reasonable rates, our business could be adversely affected and our cost of providing CLEC services could increase. This could have a materially adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows.

Our services are also subject to a number of other FCC regulations. Among others, we must comply (in whole or in part) with:

 

  Ÿ  

the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires covered entities to assist law enforcement in undertaking electronic surveillance;

 

  Ÿ  

requirements to provide E-911 to our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

contributions to the USF which requires that we pay a percentage of our revenues to support certain federal programs;

 

  Ÿ  

payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

rules pertaining to access to our services by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services fund; and

 

  Ÿ  

FCC rules regarding CPNI, which requires that we not use such information without customer approval, subject to certain exceptions.

If we do not comply with any current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to substantial fines and penalties, we may have to restructure our service offerings, exit certain markets or raise the price of our services, any of which could ultimately harm our business and results of operations.

State Regulation

States currently may not regulate our Internet voice communications services. However, states are allowed to assess state USF requirements, E-911 fees and other surcharges on nomadic VoIP providers. A number of states require us to contribute to state USF, contribute to E-911 and pay other surcharges, while others are actively considering extending their programs to include the services we provide. We pass USF, E-911 fees and other surcharges through to our customers, which may result in our services becoming more expensive or require that we absorb these costs. We expect that state public utility commissions will continue their attempts to apply state telecommunications regulations to Internet voice communications services like ours.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

Our subsidiary’s CLEC services are subject to regulation by the public utility regulatory agency in those states where we provide local telecommunications services. This regulation includes the requirement to obtain a certificate of public necessity or other similar licenses prior to offering our CLEC services. We may also be required to file tariffs that describe our CLEC’s services and provide rates for those services. We are also required to comply with state regulations that vary from state to state concerning service quality, disconnection and billing requirements. State commissions also have authority to review and approve interconnection agreements between incumbent phone carriers and CLECs such as our subsidiary, and to conduct arbitration of disputes arising in the negotiation of such agreements.

International Regulation

As we expand internationally, we may be subject to telecommunications, consumer protection, data privacy and other laws and regulations in the foreign countries where we offer our services. Internationally, we currently offer our services in Canada and the United Kingdom, or UK.

We are a provider of Internet voice telecommunications services in Canada. As a provider of internet voice communications services, we are subject to regulation in Canada by the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or CRTC. We are registered with the CRTC as a reseller of telecommunications services and have been issued a basic international telecommunications services, or BITS, licence by the CRTC. As a internet voice communications provider, we are subject to obligations imposed by the CRTC, including providing access to emergency call E-911 services, providing access to operator assistance, directory information services, number portability, providing minimum customer information, charge customers certain regulatory charges and pay contribution charges. We are also subject to Canadian federal privacy laws and provincial consumer protection legislation. As a holder of a BITS license, we also must comply with various annual reporting requirements.

As a provider of electronic communications services in the UK, we are subject to regulation in the UK by the Office of Communications. Some of these regulatory obligations include providing access to emergency call services (E999/112); providing access to operator assistance, directories and directory enquiry services, offering contracts with minimum terms, providing and publishing certain information transparently, providing itemized billing, protecting customer information (including personal data); porting phone numbers upon a valid customer request and implementing a code of practice. We are required to comply with laws and matters relating to, among other things, competition law, distance selling, e-commerce and consumer protection. We must also comply with various reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

We process, store, and use personal information and other data, which subjects us and our customers to a variety of evolving governmental regulation, industry standards and self-regulatory schemes, contractual obligations, and other legal obligations related to privacy, which may increase our costs, decrease adoption and use of our products and services and expose us to liability.

There are a number of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, as well as contractual obligations and industry standards, that provide for certain obligations and restrictions with respect to data privacy and security, and the collection, storage, retention, protection, use, processing, transmission, sharing, disclosure and protection of personal information and other customer data. The scope of these obligations and restrictions is changing, subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among countries or conflict with other rules, and their status remains uncertain. Within the European Union, or EU, strict laws already apply in connection with the collection, storage, retention, protection, use, processing, transmission, sharing, disclosure and protection of personal information

 

-27-


Table of Contents

and other customer data. The EU model has been replicated in many jurisdictions outside the U.S., including Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation countries. Regulators have the power to fine non-compliant organizations significant amounts. There are proposals to increase the maximum level of fines that EU regulators may impose to 2% of worldwide annual sales. As Internet commerce and communication technologies continue to evolve, increasing online service providers’ and network users’ capacity to collect, store, retain, protect, use, process and transmit large volumes of personal information, increasingly restrictive regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies becomes more likely. For example, a variety of regulations that would increase restrictions on online service providers in the area of data privacy is currently being proposed, both in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, and we believe that the adoption of increasingly restrictive regulation in the field of data privacy and security is likely, possibly as restrictive as the EU model. Obligations and restrictions imposed by current and future applicable laws, regulations, contracts and industry standards may affect our ability to provide all the current features of our products and services and our customers’ ability to use our products and services, and could require us to modify the features and functionality of our products and services. Such obligations and restrictions may limit our ability to collect, store, process, use, transmit and share data with our customers, and to allow our customer to collect, store, retain, protect, use, process, transmit, share and disclose data with others through our products and services. Compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such obligations and restrictions could increase the cost of our operations. Failure to comply with obligations and restrictions related to data privacy and security could subject us to lawsuits, fines, criminal penalties, statutory damages, consent decrees, injunctions, adverse publicity and other losses that could harm our business.

Our customers can use our services to store contact and other personal or identifying information, and to process, transmit, receive, store and retrieve a variety of communications and messages, including information about their own customers and other contacts. In addition, customers may use our services to store protected health information, or PHI, that is protected under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, notwithstanding that we inform customers that our services should not be used for these purposes. Noncompliance with laws and regulations relating to privacy and HIPAA may lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities. Our actual compliance, our customers’ perception of our compliance, costs of compliance with such regulations and customer concerns regarding their own compliance obligations (whether factual or in error) may limit the use and adoption of our service and reduce overall demand. Furthermore, privacy concerns, including the inability or impracticality of providing advance notice to customers of privacy issues related to the use of our services, may cause our customers’ customers to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our services effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our service in certain industries.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and industry groups have adopted and are considering the adoption of various self-regulatory standards and codes of conduct that may place additional burdens on us and our customers, which may further reduce demand for our services and harm our business.

While we try to comply with all applicable data protection laws, regulations, standards, and codes of conduct, as well as our own posted privacy policies and contractual commitments to the extent possible, any failure by us to protect our users’ privacy and data, including as a result of our systems being compromised by hacking or other malicious or surreptitious activity, could result in a loss of user confidence in our services and ultimately in a loss of users, which could materially and adversely affect our business. Our customers may also accidentally disclose their passwords or store them on a mobile device that is lost or stolen, creating the perception that our systems are not secure against third-party access. Additionally, our third-party contractors in the Philippines, Russia and Ukraine may have access to customer data. If these or other third-party vendors violate applicable laws or our policies,

 

-28-


Table of Contents

such violations may also put our customers’ information at risk and could in turn have a material and adverse effect on our business.

Use or delivery of our services may become subject to new or increased regulatory requirements, taxes or fees.

The increasing growth and popularity of Internet voice communications heighten the risk that governments will regulate or impose new or increased fees or taxes on Internet voice communications services. To the extent that the use of our services continues to grow, regulators may be more likely to seek to regulate or impose new or additional taxes, surcharges or fees on our services. Similarly, advances in technology, such as improvements in locating the geographic origin of Internet voice communications, could cause our services to become subject to additional regulations, fees or taxes, or could require us to invest in or develop new technologies, which may be costly. In addition, as we continue to expand our user base and offer more services, we may become subject to new regulations, taxes, surcharges or fees. Increased regulatory requirements, taxes, surcharges or fees on Internet voice communications services, which could be assessed by governments retroactively or prospectively, would substantially increase our costs, and, as a result, our business would suffer. In addition, the tax status of our services could subject us to conflicting taxation requirements and complexity with regard to the collection and remittance of applicable taxes. Any such additional taxes could harm our results of operations.

Our emergency and E-911 calling services may expose us to significant liability.

The FCC requires Internet voice communications providers, such as our company, to provide E-911 service in all geographic areas covered by the traditional wire-line E-911 network. Under the FCC’s rules, Internet voice communications providers must transmit the caller’s phone number and registered location information to the appropriate public safety answering point, or PSAP, for the caller’s registered location. Our CLEC services are also required by the FCC and state regulators to provide E-911 service to the extent that they are accessed by end users.

We provide E-911 service in compliance with the FCC’s rules to substantially all of our customers’ interconnected VoIP lines. In some circumstances, 911 calls may be routed to a national emergency call center that routes the call to the appropriate PSAP. In addition, certain of our Internet voice communications services that work with mobile devices and are accessed through Wi-Fi networks may not be able to complete 911 calls. The FCC is considering requiring providers of Internet voice communications services on mobile devices to provide E-911 service. The adoption of such a requirement could increase our costs and make our service more expensive, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

In May 2013, the FCC issued an order requiring all providers of interconnected text messaging services to provide, by September 30, 2013, an automatic bounce-back text message in situations where a consumer attempts to text message to 911 in a location where text-to-911 is not available. We believe we are in compliance with this order.

In connection with the FCC requirement that we provide E-911 to all of our interconnected VoIP customers, we must obtain from each customer, prior to the initiation of service, the physical locations at which the service will first be used for each VoIP line. For services that can be utilized from more than one physical location, we must provide customers one or more methods of updating their physical location. Because we do not validate the physical address at each location where the services may be used by our customers, and because customers may use the services in locations that differ from the registered location without providing us with the updated information, it is possible that E-911 calls may get routed to the wrong public safety answering point, or PSAP. We are also aware that certain

 

-29-


Table of Contents

customer registered addresses are incorrect, or may not have been updated. If E-911 calls are not routed to the correct PSAP, and if the delay results in serious injury or death, we could be sued and the damages substantial. We are evaluating measures to attempt to verify and update the addresses for locations where our services are used.

We could be subject to enforcement action by the FCC for our customer lines that do not have E-911 service or an FCC challenge to our implementation in full. This enforcement action could result in significant monetary penalties and restrictions on our ability to offer non-compliant services.

Customers may in the future attempt to hold us responsible for any loss, damage, personal injury, or death suffered as a result of delayed or uncompleted emergency service calls. The New and Emerging Technologies 911 Improvement Act of 2008 provides that Internet voice communications providers have the same protections from liability for the operation of 911 service as traditional wire-line and wireless providers. Limitations on liability for the provision of 911 service are normally governed by state law, and these limitations typically are not absolute. It is also unclear under the FCC’s rules whether the limitations on liability would apply to those customer lines for which we do not provide E-911 service.

We rely on third parties to provide the majority of our customer service and support representatives and to fulfill various aspects of our E-911 service. If these third parties do not provide our customers with reliable, high-quality service, our reputation will be harmed, and we may lose customers.

We offer customer support through both our online account management website and our toll-free customer support number. Our customer support is currently provided via a third-party provider located in the Philippines, as well as our employees in the U.S. We currently offer support almost exclusively in English. Our third-party providers generally provide customer service and support to our customers without identifying themselves as independent parties. The ability to support our customers may be disrupted by natural disasters, inclement weather conditions, civil unrest, strikes and other adverse events in the Philippines. Furthermore, as we expand our operations internationally, we may need to make significant expenditures and investments in our customer service and support to adequately address the complex needs of international customers, such as support in multiple foreign languages.

We also contract with third parties to provide E-911 services, including assistance in routing emergency calls and terminating E-911 calls. Our providers operate a national call center that is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to receive certain emergency calls and maintain PSAP databases for the purpose of deploying and operating E-911 services. On mobile devices, we generally rely on the underlying cellular or wireless carrier to provide E-911 services. Interruptions in service from our vendors could cause failures in our customers’ access to E-911 services and expose us to liability and damage our reputation.

If any of these third parties do not provide reliable, high-quality service, our reputation and our business will be harmed. In addition, industry consolidation among providers of services to us may impact our ability to obtain these services or increase our costs for these services.

We are in the process of expanding our international operations, which exposes us to significant risks.

To date, we have not generated significant revenues from outside of the U.S. and Canada. However, we already have significant operations outside the U.S. and Canada, and we expect to grow our international revenues in the future. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our operations and customer base worldwide. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic

 

-30-


Table of Contents

and political risks that are different from those in the U.S. Because of our limited experience with international operations and developing and managing sales and distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could materially and adversely affect our business, including:

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to comply with differing technical and environmental standards, data privacy and telecommunications regulations and certification requirements outside the U.S.;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  Ÿ  

potentially greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;

 

  Ÿ  

the need to adapt and localize our services for specific countries;

 

  Ÿ  

the need to offer customer care in various native languages;

 

  Ÿ  

availability of reliable broadband connectivity and wide area networks in targeted areas for expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

lower levels of adoption of credit or debit card usage for Internet related purchases by foreign customers and compliance with various foreign regulations related to credit or debit card processing and data privacy requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in foreign jurisdictions;

 

  Ÿ  

export controls and economic sanctions administered by the Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security and the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control;

 

  Ÿ  

tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with various anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010;

 

  Ÿ  

more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

adverse tax consequences;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could increase the price of our services outside of the U.S., increase the expenses of our international operations, including expenses related to foreign contractors, and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk;

 

  Ÿ  

exchange control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit our conversion of other currencies into U.S. Dollars;

 

  Ÿ  

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

  Ÿ  

new and different sources of competition;

 

  Ÿ  

deterioration of political relations between the U.S. and other countries, particularly Russia, Ukraine, China and the Philippines; and

 

  Ÿ  

political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region.

Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our future international operations and our overall business.

We depend largely on the continued services of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future performance depends on the continued services and contributions of our senior management and other key employees to execute on our business plan, and to identify and pursue

 

-31-


Table of Contents

opportunities and services innovations. The loss of services of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our development and strategic objectives. In particular, we depend to a considerable degree on the vision, skills, experience and effort of our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vladimir Shmunis. None of our executive officers or other senior management personnel is bound by a written employment agreement and any of them may therefore terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. The replacement of any of these senior management personnel would likely involve significant time and costs, and such loss could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. In addition, certain members of our senior management team, including our President, who joined us in June 2013, and our Chief Financial Officer, who joined us in August 2013, have worked together for only a relatively short period of time and it may be difficult to evaluate their effectiveness, on an individual or collective basis, and ability to address future challenges to our business. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees for any reason could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business will suffer.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. We believe that there is, and will continue to be, intense competition for highly skilled technical and other personnel with experience in our industry in the San Francisco Bay Area, where our headquarters is located, and in other locations where we maintain offices. We must provide competitive compensation packages and a high-quality work environment to hire, retain and motivate employees. If we are unable to retain and motivate our existing employees and attract qualified personnel to fill key positions, we may be unable to manage our business effectively, including the development, marketing and sale of existing and new services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To the extent we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that they have been improperly solicited or divulged proprietary or other confidential information.

Volatility in, or lack of performance of, our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel. Many of our key personnel are, or will soon be, vested in a substantial amount of shares of common stock or stock options. Employees may be more likely to terminate their employment with us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their vested options have significantly appreciated in value relative to the original purchase prices of the shares or the exercise prices of the options, or if the exercise prices of the options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to retain our employees, our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be harmed.

We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations and harm our results of operations.

Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring or investing in complementary services, technologies or businesses. We cannot assure you that we will successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, integrate or manage disparate technologies, lines of business, personnel and corporate cultures, realize our business strategy or the expected return on our investment, or manage a geographically dispersed company. Any such acquisition or investment could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Acquisitions and other strategic investments involve significant risks and uncertainties, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the potential failure to achieve the expected benefits of the combination or acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

unanticipated costs and liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in integrating new products and services, software, businesses, operations and technology infrastructure in an efficient and effective manner;

 

-32-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

difficulties in maintaining customer relations;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

the diversion of the attention of our senior management from the operation of our daily business;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential adverse effect on our cash position to the extent that we use cash for the purchase price;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential significant increase of our interest expense, leverage, and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential issuance of securities that would dilute our stockholders’ percentage ownership;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential to incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; and

 

  Ÿ  

the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, policies and procedures.

Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment. In addition, our inability to successfully operate and integrate newly acquired businesses appropriately, effectively, and in a timely manner could impair our ability to take advantage of future growth opportunities and other advances in technology, as well as on our revenues, gross margins and expenses.

We may be subject to liabilities on past sales for taxes, surcharges and fees.

Prior to 2012, we did not collect or remit U.S. state or municipal sales, use, excise, utility user and ad valorem taxes, fees or surcharges on the charges to our customers for our services or goods, except that we have historically complied with the collection of certain California sales/use taxes and financial contributions to the California 9-1-1 system (the Emergency Telephone Users Surcharge) and federal USF. For periods prior to 2012, with limited exception, we believe that we were generally not subject to taxes, fees, or surcharges imposed by other U.S. state and municipal jurisdictions or that such taxes, fees, or surcharges did not apply to our service. There is uncertainty as to what constitutes sufficient “in state presence” for a state to levy taxes, fees and surcharges for sales made over the Internet. Therefore, taxing authorities may challenge our position and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to sales, use, telecommunications and other taxes, which could result in increased tax liabilities for us or our customers, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our relationships with our customers.

In 2012, we voluntarily began collecting and remitting U.S. state sales, use or other taxes, surcharges, and fees. The collection of these taxes, fees, or surcharges could have the effect of decreasing or eliminating price advantages we may have had over other providers. We may not accurately calculate these taxes, particularly in foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we have recorded a contingent sales tax liability for sales prior to 2012. If our ultimate liability exceeds the collected and accrued amount, it could result in significant charges to our earnings.

Finally, the application of other indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value added tax, or VAT, goods and services tax, business tax, and gross receipt tax) to e-commerce businesses, such as ours, is a complex and evolving area. In November 2007, the U.S. federal government enacted legislation extending the moratorium on states and other local authorities imposing access or discriminatory taxes on the Internet through November 2014. This moratorium does not prohibit federal, state, or local authorities from collecting taxes on our income or from collecting taxes that are due under existing tax rules. The application of existing, new, or future laws, whether in the U.S. or internationally, could have

 

-33-


Table of Contents

adverse effects on our business, prospects, and results of operations. There have been, and will continue to be, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with the various indirect tax requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

Changes in effective tax rates, or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns, could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

expiration of, or lapses in, the research and development tax credit laws;

 

  Ÿ  

expiration or non-utilization of net operating loss carryforwards;

 

  Ÿ  

tax effects of share-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions;

 

  Ÿ  

expansion into new jurisdictions;

 

  Ÿ  

costs related to intercompany arrangements; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof.

We may be unable to use some or all of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could materially and adversely affect our reported financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2023 and 2013 for federal and state purposes, respectively. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2028. Realization of these net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards depends on future income, and there is a risk that our existing carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders, who own at least 5% of our stock, increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $61.9 million and $60.4 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income, which expire in various years through 2023 if not utilized. No deferred tax assets have been recognized on our balance sheet related to these NOLs, as they are fully reserved by a valuation allowance. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs before they expire. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and similar state law provisions, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of pre-change NOLs that can be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income. Section 382 of the Code imposes limitations on a company’s ability to use NOLs if a company experiences a more-than-50-percent ownership change over a three-year testing period. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we achieve profitability. If we are limited in our ability to use our NOLs in future years

 

-34-


Table of Contents

in which we have taxable income, we will pay more taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our NOLs. This could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will need to further develop and maintain our internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, it may adversely affect investor confidence in our company.

We may be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

We are in the early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. For example, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2011, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that our independent registered public accounting firm identified related to our lack of sufficient, qualified personnel in accounting and financial reporting matters to perform process level controls and other controls. We believe that we remediated this material weakness in 2012.

However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2012, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two significant deficiencies. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting. The significant deficiencies that our independent registered public accounting firm identified in connection with our fiscal 2012 audit related to our lack of sufficient controls to enable our timely remittance of sales tax liabilities and inadequate controls related to the accounting process and incomplete documentation of accounting and financial period close procedures.

If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when it is required to do so by the applicable rules, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the recently enacted Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are

 

-35-


Table of Contents

documented, designed or operating. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

We may not be successful in obtaining local access services through our newly-created CLEC.

We have formed a competitive local exchange carrier subsidiary, RCLEC, to allow us to purchase network services directly from ILECs and from other CLECs in certain geographic markets, at lower prices than we pay for such services through third-party network service providers, such as Level 3 Communications, Inc. and Bandwidth.com, Inc., and to help us improve our quality of service. However, the ILECs may favor themselves and their affiliates and may not provide network services to us at lower prices than we could obtain through Level 3 Communications, Inc., Bandwidth.com, Inc., other third-party CLECs, or at all. If we are unable to reduce our pricing as a result of obtaining network services through our subsidiary, we may be forced to rely on other third-party network service providers and be unable to effectively lower our cost of service. Further, creation and maintenance of a CLEC requires significant expenditures, and we may not realize much or any benefit from our investment in our subsidiary if we do not reduce our costs of network service through our subsidiary. In addition, if ILECs or other CLECs do not provide us with any access, we will not be able to use our RCLEC subsidiary as intended to improve the quality of our services or lower the cost of our services.

If we are unable to effectively process local number and toll-free number portability provisioning in a timely manner, our growth may be negatively affected.

We support local number and toll-free number portability, which allows our customers to transfer to us and thereby retain their existing phone numbers when subscribing to our services. Transferring numbers is a manual process that can take up to 15 business days or longer to complete. A new customer of our services must maintain both our service and the customer’s existing phone service during the number transferring process. Any delay that we experience in transferring these numbers typically results from the fact that we depend on third-party carriers to transfer these numbers, a process that we do not control, and these third-party carriers may refuse or substantially delay the transfer of these numbers to us. Local number portability is considered an important feature by many potential customers, and if we fail to reduce any related delays, we may experience increased difficulty in acquiring new customers. Moreover, the FCC requires Internet voice communications providers, which are companies like us that provide services similar to traditional phone companies, including the ability to make calls to and receive calls from the public phone network, to comply with specified number porting timeframes when customers leave our service for the services of another provider. If we, or our third-party carriers, are unable to process number portability requests within the requisite timeframes, we could be subject to fines and penalties. Additionally, both customers and carriers may seek relief from the relevant state public utility commission, the FCC, or in state or federal court for violation of local number portability requirements.

Our business could suffer if we cannot obtain or retain direct inward dialing numbers, or DIDs, are prohibited from obtaining local or toll-free numbers , or are limited to distributing local or toll-free numbers to only certain customers.

Our future success depends on our ability to procure large quantities of local and toll-free DIDs in the U.S. and foreign countries in desirable locations at a reasonable cost and without restrictions. Our ability to procure and distribute DIDs depends on factors outside of our control, such as applicable regulations, the practices of the communications carriers that provide DIDs, the cost of these DIDs, and the level of demand for new DIDs. Due to their limited availability, there are certain popular area code prefixes that we generally cannot obtain. Our inability to acquire DIDs for our operations would make our services less attractive to potential customers in the affected local geographic areas. In addition, future growth in our customer base, together with growth in the customer bases of other

 

-36-


Table of Contents

providers of cloud-based business communications, has increased, which increases our dependence on needing sufficiently large quantities of DIDs.

We rely on third-party hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our service.

We rely on purchased or leased hardware and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our service. In some cases, we integrate third-party licensed software components into our platform. This hardware and software may not continue to be available at reasonable prices or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could significantly increase our expenses and otherwise result in delays in the provisioning of our service until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated. Any errors or defects in third-party hardware or software could result in errors or a failure of our service which could harm our business.

We depend on two vendors and one fulfillment agent to configure and deliver the phones that we sell, and any delay or interruption in manufacturing, configuring and delivering by these third parties would result in delayed or reduced shipments to our customers and may harm our business.

We rely on Cisco Systems, Inc. and Polycom, Inc. for phones that we offer for sale to our customers that use our services. In addition, we rely on one fulfillment agent to configure and deliver our phones to our customers. We currently do not have long-term contracts with these vendors or with the fulfillment agent. As a result, these third parties are not obligated to provide products to or perform services for us for any specific period, in any specific quantities or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. If these third parties are unable to deliver phones of acceptable quality or in a timely manner, our ability to bring services to market, the reliability of our services and our reputation could suffer. We expect that it could take several months to effectively transition to new third-party manufacturers or fulfillment agents.

If our vendor-supplied phones are not able to interoperate effectively with our own back-end servers and systems, our customers may not be able to use our service, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Phones must interoperate with our back-end servers and systems, which contain complex specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and software applications. Currently, the phones we sell are manufactured by only two third-party providers, Cisco Systems, Inc. and Polycom, Inc. If either of these providers changes the operation of their phones, we will be required to undertake development and testing efforts to ensure that the new phones interoperate with our system. These efforts may require significant capital and employee resources, and we may not accomplish these development efforts quickly or cost-effectively, if at all. If our vendor-supplied phones do not interoperate effectively with our system, our customers’ ability to use our services could be delayed or orders for our services could be cancelled, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to manage our inventory levels effectively, which may lead to inventory obsolescence that would force us to incur inventory write-downs.

Our vendor-supplied phones have lead times of up to 20 weeks for delivery and are built to forecasts that are necessarily imprecise. It is likely that from time to time we will have either excess or insufficient product inventory. In addition, because we rely on third-party vendors for the supply of our vendor-supplied phones, our inventory levels are subject to the conditions regarding the timing of

 

-37-


Table of Contents

purchase orders and delivery dates that are not within our control. Excess inventory levels would subject us to the risk of inventory obsolescence, while insufficient levels of inventory may negatively affect relations with customers. For instance, our customers rely upon our ability to meet committed delivery dates, and any disruption in the supply of our services could result in loss of customers or harm to our ability to attract new customers. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances. If capital is not available to us, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We intend to continue to make expenditures and investments to support the growth of our business and may require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances, including the need to develop new solutions or enhance our existing solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. However, additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve further restrictive covenants, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities.

As of June 30, 2013, we were not in compliance with the covenant in our credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance. Silicon Valley Bank waived this non-compliance effective August 14, 2013. We cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with this covenant or any other affirmative or negative covenants in future quarters, as required by our credit agreements. In the event that we are unable to comply with these covenants in the future, we would seek an amendment or waiver of the covenants. We cannot assure you that any such waiver or amendment would be granted. In such event, we may be required to repay any or all of our existing borrowings, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow under our existing credit agreements, or obtain alternative funding arrangements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

In addition, volatility in the credit markets may have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our Class A common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Our corporate headquarters, one of our data centers and co-location facilities, our sole third-party customer service and support facility, and a research and development facility are located near known earthquake fault zones, and the occurrence of an earthquake, tsunami or other catastrophic disaster could damage our facilities or the facilities of our contractors, which could cause us to curtail our operations.

Our corporate headquarters, one of our data centers and one of our subsidiary’s co-location facilities are located in northern California, our customer service call center operated by our contractor is located in the Philippines, and one of our research and development facilities is located on the coast of China. All of these locations are on the Pacific Rim near known earthquake fault zones and, therefore, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes and tsunamis. Additionally, our China facility, our sole third-party customer service and support facility in the Philippines, and our CLEC subsidiary’s

 

-38-


Table of Contents

co-location facility in Florida are located in areas subject to hurricanes. We and our contractors are also vulnerable to other types of disasters, such as power loss, fire, floods, pandemics, cyber attack, war, political unrest and terrorist attacks and similar events that are beyond our control. If any disasters were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired, and we may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, loss of intellectual property, delays in our services development, lengthy interruptions in our services, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our future results of operations. In addition, we do not carry earthquake insurance and we may not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from other disasters or other similar significant business interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies could seriously impair our business and financial condition.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our Class A common stock will be traded and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and results of operations. Although we have already hired additional employees to comply with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. Our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and standards could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act we will take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, exemption from the requirement to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments

 

-39-


Table of Contents

not previously approved. We will take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of (i) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in more litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor. These claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we will take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of this extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Owning Our Class A Common Stock and this Offering

An active trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop and the market price for our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. An active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could adversely impact your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the public offering price for our Class A common stock has been determined through negotiations among us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market upon completion of this offering. Consequently, you may be unable to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid for them.

The market price of our Class A common stock is likely to be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss of your investment.

The stock market in general, and the market for technology-related stocks in particular, has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume for our Class A common stock may also be highly volatile, and investors in our Class A common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Factors that could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to fluctuate significantly include:

 

  Ÿ  

our operating and financial performance and prospects and the performance of other similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

conditions that impact demand for our services;

 

  Ÿ  

the public’s reaction to our press releases, financial guidance, and other public announcements, and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;

 

  Ÿ  

strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in government and other regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

  Ÿ  

arrival and departure of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the number of shares to be publicly traded after this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

sales of common stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and

 

  Ÿ  

changes in general market, economic, and political conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural disasters, telecommunications failure, cyber attack, civil unrest in various parts of the world, acts of war, terrorist attacks, or other catastrophic events.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume and market price of our Class A common stock and may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares of our Class A common stock. Following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders often file securities class-action lawsuits against such company. Our involvement in a class-action lawsuit could divert our senior management’s

 

-41-


Table of Contents

attention and, if adversely determined, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause our share price to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Based upon the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of June 30, 2013, upon completion of this offering, we will have 53,248,648 shares of Class B common stock and 7,500,000 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options and the sale of 80,000 shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

All of the shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our “affiliates” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining 53,248,648 shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and assuming the conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into shares of our Class B common stock, will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements, or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,956,794 shares of Class B common stock, or 52.4% of the total number of outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock, based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and giving effect to the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, including holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement. Shares of our Class B common stock automatically will convert into shares of our Class A common stock upon any sale or transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective upon completion of this offering. If these holders of our Class B common stock, by exercising their registration rights, sell a large number of shares, they could materially and adversely affect the market price for our Class A common stock. If we file a registration statement for the purposes of selling additional shares to raise capital and are required to include shares held by these holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights, our ability to raise capital may be impaired. In addition, as of June 30, 2013, there were outstanding options to purchase 9,743,107 shares of our Class B common stock, 4,386,462 shares of which were vested as of June 30, 2013. Immediately following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 registering the shares issuable upon the exercise of these existing options, for the 6,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and for the 1,250,000 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Assuming effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-8, these shares will be freely tradable, although they will be subject to the lock-up arrangements we describe below and elsewhere in this prospectus and vesting limitations.

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and holders of options to purchase our stock, have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into, any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. In the case of releases with respect to our officers or directors, the representatives of the underwriters will, at least three business days before the effective date of such release, notify us of the impending release. We have agreed to announce such release by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our stockholders or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

We may also issue shares of our Class A common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our Class A common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our Class A common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

The dual class structure of our common stock as contained in our charter documents has the effect of concentrating voting control with a limited number of stockholders that held our stock prior to this offering, including our founders and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, and venture capital investors, and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class B common stock has 10 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our founders, previous investors and our executive officers, employees and directors and their affiliates, will together hold approximately 98.6% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering. As a result, for the foreseeable future, our existing stockholders will have significant influence over the management and affairs of our company and over the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the ten-to-one voting ratio between our Class B and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock so long as the shares of Class B common stock represent at least 10% of all outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. If, for example, Mr. Shmunis retains a significant portion of his holdings of Class B common stock for an extended period of time, he could, in the future, control a majority of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a board member, Mr. Shmunis owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Shmunis is entitled to vote his shares in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. For a description of the dual class structure, see “Description of Capital Stock—Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.”

 

-43-


Table of Contents

Because the initial public offering price for shares of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock immediately following this offering, new investors will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase Class A common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $11.03 per share, representing the difference between the price per share you paid for our Class A common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance of 7,420,000 shares of our Class A common stock in this offering. Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our Class A common stock in this offering will only own approximately 12.2% of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock (and have only 1.4% of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B common stock) after the offering even though the new investors’ aggregate investment will represent 53.7% of the total consideration received by us in connection with all initial sales of 60,718,648 shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance of 7,420,000 shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering and 80,000 shares of our Class A common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders. See “Dilution” on page 52 for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our Class A common stock will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

We intend to use the net proceeds from our offering for working capital or other general corporate purposes. We may also repay in part or in full the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our term loans. In addition, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for capital expenditures and for possible acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds that we receive in this offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Therefore, you must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our results of operations or market value. Until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.

We currently do not plan to declare dividends on share of our common stock in the foreseeable future and plan to, instead, retain any earnings to finance our operations and growth. Because we have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, the only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company will be if the market price of our Class A common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

If research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our Class A common stock, our stock price and trading volume may decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that research analysts publish about us and our business. If we do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A common stock may decline. If one or more of the research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock may decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Anti-takeover provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect at or upon consummation of this offering and under Delaware corporate law could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will include provisions that:

 

  Ÿ  

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 100,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

  Ÿ  

require that, once our outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent; specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chair of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

  Ÿ  

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

  Ÿ  

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of a supermajority of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

 

  Ÿ  

reflect two classes of common stock, as discussed above.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we intend to reincorporate in Delaware, we will be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.

 

-45-


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available to our management at the date of this prospectus and our management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

our financial performance, including our revenues, margins, costs, expenditures, growth rates, operating expenses, the ability to generate positive cash flow and to become profitable;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully maintain our relationships with our resellers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain customers, including large customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to adapt to changing market conditions;

 

  Ÿ  

the effects of increased competition in our markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to successfully enter new markets and manage our international expansion;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our brand and intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to develop and launch new services and features; and

 

  Ÿ  

other factors discussed in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “seek,” “might,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “approximately,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which we base on many assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions based on new information, future events or otherwise. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data that we have obtained or derived from industry publications and reports, including reports from Infonetics Research, Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, and International Data Corporation, or IDC. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions, limitations and estimates, and we cannot assure you that any of them will prove to be accurate. Based on our industry experience, we believe that these publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

The Gartner report described herein, or the Gartner Report, represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $79.2 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our net proceeds will increase by approximately $12.6 million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of this offering by approximately $6.9 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as listed on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $11.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from shares sold by the selling stockholders.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our Class A common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital or other general corporate purposes, including additional marketing expenditures, the expansion of our sales organization, international expansion, and further development of our solutions. We also intend to use a portion of the net proceeds for capital expenditures for expansion of our network infrastructure as we grow our customer base in the U.S. and internationally.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our existing loans with TriplePoint Capital LLC. As of June 30, 2013, the outstanding balance of our equipment line was approximately $6.9 million and bore interest at a fixed rate of 5.75%, and the outstanding balance of our growth capital loan was approximately $8.5 million and bore interest at a fixed rate of 8.5%. We borrowed an additional $5.0 million in August 2013 under our amended growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint Capital LLC.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding principal and accrued interest on our existing loan with Silicon Valley Bank. As of June 30, 2013, the outstanding balance of this loan was approximately $4.7 million and bore interest at a floating rate of 2.75% above the prime rate per annum. We borrowed an additional $15.8 million in August 2013 under our amended loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank.

In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds that we receive from this offering for acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets.

The amount and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the cash used in or generated by our operations, the status of our development, the level of our sales and marketing activities, and our technology investments and acquisitions. Our management has discretion over many of these factors. Therefore, we are unable to estimate the amount or timing of net proceeds from this offering that will be used for any of the purposes described above. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.

 

-48-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund business development and growth, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, under the terms of our current credit facilities, we are prohibited from declaring or paying cash dividends without the prior consent of Silicon Valley Bank and TriplePoint Capital LLC.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of June 30, 2013 on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the filing and effectiveness of our certificate of incorporation in Delaware, which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock and common stock into an aggregate of 53,298,648 shares of Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (3) the conversion of all warrants to purchase preferred stock and common stock into warrants to purchase 370,159 shares of Class B common stock, as if such conversions had occurred on June 30, 2013; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the sale by us of 7,420,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing as well as our actual expenses. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19,366      $ 19,366      $ 98,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, capital lease obligations and preferred stock warrant liability

     20,991        20,726        20,726   

Shareholder’s equity:

      

Convertible preferred stock, no par value; 32,294 shares authorized and 30,369 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     74,020        -        -   

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     -        -        -   

Common stock, no par value; 65,000 shares authorized and 22,930 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     -        -        -   

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000 shares authorized and 7,500 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     -        -        1   

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 250,000 shares authorized and 53,299 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 250,000 shares authorized and 53,249 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     -        5        5   

Additional paid-in capital

     12,634        86,914        166,141   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     159        159        159   

Accumulated deficit

     (107,538     (107,538     (107,538
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (20,725     (20,460     58,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 266      $ 266      $ 79,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share would increase (decrease) the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by

 

-50-


Table of Contents
 

approximately $6.9 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $11.2 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock reflected in the discussion and table above is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 53,298,648 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding on a pro forma basis, as of June 30, 2013, and excludes, as of June 30, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

3,737,232 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,005,875 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,200,000 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,250,000 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

370,159 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.15 per share.

The total debt, capital lease obligations and preferred stock warrant liability reflected in the discussion and table above are based on amounts outstanding at June 30, 2013 and exclude:

 

  Ÿ  

$10.8 million, which we borrowed on August 14, 2013 in connection with our revolving line of credit under the amended SVB Credit Agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

$5.0 million, which we borrowed on August 14, 2013 in connection with our term loan under the amended SVB Credit Agreement; and

 

  Ÿ  

$5.0 million, which we borrowed on August 19, 2013 in connection with our term loan under the amended growth capital loan and security loan agreement with TriplePoint.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. The historical net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2013 was $(20.7) million, or $(0.90) per share. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock.

After giving effect to the (i) automatic conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (ii) receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 7,420,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been $58.8 million, or $0.97 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $1.35 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $11.03 per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 12.00   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013

   $ (0.38  

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     1.35     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

       0.97   
    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

     $ 11.03   
    

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $12.00 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $0.11 per share and the dilution to new investors by $0.89 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $0.17 per share and the dilution to new investors by $0.16 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us and the selling stockholders in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A and Class B common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $1.15 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $10.85 per share of Class A common stock.

The table below summarizes as of June 30, 2013, on a pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before

 

-52-


Table of Contents

deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price

Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     53,299         88   $ 76,781         46   $ 1.44   

New investors

     7,420         12        89,040         54        12.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     60,719         100   $ 165,821         100     2.73   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock reflected in the discussion and tables above is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 53,298,648 shares of our Class B common stock (including preferred stock on an as converted basis) outstanding, as of June 30, 2013, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

3,737,232 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,005,875 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2013 granted pursuant to our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

6,200,000 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

1,250,000 additional shares of Class A common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

370,159 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.15 per share.

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to 53,248,648 shares, or 87.8% of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 7,420,000 shares, or 12.2% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, new options are issued under our share-based compensation plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2013 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own 89.5% and our new investors would own 10.5% of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering. In such event, the total consideration paid by our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would be approximately $117.6 million, or 56.9%, the total consideration paid by our new investors would be $89.0 million, or 43.1%, the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders would be $1.87 and the average price per share paid by our new investors would be $12.00.

 

-53-


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have derived the following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2013 or any other period.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues:

         

Services

  $ 46,385      $ 71,915      $ 105,693      $ 47,699      $ 66,744   

Product

    3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Services (1)

    17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

    4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development (1)

    7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing (1)

    22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative (1)

    4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

         

Interest expense

    (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

    172        109        32        (28     (247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1        15        92        33        (120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

         

Basic and diluted

  ($ 0.35   ($ 0.64   ($ 1.58   ($ 0.84   ($ 1.05
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

         

Basic and diluted

    20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

      $ (0.67     $ (0.45
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

        52,722          53,068   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

-54-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Share-based compensation expense is included in our results of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of services revenues

   $ 58       $ 141       $ 235       $ 109       $ 168   

Research and development

     111         260         837         313         517   

Sales and marketing

     340         297         651         330         404   

General and administrative

     311         490         1,379         463         1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 820       $ 1,188       $ 3,102       $ 1,215       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of
December 31,
    As of
June 30,
2013
 
     2011     2012    
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,577      $ 37,864      $ 19,366   

Working capital (deficit)

     (5,147     (484     (22,776

Total assets

     27,362        63,354        48,500   

Deferred revenue

     9,042        11,291        13,707   

Debt and capital lease obligations, current and long-term

     979        21,079        20,726   

Convertible preferred stock

     44,109        74,020        74,020   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     1,452        71        (20,725

 

-55-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.” Our fiscal year end is December 31 and our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31. Our fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 are referred to as fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, respectively.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business communications. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers, across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus enabling a more productive and dynamic workforce. RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables our customers and their employees to communicate via voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

We founded our business in 1999 and currently offer three services: RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, and RingCentral Fax. Prior to 2009, substantially all of our revenues were derived from RingCentral Professional, which we previously sold as RingCentral Mobile, and, RingCentral Fax and Extreme Fax, a discontinued service. In 2009, we began selling RingCentral Office, our current flagship service, to deliver an enterprise-grade SaaS multi-user communications solution, with advanced inbound and outbound voice, text and fax capabilities, delivered as a scalable solution.

We primarily generate revenues by selling subscriptions for our RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, and RingCentral Fax offerings. RingCentral Office is offered at monthly subscription rates, varying with the specific functionalities and services and the number of users. RingCentral Office customers generally pay higher monthly subscription rates than customers of our other service offerings. RingCentral Professional is offered at monthly subscription rates that vary based on the desired number of minutes usage and extensions allotted to the plan. RingCentral Fax is offered at monthly subscription rates that vary based on the desired number of pages and phone numbers allotted to the plan.

Our subscription plans have historically had monthly or annual contractual terms and over 95% of our current customers are on monthly contractual terms, although we also have subscription plans with multi-year contractual terms, generally with larger customers. We believe that this flexibility in contract duration is important to meet the different needs of our customers. Generally, our fees for subscription plans have been billed in advance via credit card. However, as the number of RingCentral Office customers grows, we expect to bill more customers through commercial invoices with customary payment terms and, accordingly, our levels of accounts receivable may increase. For fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012, services revenues accounted for more than 90% of our total revenues. The remainder of our revenues are comprised of product revenues from the sale of pre-configured office phones, which we offer as a convenience to our customers in connection with subscriptions to our services.

We make significant upfront investments to acquire customers. Until 2009, we acquired most of our customer subscriptions through e-commerce transactions on our website driven by online marketing

 

-56-


Table of Contents

channels. Beginning in 2009, in connection with our introduction of RingCentral Office, we established a direct, inside sales force. Since then, we have continued investing in our direct, inside sales force while also developing indirect sales channels to market our brand and our service offerings. Our indirect sales channel consists of a network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We intend to continue to foster this network and to expand our network with other resellers. Beginning in 2011, we also began expanding into more traditional forms of media advertising, such as radio and billboard advertising.

In the last three years, our revenue growth has primarily been driven by our flagship RingCentral Office service offering, which has resulted in an increased number of customers, increased average subscription revenues per customer, and increased retention of our existing customer and user base. We define a “customer” as one individual billing relationship for the subscription to our services, which generally correlates to one company account per customer. We define a “user” as one person within a customer who has been granted a subscription license to use our services, such that the number of users per customer generally correlates closely to the number of employees within a customer account. For fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013, no single customer and no single reseller accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues, and our 10 largest non-reseller customers accounted for less than 10% of our total revenues. As of June 30, 2013, we had over 300,000 customers from industries including advertising, finance, healthcare, legal services, non-profit organizations, real estate, retail and technology, and ranging in size from businesses with fewer than 10 users to more than 500 users. For fiscal 2012, 99% of our total revenues were generated in the U.S. and Canada, although we expect the percentage of our total revenues derived outside of the U.S. and Canada to grow as we expand internationally.

The growth of our business and our future success depend on many factors, including our ability to expand our customer base to medium-sized and larger customers, continue to innovate, grow revenues from our existing customer base, expand our distribution channels and scale internationally. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, they also pose risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. For example, as a result of our efforts to expand our customer base to target medium-sized and larger businesses, we expect to incur additional research and development and support and professional services costs and may experience longer sales cycles that may delay revenues associated with these costs. Furthermore, because we have limited experience selling to larger businesses and international customers, our investment in marketing our services to these potential customers may not be successful, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our overall ability to grow our customer base. In addition, there has been substantial litigation in the areas in which we operate regarding intellectual property rights, including third parties claiming patent infringement such as the lawsuit that CallWave filed against us in December 2012, as further described under “Business—Legal Proceedings.” We cannot assure you that we will be successful in defending against any such claims or that we will be able to settle any ongoing or future claims or that any such settlement would be on terms that are favorable to us.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $50.2 million, $78.9 million and $114.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, generating year-over-year increases of 57% and 45%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in research and development, brand marketing and channel development, infrastructure and operations, and incurred net losses of $7.3 million, $13.9 million and $35.4 million, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $51.8 million and $73.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $18.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

Our business model focuses on acquiring and retaining our customers, as well as increasing the number of users within our customer base and, in the future, encouraging our customers to purchase additional functionalities, both of which we refer to as upselling. We evaluate the value of a customer relationship over its anticipated lifecycle. While we generally incur customer acquisition costs in advance of, or at the time of, the acquisition of a customer, we recognize services revenues ratably over the subscription period. As a result, a customer relationship is typically not profitable at the beginning of the subscription period, even though we expect it to have value to us over the lifetime of that customer relationship.

In connection with our acquisition of new customers, we typically incur and recognize significant upfront costs. These costs include sales and marketing costs, including sales commission expenses associated with the acquisition of new customer contracts that we recognize fully in the period in which we execute a customer contract. We recognize cost of services revenues, including our data center and communications costs, in the period in which they are incurred.

When a customer renews its subscription or purchases additional services in subsequent periods, the value realized from that customer increases because we generally do not incur significant incremental acquisition costs for the renewal or expansion of services. We also benefit from decreasing phone fulfillment costs, as well as economies of scale in our capital, operating, and other support expenditures. As we support more and larger customers with an increasing number of users over time, our support costs per user decline due to economies of scale and increased customer familiarity with our services, as well as reduced phone fulfillment costs.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, financial measures such as total revenues, gross margin and cash flows from operations, we regularly review a number of key business metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, and make strategic decisions. We discuss revenues and gross margin under “Key Components of Our Results of Operations” and cash flow from operations under “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Other key business metrics are discussed below.

Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

We believe that our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions is a leading indicator of our anticipated services revenues. Our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions equals our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions multiplied by 12. Our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions equals the monthly value of all customer subscriptions in effect at the end of a given month. For example, our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2012 was $10.3 million. As such, our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2012 were $124.2 million. Our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $54.4 million, $86.1 million and $124.2 million, respectively, and at June 30, 2012 and 2013 were $105.0 million and $147.6 million, respectively.

RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

We calculate our RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions in the same manner as we calculate our Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions, except that only customer subscriptions from RingCentral Office customers are included when determining Monthly Recurring Subscriptions for the purposes of calculating this key business metric. Our RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 were $17.1 million, $37.5 million and $67.1 million, respectively, and at June 30, 2012 and 2013 were $50.4 million and $88.3 million, respectively.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

We believe that our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate provides insight into our ability to retain and grow services revenues, as well as our customers’ potential long-term value to us. We define our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate as (i) one plus (ii) the quotient of Dollar Net Change divided by Average Dollar Monthly Recurring Subscriptions.

We define Dollar Net Change as the quotient of (i) the difference of our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the end of a period minus our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the beginning of a period minus our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the end of the period from new customers we added during the period, (ii) all divided by the number of months in the period. We define our Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions as the average of the Monthly Recurring Subscriptions at the beginning and end of the measurement period.

As an illustrative example, if our Monthly Recurring Subscriptions were $118 at the end of a quarterly period and $100 at the beginning of period, and $20 at the end of the period from new customers we added during the period, then the Dollar Net Change would be equal to ($0.67), or the amount equal to the difference of $118 minus $100 minus $20, all divided by three months. Our Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions would equal $109, or the sum of $100 plus $118, divided by two. Our Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate would then equal 99.4%, or approximately 99%, or one plus the quotient of the Dollar Net Change divided by the Average Monthly Recurring Subscriptions.

Our key business metrics at December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and at June 30, 2012 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Metric

   As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
   2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  

Net Monthly Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

     ~98     ~99     ~99     ~98     ~99

Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

   $ 54.4      $ 86.1      $ 124.2      $ 105.0      $ 147.6   

RingCentral Office Annualized Exit Monthly Recurring Subscriptions

   $ 17.1      $ 37.5      $ 67.1      $ 50.4      $ 88.3   

Key Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

Our revenues consist of services revenues and product revenues. Our services revenues include all fees billed in connection with subscriptions to our RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional, and RingCentral Fax services. These fees include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, variable usage-based fees for usage in excess of plan limits, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, and one-time fees. We provide our services to our customers pursuant to contractual arrangements that range in duration from one month to three years. We provide our services to our customers pursuant to either “click through” online agreements for service terms up to one year or written agreements when the arrangement is expected to be one year or longer. Our multi-year engagements do not typically exceed three years. We offer our services based on the functionalities and services selected by a customer, and generally our service arrangements automatically renew for some additional period at the end of the initial subscription term. We believe that this flexibility in contract duration is important to meet the different needs of our customers.

We generally bill our service fees in advance. We recognize services revenues over the term of the subscription, except for one-time fees, which we recognize ratably on a straight-line basis over the

 

-59-


Table of Contents

period of the estimated average customer life and variable usage-based fees, which we recognize over the estimated usage period in a manner that approximates actual usage. Amounts billed in excess of revenues recognized for the period are reported as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet.

Our product revenues consist primarily of the sale of pre-configured office phones used in connection with our services and include shipping and handling fees. Product revenues are billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer.

We also generate services revenues and product revenues through sales of our services and products by resellers. When we assume a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, we record the revenues on a gross basis and amounts retained by our resellers are recorded as sales and marketing expenses. Our assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, we take responsibility for delivery of the service or product, establish pricing of the arrangement, assume credit and inventory risk, and are the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, we record the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to us by the reseller. Revenues from resellers have predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

Our cost of services revenues primarily consists of fees that we pay to third-party telecommunications providers, network operations, costs to build out and maintain data centers, including co-location fees for the right to place our servers in data centers owned by third parties, depreciation of the servers and equipment, along with related utilities and maintenance costs, personnel costs associated with customer care and support of the functionality of our platform and data center operations, including share-based compensation expenses, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology.

Services gross margin, which we define as services revenues minus cost of services revenues expressed as a percentage of services revenues, can fluctuate based on a number of factors, including the costs we pay to third-party telecommunications providers, the timing of capital expenditures and related depreciation charges and changes in headcount. We expect to continue investing in our network infrastructure and customer support function to maintain high availability, quality of service, and security. As our business grows, we expect to continue to reduce the percentage of our services revenues that we spend on telecommunications origination and termination, driven by increased purchasing leverage and from our deployment of hardware to carry our own telecommunications traffic in several regional markets. We also expect to realize economies of scale in network infrastructure, personnel, and customer support. We expect our services gross margin to increase modestly over time, although it may fluctuate from period to period depending on all of these factors.

Cost of product revenues is comprised primarily of the cost associated with purchased phones, as well as personnel costs for employees and contractors, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology related to the procurement, management, and shipment of phones, including share-based compensation expenses.

We sell our products as a convenience to our customers when they subscribe to our services. We price our products at approximately our cost and occasionally offer additional product discounts as an incentive for customers to subscribe to our services. We therefore expect our product gross margin, which we define as product revenues minus cost of product revenues expressed as a percentage of product revenues, to remain negligible to negative for the foreseeable future. The discounts that we offer on sales of our products are partially allocated to services revenues when sold in multiple-deliverable arrangements.

 

-60-


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses.

Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new and expanded features for our services and improvements to our platform and backend architecture. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for employees and contractors, including share-based compensation expenses, and allocated costs of facilities and information technology, software tools, and product certification. We expense research and development costs as incurred, except for certain internal-use software development costs that we capitalize. We believe that continued investment in our services is important for our future growth, and we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period depending on the timing of these expenses.

Sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel costs for employees and contractors directly associated with our sales and marketing activities, including share-based compensation expenses, Internet advertising fees, radio and billboard advertising, public relations, commissions paid to resellers and other third parties, trade shows, travel expenses, credit card fees, marketing and promotional activities and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future as we expand our sales and marketing efforts domestically and internationally and continue to build our brand, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period depending on the timing of these expenses.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including share-based compensation expenses, for employees and contractors engaged in back-office and administrative activities to support the day-to-day operations of our business. Other significant components of general and administrative expenses include professional service fees, allocated costs of facilities and information technology, cost of compliance with certain government imposed taxes, and the costs of legal matters and loss contingencies. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future, although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenues from period to period, depending on the timing of these expenses.

 

-61-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table shows our results of operations in dollars and as a percentage of our total revenues. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

          

Services

   $ 46,385      $ 71,915      $ 105,693      $ 47,699      $ 66,744   

Product

     3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

Services

     17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

     4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing

     22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative

     4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

     172        109        32        (28     (247
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     1        15        92        33        (120
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Percentage of Total Revenues:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

          

Services

     92     91     92     92     91

Product

     8        9        8        8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

          

Services

     36        34        32        33        30   

Product

     9        8        7        8        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     45        42        39        41        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     55        58        61        59        61   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     14        16        22        21        22   

Sales and marketing

     46        44        48        50        46   

General and administrative

     10        16        21        23        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     70        76        91        94        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (15     (18     (30     (35     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

          

Interest expense

     -        -        (1     (1     (2

Other income (expense), net

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     -        -        (1     -        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (15     (18     (31     (36     (33

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (15 )%      (18 )%      (31 )%      (36 )%      (33 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

Revenues

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012      % of
Revenues
    2013      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Revenues:

               

Services

   $ 47,699         92   $ 66,744         91   $ 19,045         40

Product

     4,115         8     6,485         9     2,370         58
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 51,814         100   $ 73,229         100   $ 21,415         41
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Services revenues increased by $19.0 million, or 40%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to the acquisition of new customers and an increase in the number of users within our existing customer base. In addition, our services revenues mix contained a higher proportion of RingCentral Office customers for the six months ended June 30, 2013. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our existing customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by a larger additional user subscription, while other customers made a large initial user subscription

 

-63-


Table of Contents

followed by a smaller additional user subscription. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years. The overall growth in our customer base was primarily driven by increased brand awareness of our services, driven by a 29% increase in our sales and marketing expenditures from period to period, which include advertising and sales personnel expenditures that we believe helped to facilitate increased customer acceptance of our services.

Product revenues increased by $2.4 million, or 58%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to increased phone sales driven by the growth of new customers to RingCentral Office, which was partially offset by a decline in average selling price per phone.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012      % of
Revenues
    2013      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Cost of revenues:

               

Services

   $ 17,119         33   $ 22,098         30   $ 4,979         29

Product

     4,182         8     6,301         9     2,119         51
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 21,301         41     28,399         39     7,098         33
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of services revenues increased by $5.0 million, or 29%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $1.8 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.3 million and third-party service provider fees of $1.3 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above were driven primarily by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our service offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers and increased usage of our services by our customer base.

Cost of product revenues increased by $2.1 million, or 51%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to an increase in phone sales, which was primarily driven by the growth in new RingCentral Office customers.

Overall gross margin increased from 59% to 61% and services gross margin increased from 64% to 67% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to reduction in per usage fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers as a result of increased call traffic, partially offset by increased phone sales. As a percentage of our services revenues, fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers decreased from 17% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 14% for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Phone sales increased by $2.4 million, or 58%, from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Operating Expenses

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012      % of
Revenues
    2013      % of
Revenues
    Increase
(Decrease)
     % Increase
(Decrease)
 

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 11,037         21   $ 16,110         22     5,073         46

Sales and marketing

     25,844         50     33,466         46     7,622         29

General and administrative

     12,079         23     17,781         24     5,702         47
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 48,960         94   $ 67,357         92     18,397         38
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased by $5.1 million, or 46%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.3 million, including share-based compensation expenses of $0.2 million. The higher personnel costs were primarily due to a 20% increase in research and development headcount. The increase in research and development headcount was in support of the development of additional software development projects for our cloud-based and desktop applications. The increase in other research and development related activities related primarily to an increase in third-party telecommunications fees of $0.4 million and depreciation of $0.4 million. As a percentage of our total revenues, research and development expenses increased slightly from 21% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 22% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $7.6 million, or 29%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.5 million and other sales and marketing related activities. The higher personnel costs were primarily due to a 40% increase in sales and marketing headcount. The increase in other sales and marketing related activities relate primarily to an increase in Internet advertising costs of $0.8 million and third-party sales commissions of $1.8 million. The increases in sales and marketing headcount and other expense categories described above supported our growth strategy to acquire new customers and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North America market. As a percentage of our total revenues, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 50% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 46% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

General and administrative expenses increased by $5.7 million or 47%, for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to increases in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.5 million, including share-based compensation expenses of $0.8 million, and loss contingencies of $3.4 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in taxes on revenue-producing transactions of $1.0 million. The increases in personnel costs were due to an 11% increase in general and administrative headcount. The increases in headcount supported the increased infrastructure required to support the growth in our business and to expand our financial reporting and internal control capabilities. The increased loss contingencies were primarily due to a loss contingency recorded with respect to an outstanding litigation matter in the three months ended June 30, 2013. As a percentage of our total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 23% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to 24% for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Other Income and Expense, Net

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,        
     2012     % of
Revenues
    2013     % of
Revenues
    Increase/
(Decrease)
    % Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

   $ (230     (1 )%    $ (1,227     (2 )%      (997     433

Other Income (expense), net

   $ (28     0     (247     0     (219     782

Interest expense increased by $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, primarily due to interest accrued on a larger outstanding principal balance under our various credit facilities.

 

-65-


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (dollars in thousands):

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,               
     2011      % of
Revenues
    2012      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Revenues:

               

Services

   $ 71,915         91   $ 105,693         92   $ 33,778         47

Product

     6,962         9     8,833         8     1,871         27
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 78,877         100   $ 114,526         100   $ 35,649         45
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Services revenues increased by $33.8 million, or 47%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to the acquisition of new customers and an increase in the number of users within our existing customer base, and to a lesser extent, the growth in our overall installed base for RingCentral Office. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our existing customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by a larger additional user subscription, while other customers made a large initial user subscription followed by a smaller additional user subscription. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years. The overall growth in our customer base was primarily driven by increased brand awareness of our services, driven by a 58% increase in our sales and marketing expenditures from period to period, which include advertising and sales personnel expenditures that we believe helped to facilitate increased customer acceptance of our services.

Product revenues increased by $1.9 million, or 27%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to phone sales driven by the growth in new customers to RingCentral Office.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011      % of
Revenues
    2012      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Cost of revenues:

               

Services

   $ 26,475         34   $ 36,215         32   $ 9,740         37

Product

     6,523         8     8,688         7     2,165         33
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 32,998         42   $ 44,903         39   $ 11,905         36
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Cost of services revenues increased by $9.7 million, or 37%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.9 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.7 million, third-party telecommunications service providers and network fees of $4.2 million, and software tools expense of $0.4 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above were primarily driven by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our service offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers.

Cost of product revenues increased by $2.2 million, or 33%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, due to an increase in phone sales, which was primarily driven by growth in new customers to RingCentral Office.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Overall gross margin increased from 58% to 61% and services gross margin increased from 63% to 66% for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to reduction in per usage fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers as a result of increased call traffic, partially offset by increased phone sales. As a percentage of services revenues, fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers decreased from 18% for fiscal 2011 to 16% for fiscal 2012. Phone sales increased by $1.9 million, or 27%, from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2011      % of
Revenues
    2012      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 12,199         16   $ 24,450         22   $ 12,251         100

Sales and marketing

     34,550         44     54,566         48     20,016         58

General and administrative

     12,969         16     24,434         21     11,465         88
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 59,718         76   $ 103,450         91   $ 43,732         73
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased by $12.3 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $11.2 million, including an increase in share-based compensation expense of $0.6 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to a 114% increase in research and development headcount. The increases in research and development headcount supported additional software applications development projects, improving the design of our user interface, and building redundancy into our databases to improve availability of our service offerings. As a percentage of our total revenues, research and development expenses increased from 16% for fiscal 2011 to 22% for fiscal 2012.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $20.0 million, or 58%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing personnel costs for employees and contractors of $7.1 million, including an increase in share-based compensation of $0.4 million, and other sales and marketing related activities. The increase in sales and marketing personnel costs was primarily due to a 62% increase in sales and marketing headcount. Internet advertising increased by $4.8 million and other marketing related expenses, including third party commissions, increased by $5.9 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above supported our growth strategy to acquire new customers, increase the number of users within our existing customer base and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North American market. As a percentage of our total revenues, sales and marketing expenses increased from 44% for fiscal 2011 to 48% for fiscal 2012.

General and administrative expenses increased by $11.5 million, or 88%, for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for general and administrative employees and contractors of $6.5 million, including an increase in share-based compensation of $0.9 million, and fees for professional services of $1.2 million. The increase in general and administrative personnel costs was primarily due to a 65% increase in general and administrative headcount. Outside professional fees related primarily to legal and accounting costs. In addition, we incurred legal settlement costs of $1.1 million and the cost of certain taxes on revenue-producing transactions that exceeded amounts collected from customers of $1.1 million in 2012. As a percentage of our total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 16% for fiscal 2011 to 21% for fiscal 2012.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

Other Income and Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended December 31,      
     2011     % of
Revenues
    2012     % of
Revenues
    Increase
(decrease)
    % Increase
(decrease)

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

   $ (158     0   $ (1,503     (1 )%    $ (1,345   851%

Other income (expense), net

   $ 109        0   $ 32        0   $ (77 )%    (71)%

Interest expense increased by $1.3 million for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to higher levels of debt outstanding at December 31, 2012 as compared to December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2011, there was $0.6 million of debt outstanding. At December 31, 2012, there was $20.1 million of debt outstanding.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 (dollars in thousands):

Revenues

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010      % of
Revenues
    2011      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Revenues:

               

Services

   $ 46,385         92   $ 71,915         91   $ 25,530         55

Product

     3,837         8     6,962         9     3,125         81
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total revenues

   $ 50,222         100   $ 78,877         100   $ 28,655         57
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Services revenues increased by $25.5 million, or 55%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to growth in the total number of customers and an increase in the number of users per customer. To a lesser extent, the growth in services revenues was attributable to the growth in new RingCentral Office customers. While the acquisition of new customers and the increase in the number of users within our existing customer base were the primary reasons for the increase, the trends for these factors have varied from period to period as some customers made a small initial user subscription followed by a larger additional user subscription, while other customers made a large initial user subscription followed by a smaller additional user subscription. In addition, the period of time between a customer’s initial subscription and the purchase of additional subscriptions also varied significantly, ranging from one month to a few years. The overall growth in our customer base was primarily driven by increased brand awareness of our services, driven by a 51% increase in our sales and marketing expenditures from period to period, which include advertising and sales personnel expenditures that we believe helped to facilitate increased customer acceptance of our services.

Product revenues increased by $3.1 million, or 81%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to the increase in phone shipments driven by growth in RingCentral Office subscriptions.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010      % of
Revenues
    2011      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Cost of revenues:

               

Services

   $ 17,915         36   $ 26,475         34   $ 8,560         48

Product

     4,537         9     6,523         8     1,986         44
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total cost of revenues

   $ 22,452         45   $ 32,998         42   $ 10,546         47
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Cost of services revenues increased by $8.6 million, or 48%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers and network fees of $3.2 million and an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $5.1 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above were primarily driven by investments in our infrastructure and capacity to improve the availability of our service offerings, while also supporting the growth in new customers.

Cost of product revenues increased by $2.0 million, or 44%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, due to an increase in phone sales, which was primarily driven by growth in new RingCentral Office customers.

Overall gross margin increased from 55% to 58% and services gross margin increased from 61% to 63% for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to reduction in per usage fees that we paid to third-party telecommunications service providers as a result of increased call traffic, partially offset by increased phone sales. As a percentage of services revenues, fees paid to third-party telecommunications service providers decreased from 21% for fiscal 2010 to 18% for fiscal 2011. Phone sales increased by $3.1 million, or 81%, from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011.

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2010      % of
Revenues
    2011      % of
Revenues
    Increase      % Increase  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

   $ 7,208         14   $ 12,199         16   $ 4,991         69

Sales and marketing

     22,922         46     34,550         44     11,628         51

General and administrative

     4,934         10     12,969         16     8,035         163
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 35,064         70   $ 59,718         76   $ 24,654         70
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Research and development expenses increased by $5.0 million, or 69%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $5.2 million, including share-based compensation of $0.2 million. The increase in personnel costs was primarily due to a 79% increase in research and development headcount. The increases in headcount supported additional software applications development projects, improving the design of a new user interface, and building redundancy into our databases to improve the availability of our service offerings. As a percentage of our total revenues, research and development expenses increased from 14% for the fiscal 2010 to 16% for fiscal 2011.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $11.6 million, or 51%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in sales and marketing personnel costs for employees and contractors of $4.8 million, and other sales and marketing related activities. The increase in sales and marketing personnel costs were primarily due to a 60% increase in sales and marketing headcount. The increase in other sales and marketing related activities resulted from an increase in Internet advertising of $3.7 million. The increases in headcount and other expense categories described above supported our growth strategy to acquire new customers and establish brand recognition to achieve greater penetration into the North America market. As a percentage of our total revenues, sales and marketing expenses decreased from 46% for fiscal 2010 to 44% for fiscal 2011.

General and administrative expenses increased by $8.0 million, or 163%, for fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs for employees and contractors of $3.5 million, including share-based compensation of $0.2 million and fees for professional services,

 

-69-


Table of Contents

including accounting, tax and other professional fees of $2.9 million and loss contingencies for sales and use tax of $2.9 million. The increase in general and administrative personnel costs were primarily due to 108% increase in general and administrative headcount. Outside professional fees related primarily to legal and accounting costs to support the growth in our business. As a percentage of our total revenues, general and administrative expenses increased from 10% for fiscal 2010 to 16% for fiscal 2011.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each quarter of fiscal 2012 and the first two quarters of fiscal 2013. We have prepared the statement of operations for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and, in our opinion, it includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations for any future period.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 

Revenues:

            

Services

   $ 22,745      $ 24,954      $ 27,290      $ 30,704      $ 32,273      $ 34,471   

Product

     2,063        2,051        2,298        2,421        3,252        3,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     24,808        27,005        29,588        33,125        35,525        37,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

            

Services

     8,130        8,989        9,191        9,905        10,709        11,389   

Product

     2,109        2,073        2,041        2,465        3,028        3,273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     10,239        11,062        11,232        12,370        13,737        14,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     14,569        15,943        18,356        20,755        21,788        23,042   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     5,023        6,015        6,544        6,868        7,504        8,606   

Sales and marketing

     12,248        13,596        13,781        14,941        17,142        16,324   

General and administrative

     7,021        5,057        7,069        5,287        6,550        11,231   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     24,292        24,668        27,394        27,096        31,196        36,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (9,723     (8,725     (9,038     (6,341     (9,408     (13,119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

     (40     (191     (553     (719     (639     (588

Other income (expense), net

     55        (83     48        12        (203     (44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     15        (274     (505     (707     (842     (632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (9,708     (8,999     (9,543     (7,048     (10,250     (13,751

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     21        11        25        35        12        (132
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,729   $ (9,010   $ (9,568   $ (7,083   $ (10,262     (13,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-70-


Table of Contents

The following table presents the unaudited consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of revenues:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    September 30,
2012
    December 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
    June 30,
2013
 

Revenues:

            

Services

     92     92     92     93     91     91

Product

     8        8        8        7        9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     100        100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

            

Services

     33        33        31        30        30        30   

Product

     8        8        7        7        9        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

     41        41        38        37        39        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     59        59        62        63        61        61   

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     21        22        22        21        21        23   

Sales and marketing

     49        50        47        45        48        43   

General and administrative

     28        19        24        16        19        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     98        91        93        82        88        96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (39     (32     (31     (19     (27     (35
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net:

            

Interest expense

     -        (1     (1     (2     (2     (1

Other income (expense), net

     -        -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     -        (1     (1     (2     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (39     (33     (32     (21     (29     (36

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     -        -        -        -        -        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (39 )%      (33 )%      (32 )%      (21 )%      (29 )%      (36 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our services revenues are primarily driven by recurring subscription services. Historically, we have acquired more new customers in the first and third quarters of a fiscal year. However, we have seen this trend become less pronounced as our business has grown and sales of RingCentral Office have accounted for a higher percentage of our total revenues.

Quarterly Operating Expenses Trends

Operating expenses are primarily driven by headcount and headcount-related expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, and by sales and marketing programs, and have been relatively consistent as a percentage of revenues over the last six quarters. We experience some seasonality in spending on sales and marketing as we spend relatively less on marketing programs in the third and fourth quarters because of the summer vacation periods and November and December holidays. However, we cannot assure you that this trend will continue.

Our research and development expenses increased in the second quarter of 2012 as a percentage of our total revenues due to increased headcount in development and quality assurance. Our sales and marketing expenses increased in the second quarter of 2012 as a percentage of our total revenues due to increased marketing headcount and increased advertising expenses due to our expansion of our San Francisco Bay Area advertising campaign. Our general and administrative expenses have fluctuated significantly as a percentage of our total revenues from quarter to quarter, primarily due to the increase in finance and accounting headcount and consultants, costs related to transaction tax compliance and legal costs related to current and past litigation matters.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2011, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the U.S. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that our independent registered public accounting firm identified related to our lack of sufficient, qualified personnel in our accounting and financial reporting function to perform process level controls during the period under audit to prevent misstatements in our financial statements.

In fiscal 2012 we took steps to remedy this material weakness, including hiring additional finance and accounting personnel and implementing additional policies and procedures associated with the preparation of our financial statements. We believe that we have remediated this material weakness, and our independent registered public accounting firm no longer identified a material weakness in connection with the audit of our fiscal 2012 financial statements.

However, in connection with the 2012 audit, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting.

The first significant deficiency related to having insufficient controls to enable timely remittance of sales tax liabilities. During 2012, we began collecting and remitting sales taxes in the jurisdictions in which we operate. However, our process requires refinement due to delays in remittance of amounts collected. We have since undertaken measures to remediate this significant deficiency, including hiring a dedicated staff for sales tax collection and remittances, and are in the process of implementing a new billing system with a sales tax engine integrated to automate the process.

The second significant deficiency related to having inadequate controls with respect to accounting processes and sufficient documentation of accounting and close procedures. We are continuing to take steps to improve our controls, including hiring qualified personnel, upgrading our accounting system and implementing additional control activities.

While we believe that our efforts will be sufficient to remediate the two identified significant deficiencies and prevent further internal control deficiencies, we cannot assure you that our remediation efforts will be successful.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S., or U.S. GAAP. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by U.S. GAAP and does not require management’s judgment in its application. In other cases, management’s judgment is required in selecting among available alternative accounting standards that provide for different accounting treatment for similar transactions. The preparation of consolidated financial statements also requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts we report as assets, liabilities, revenues, costs, and

 

-72-


Table of Contents

expenses, and affect the related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could reasonably use different accounting estimates, and in some instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, our actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenues from two sources: (1) services revenues, which are generated from the sale of subscriptions to our SaaS applications and related services, which have contractual terms typically ranging from one month to three years, and include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, variable usage-based fees for blocks of additional minutes systematically purchased in advance and one-time upfront fees; and (2) product revenues, which are generated from the sale of pre-configured office phones used in connection with our services and include shipping and handling fees.

We recognize revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Revenues under service subscription plans are recognized as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

fixed plan subscription and administrative cost recovery fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over their contractual service term;

 

  Ÿ  

fees for additional minutes of usage in excess of plan limits are recognized over the estimated usage period in a manner which approximates actual usage; and

 

  Ÿ  

one-time upfront fees are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average customer life.

Product revenues are billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer.

We frequently enter into arrangements with multiple deliverables that generally include services to be provided under the subscription plan and the sale of products used in connection with our services. We allocate revenues to each deliverable in a multiple-deliverable arrangement based upon its relative selling price. We determine the selling price for each deliverable using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price or third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price, if it exists. If neither VSOE nor TPE of selling price exists for a deliverable, we use our best estimated selling price, or BESP, for that deliverable. Revenues allocated to each deliverable, limited to the amount not contingent on future performance, are then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for the respective deliverable.

We determine VSOE of fair value based on historical standalone sales to customers. In determining VSOE, we require that a substantial majority of the selling prices for a product or service

 

-73-


Table of Contents

fall within a reasonably narrow pricing range of the median selling price. VSOE exists for all of our SaaS subscription plans. We use BESP as the selling price for product sales because we are not able to determine VSOE or TPE from the observable pricing data of standalone sales. We estimate BESP for a product by considering company-specific factors such as pricing strategies, direct product and other costs, and bundling and discounting practices.

We also generate services revenues and product revenues through sales of our services and products by resellers. When we assume a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, we record the revenues on a gross basis and amounts retained by our resellers are recorded as sales and marketing expenses. Our assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, we take responsibility for delivery of the product or service, establish pricing of the arrangement, assume credit and inventory risk, and are the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, we record the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to us by the reseller. We recognize revenues from our resellers when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists through a contract with the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

Our deliverables sold through our reseller agreements consist of our products and subscription services. Products sold through resellers are shipped directly to the end customer and are recognized when title transfers to the end customer. We recognize service subscriptions sold through our resellers on a straight-line basis over the period the underlying services are provided to the end customer. Revenues from resellers have predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented.

We record reductions to revenues for estimated sales returns and customer credits at the time the related revenues are recognized. Sales returns and customer credits are estimated based on our historical experience, current trends and our expectations regarding future experience. We monitor the accuracy of our sales reserve estimates by reviewing actual returns and credits and adjust them for our future expectations to determine the adequacy of our current and future reserve needs. If actual future returns and credits differ from past experience, additional reserves may be required.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes and evaluating our tax positions. We record income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, we generally consider all expected future events other than enactments or changes in the tax law or rates. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We provide reserves as necessary for uncertain tax positions taken on our tax filings. First, we determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon audit. Second, based on the largest amount of benefit, which is more likely than not to be realized on ultimate settlement, we recognize any such differences as a liability. Because of our full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets, any change in our uncertain tax positions would not impact our effective tax rate.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, in full or in part, we consider the available positive and negative evidence, including our past results of operations, our forecast of future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment, in consultation with outside tax advisors, and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. Due to the net losses we have incurred and the uncertainty of realizing our deferred tax assets, for all the periods presented, we have a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $61.9 million and $60.4 million, respectively, and federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively. In the future, we intend to utilize any carryforwards available to us to reduce our tax payments. A limited amount of these carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations that may result in their expiration before some portion of them has been fully utilized.

Capitalized Internal-Use Software Development Costs

We use significant judgment in determining whether certain internal-use software development costs are capitalized or expensed and over what period the amounts capitalized should be amortized to expense. We capitalize internal-use software development costs related to our SaaS applications that are incurred during the application development stage provided that it is probable the project will be successfully completed and such costs will be recovered from future revenues. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal-use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life starting when the underlying project is ready for its intended use, generally three to four years. Management evaluates the useful lives of these assets on an annual basis and tests for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets. We capitalized $1.5 million and $0.6 million of internal-use software development costs during fiscal 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The carrying value of internal-use software development costs, net of amortization, was $2.1 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock options granted to our employees and directors, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes valuation model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards. The fair value is recognized as expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award on a straight-line basis. We believe that the fair value of stock options granted to non-employees is more reliably measured than the fair value of the services received. As such, the fair value of the unvested portion of the options granted to non-employees is re-measured each period. The resulting increase in value, if any, is recognized as expense during the period the related services are rendered.

The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our estimated common stock fair value, as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. In addition to the fair value of our common stock, these variables include the following:

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Since we did not have sufficient historical information to develop reasonable expectations

 

-75-


Table of Contents

about future exercise behavior, the expected term for options issued to employees was calculated as the mean of the option vesting period and contractual term. The expected term for options issued to non-employees is the contractual term.

Expected Volatility

The expected stock price volatility of common stock was derived from the historical volatilities of a peer group of similar publicly traded companies over a period that approximates the expected term of the option.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that approximates the expected term of the option.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend yield was 0% as we have not paid, and do not expect to pay, cash dividends.

We periodically estimate the portion of awards which will ultimately vest based on our historical forfeiture experience. These estimates are adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from our prior estimates.

The following table presents the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the periods presented:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected term for employees (in years)

     6.2        6.1        6.0        6.1   

Expected term for non-employees (in years)

     10.0        10.0        10.0        10.0   

Expected volatility

     67     61     66     55

Risk-free interest rate

     2.08     0.97     1.07     1.36

Expected dividends

     -     -     -     -

We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our share-based awards when performing the fair-value calculations with the Black-Scholes valuation model. The fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provide by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants 2004 Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations of our common stock performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

  Ÿ  

our stage of development;

 

  Ÿ  

our operational and financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature of our services and our competitive position in the marketplace;

 

-76-


Table of Contents
   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors, including similarity to us with respect to industry and business model;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions, and the nature and history of our business;

 

   

issuances of preferred stock and the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

current business conditions and projections;

 

  Ÿ  

the history of our company and our introduction of new products; and

 

  Ÿ  

the lack of marketability of our common stock.

To determine the fair value of our common stock and underlying option grants, we considered contemporaneous valuations of our stock from an independent third-party valuation firm that provided us with its estimation of our enterprise value and the allocation of that value to each element of our capital structure (preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Management provides the independent third-party valuation firm with our historical financial statements, forecast and capitalization information, in addition to other qualitative factors which could impact our enterprise value.

In connection with these valuations, the equity value of our company was determined by applying either or both the market approach and the income approach. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that we will generate over the forecast horizon and a terminal value at the end of the forecast horizon. These future cash flows and terminal value are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital for other companies in a similar stage of development as of each valuation date. The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of our company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined which is applied to our historical and projected results of operations to estimate the value of our company. In our valuations, the multiples of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to the last 12 month revenues, or the historical multiple, and the estimated future revenues for the each company’s next fiscal year and the fiscal year subsequent to next fiscal year, or the forward multiple. The estimated equity value is then allocated to determine the estimated value of common stock. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to the value of common stock to reflect the lack of marketability of the common stock of a privately-held entity.

For this allocation, the option pricing method, or OPM, was used for grants made prior to November 20, 2012, which treats each class of stock as a call option on all or part of the enterprise’s value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Under this method, the common stock has value only if funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event. The common stock is treated as a call option that gives the owner the right but not the obligation to buy the underlying enterprise value at an exercise price that is priced using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For options granted on or after December 31, 2012, the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, was used. The change to PWERM was made because it was deemed a more appropriate method when the time to our potential initial public offering was expected to be short. Under the PWERM, the value of equity is estimated based on analyses of future values for the enterprise assuming various possible outcomes. Share value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future returns to the equity investor, considering the likely future scenarios available to the enterprise and the rights and preferences of each share class. After the enterprise value is determined and allocated to the various classes of stock using either the OPM or PWERM allocation methodologies, a discount for lack of

 

-77-


Table of Contents

marketability, or DLOM, is applied to arrive at the fair value of our common stock. DLOM is applied based on the premise that a private company valuation analysis relies on data from publicly traded companies, which may have substantially different characteristics; thus, discount adjustment is needed to accurately estimate the fair value of the private company common stock.

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating share-based compensation costs. In certain cases, when warranted, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to one of the methods described below or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date. No noted single event caused the valuation of our common stock to increase or decrease through June 2013. Instead, a combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock. We granted stock options with the following exercise prices between January 1, 2012 and June 30, 2013:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Shares
Granted
     Exercise
Price
     Fair Value Per
Share of
Common Stock
 

February 1, 2012

     731,834       $ 2.73       $ 3.35   

March 2, 2012

     1,039,712         2.73         3.92   

March 7, 2012

     30,000         2.73         4.02   

May 9, 2012

     305,000         4.48         5.16   

August 2, 2012

     825,712         6.78         6.78   

August 23, 2012

     164,000         6.78         6.78   

September 26, 2012

     982,500         6.78         6.78   

November 20, 2012

     190,000         6.94         6.94   

January 30, 2013

     211,500         7.62         7.92   

February 20, 2013

     192,300         7.62         8.14   

June 12, 2013

     1,367,300         10.42         10.82   

June 20, 2013

     63,402         10.42         11.08   

The aggregate intrinsic value of vested and unvested stock options as of June 30, 2013, based on an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, was $46.1 million and $29.9 million, respectively.

The following discussion relates primarily to our determination of the fair value per share of our common stock for purposes of calculating share-based compensation expense. The combination of the factors described below in each period led to the changes in the fair value of our common stock.

February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012 and March 7, 2012 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012, and March 7, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter, which were in line with our expectations, and the most recent contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm obtained as of December 31, 2011. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated a market approach, including the use of a market value revenue multiple of comparable public companies. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of 1.25 years, a risk-free rate of 0.15%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 60% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock resulting from this method, and after applying a marketability discount, was $2.73. The fair value was

 

-78-


Table of Contents

assessed as $2.73 on February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012 and March 7, 2012 as our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since December 31, 2011 or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $2.73 per share as of December 31, 2011 and $4.48 per share as of March 31, 2012 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. In March 2012, we were in the process of updating our financial forecasts and there was no single event identified during the interim period that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth, including the overall improvement of the US economy, continued adoption of VOIP and mobile technologies in business, increasing volume of multi-user customers, continued expansion of our indirect channel via addition of new resellers, continued expansion of advertising campaigns beyond the Internet, such as radio and billboards, the hiring of our Chief Financial Officer, and the receipt of $8.0 million of proceeds from debt financing. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on February 1, 2012, March 2, 2012, and March 7, 2012 to be $3.35, $3.92 and $4.02, respectively.

May 9, 2012 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on May 9, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter, which were in line with our expectations, and the contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm as of March 31, 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated a market approach using a market value revenue multiple of comparable public companies. The enterprise value was allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of nine months, a risk-free rate of 0.17%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 51% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock as determined by an OPM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $4.48 per share as of March 31, 2012. The fair value of common stock was assessed as $4.48 per share on May 9, 2012 as our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since March 31, 2012 or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $4.48 per share as of March 31, 2012 and $6.06 per share as of June 30, 2012 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. There was no single event identified during the interim period that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth including the overall improvement of the US economy, continued adoption of VOIP and mobile technologies in business, increasing volume of multi-user customers, continued expansion of our indirect channel via the addition of new resellers, continued expansion of advertising campaigns beyond the Internet, such as radio and billboards, the receipt of $6.0 million of proceeds from debt financing and securitization of additional debt financing of up to an additional $14.0 million, as well as continued progress towards an initial public offering, such as hiring of additional accounting staff and implementation of a new ERP system. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on May 9, 2012 to be $5.16.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

August 2, 2012, August 23, 2012 and September 26, 2012 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on August 2, 2012, August 23, 2012 and September 26, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter, which were in line with our expectations, and the contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm as of July 30, 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The income approach utilized a discount rate of 22% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 25% to the indicated value of the income approach and 75% to the indicated value of the market approach. We believe the incorporation of the income approach and its relative weighting were reasonable based on an analysis of our industry and stage of development. The enterprise value was allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of eight months, a risk-free rate of 0.16%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 50% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by an OPM and, after applying a marketability discount, was $6.78 per share as of July 30, 2012. The fair value of common stock was assessed as $6.78 per share on August 2, 2012, August 23, 2012 and September 26, 2012 as our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since July 30, 2012 or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

November 20, 2012 grant

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on November 20, 2012 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter and the issuance of Series E preferred stock in November 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The valuation utilized a discount rate of 21% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 25% to the indicated value of the income approach and 75% to the indicated value of the market approach. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing an OPM with the following assumptions: a time to a liquidity event of one year, a risk-free rate of 0.18%, dividend yield of 0% and volatility of 50% over the time to a liquidity event. The fair value of our common stock as determined by an OPM and, after applying a marketability discount, was $6.94 per share as of November 16, 2012. Our board of directors assessed the fair value of our common stock on November 20, 2012 to be $6.94 per share, which was consistent with the conclusion of the November 16, 2012 contemporaneous independent valuation.

January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter which were in line with our expectations and the most recent contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm obtained as of December 31, 2012. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The valuation utilized a discount rate of 21% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the

 

-80-


Table of Contents

market approach as the values did not differ significantly. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 75% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $7.62 per share as of December 31, 2012. Our board of directors assessed the fair value of our common stock on January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 to be $7.62 per share, which was consistent with the conclusion of the December 31, 2012 valuation. Our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since December 31, 2012, or in the assumptions upon which the valuation was based.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $7.62 per share as of December 31, 2012 and $8.53 per share as of March 31, 2013 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. There was no single event identified during the interim period that resulted in the increase in fair value but rather a series of events related to our continued growth, including the overall improvement of the U.S. economy and capital markets, continued adoption of VOIP and mobile technologies in business, increasing volume of multi-user customers, increasing volume of customers signing contracts longer than 30 days, continued expansion of our indirect channel via the addition of new resellers, and continued expansion of advertising campaigns beyond the Internet, such as radio and billboards. Therefore, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable conclusion for the value of our common stock on grant dates occurring during this period. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on January 31, 2013 and February 20, 2013 to be $7.92 and $8.14, respectively.

Our enterprise value in the March 31, 2013 valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The valuation utilized a discount rate of 20% based primarily on benchmark venture capital studies of discount rates for other companies in a similar stage of development. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the market approach. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 75% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $8.53 per share as of March 31, 2013.

June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 grants

The factors our board of directors considered in determining the estimated fair value of our common stock in connection with the grant of stock options on June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 primarily included the results of our operations for the most recent quarter which were in line with our expectations and the most recent contemporaneous valuation prepared by a third-party valuation firm obtained as of June 1, 2013. Our enterprise value in this valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the market approach, as the values did not differ significantly. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 75% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $10.42 per share as of

 

-81-


Table of Contents

June 1, 2013. Our board of directors assessed the fair value of our common stock on June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 to be $10.42 per share, which was consistent with the conclusion of the June 1, 2013 valuation. Our board of directors determined that there were no material changes in our business since June 1, 2013.

For financial reporting purposes, we applied a straight-line calculation using the valuations of $10.42 per share as of June 1, 2013 and $11.41 per share as of June 30, 2013 to determine the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted during this period. Using the benefit of hindsight, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable determination for the valuation of our common stock on this interim date between valuations because we did not identify any single event or series of events that occurred during this interim period that would have caused a material change in fair value. Therefore, we determined that the straight-line calculation would provide the most reasonable conclusion for the value of our common stock on grant dates occurring during this period. Based on the straight-line calculation, we assessed the fair value of our common stock for option awards granted on June 12, 2013 and June 20, 2013 to be $10.82 and $11.08, respectively.

Our enterprise value in the June 30, 2013 valuation incorporated both an income approach utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis and market approach utilizing market value forward revenue multiples of comparable public companies. The total enterprise value was then derived by applying a weighting factor of 50% to the indicated value of the income approach and 50% to the indicated value of the market approach. The enterprise value was then allocated to the common stock utilizing PWERM assuming various possible future events, including a 80% probability of an initial public offering. The fair value of our common stock, as determined by PWERM, and after applying a marketability discount, was $11.41 per share as of June 30, 2013.

Subsequent to the June 30, 2013 valuation of $11.41, in August 2013, our board of directors received an indication of the estimated preliminary price range for our common stock in this offering from the managing underwriters with a midpoint of $12.00. The estimated preliminary price range provided by the managing underwriters included similar assumptions that our board of directors had used to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock, except that the managing underwriters did not apply a discount for lack of marketability. Because the midpoint of the range reflected only a 5% increase from the June 30, 2013 valuation, we believe that the fair value determined by our board of directors reasonably represented the valuation of our company as of that date, as there were no intervening events that caused a significant increase or decrease in our valuation between June 2013 and September 2013. In general, our operating performance was consistent with our management’s expectations during the period, and there were no external events that resulted in a material change in our future expected performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (614   $ (779   $ (15,015   $ (8,896   $ (12,357

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,764     (6,664     (10,172     (5,563     (6,081

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 11,713      $ 9,887      $ 49,475      $ 13,670      $ (50

 

-82-


Table of Contents

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, proceeds from issuance of debt and sales to our customers. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had $37.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.

During 2012, we raised $30.0 million through the private placement of 3.1 million shares of our Series E preferred stock. The shares are not mandatorily redeemable but do contain a liquidation preference equal to the original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares.

During 2012, we borrowed $24.5 million under three different loan and security agreements. In March 2012, we borrowed $8.0 million from Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, under our loan and security agreement, or our SVB Credit Agreement, which is required to be repaid over three years and accrues interest at a floating annual rate equal to prime plus 2.75%. In June 2012, we borrowed $6.0 million under a growth capital loan from TriplePoint Capital LLC, or TriplePoint, which is required to be repaid over 36 months as follows: three months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 9.0% followed by 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.5%. In addition, a final payment equal to 4.0% of the original loan principal is due at maturity. In August 2012, we borrowed $9.7 million under an equipment loan with TriplePoint, which is required to be repaid over three years and accrues interest at an annual fixed rate of 5.75%.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we borrowed $4.0 million under our existing growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint. The loan is required to be repaid over 36 months as follows: three months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 9.0%, followed by 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.5%. In addition, a final payment equal to 4.0% of the original loan principal is due at maturity.

In August 2013, we borrowed $5.0 million under a term loan, pursuant to an amendment to our growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint. In September 2013, we entered into a second amendment to our growth capital loan and security agreement to adjust the repayment terms such that the term loan is required to be paid over 36 months as follows: 36 months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 11.0% and the loan principal at maturity. In addition, a final payment equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity.

In August 2013, we borrowed $10.8 million under a revolving line of credit and $5.0 million under a term loan, pursuant to an amendment to our SVB Credit Agreement, or our Amended SVB Credit Agreement. The revolving line of credit bears monthly interest at a floating annual rate of prime plus 2.0%, and all outstanding amounts must be repaid on August 13, 2015. The term loan bears interest at an annual fixed rate of 11.0%, and all outstanding amounts must be repaid on August 31, 2016. A final payment of 2.75% of the amount advanced under the term loan is due at maturity of the term loan.

A significant majority of our customers are on 30-day subscription periods and billed at the beginning of each subscription period via credit card. Some of our customers enter into subscription periods longer than 30 days. A small number of our customers are invoiced net 30 days. Therefore, a substantial source of our cash provided by operating activities is our deferred revenue, which is included on our consolidated balance sheet as a liability. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of billed fees for our subscriptions, which is recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had deferred revenue of $11.3 million and $13.7 million, respectively, recorded as a current liability. This deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue when all of the revenue recognition criteria are met.

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

As of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had working capital deficits of $5.1 million, $0.5 million and $22.8 million, and current ratios of 0.77, 0.99 and 0.56,

 

-83-


Table of Contents

respectively. Cash used in operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, the increase in the number of customers using our cloud-based software, and the amount and timing of customer payments. For the periods presented, we have continued to experience increases in customer acquisition costs combined with increases in investments in personnel and infrastructure, all of which have significantly exceeded the growth in our customer base, driving net losses, which have resulted from negative working capital for the periods presented. Cash used in operating activities has historically come from a net loss driven by sales of subscriptions for our software services offset by non-cash expense items, such as depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, and stock-based compensation, as well as working capital sources of cash driven by increases in accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred revenue. As we continue to invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, we expect these working capital deficits, and uses of cash by operations, to continue.

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $0.2 million from fiscal 2010 to 2011 primarily due to increases in our net loss from operations of $6.6 million and inventory of $1.3 million offset by $2.6 million in non-cash charges, including depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense, accounts payable of $0.8 million and deferred revenue of $0.5 million. The increase in net loss in fiscal 2011 is a reflection of higher customer acquisition costs driven by a significant increase in our customer base, combined with investments in our own infrastructure (data center and customer support operations) and personnel to support the increased volume of business. The growth in our business also explains why accounts payable and deferred revenue increased and why we are carrying more inventory in fiscal 2011 as compared to 2010. The increase in depreciation and amortization charges are the result of significant expenditures and investments made in capital equipment over the past two fiscal years.

Net cash used in operating activities during fiscal 2012 increased by $14.2 million from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012, primarily due to our increase in net loss from operations of $21.5 million, an increase of $2.0 million in accounts receivable, an increase of $2.2 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a decrease of $3.6 million in accounts payable. These uses were offset by an increase of $10.3 million in accrued liabilities and an increase of $4.6 million in non-cash charges, including depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation expense. The increases in net loss, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accrued liabilities and depreciation and amortization expense reflect the additional investments necessary to support the growing requirements of our research and development, sales and marketing, data center, and customer support operations functions.

Net cash used in operating activities increased by $3.5 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to an increase in net loss from operations of $5.1 million, and a decrease of $6.2 million in accrued liabilities. These uses of cash were offset by the following sources of cash: (i) a decrease of $1.2 million in accounts receivable, (ii) an increase of $3.3 million in accounts payable, (iii) an increase of $0.7 million in deferred revenue and (iv) a $2.8 million increase in non-cash charges, including depreciation, amortization, and share-based compensation expenses. The changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities result primarily from the timing of payments to our vendors.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to purchase equipment necessary to support our data center facilities and our network and other operations. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures to continue to increase.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $1.9 million from fiscal 2010 to 2011 due to an increase in payments on purchases of property and equipment of $2.2 million. The level of investment

 

-84-


Table of Contents

in capital equipment during fiscal 2011 was continued to support sustained growth of headcount levels in all functions of the business.

Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2012 increased by $3.5 million from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 due to an increase of $3.5 million in purchase volumes of property and equipment. Additional investments in capital equipment were necessary to support the increase in headcount levels in all functions of the business, as well as additional capacity in our platform to support our increasing customer base.

Net cash used in investing activities increased by $0.5 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to purchases of equipment related to the build out of our overseas data centers.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Our primary financing activities have consisted of equity issuances of preferred stock raised to fund our operations as well as proceeds from and payments on equipment debt and capital lease obligations entered into to finance investments in personnel and infrastructure.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $1.8 million from fiscal 2010 to 2011 primarily due to the fact that no additional borrowing from our lenders occurred in 2011, whereas we borrowed $2.5 million in fiscal 2010.

Net cash provided by financing activities increased during fiscal 2012 by $39.6 million from fiscal 2011 to 2012, primarily due to $29.9 million in proceeds from the sale of preferred stock in 2012, and $24.5 million in proceeds from the term loans, offset by $4.7 million in principal repayments of term loans and capital lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $13.7 million from the six months ended June 30, 2012 to the six months ended June 30, 2013, primarily due to the borrowing of $15.0 million from a bank loan in the six months ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the borrowing of $4.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, to fund working capital, and an increase of $2.3 million in principal repayments in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Capital Resources

We have satisfied our capital and liquidity needs primarily through private sales of equity securities, sales to customers and debt financings. As of June 30, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $19.4 million, which were predominately denominated in U.S. dollars and consisted of bank deposits. As of June 30, 2013, $0.4 million of cash was held by our foreign subsidiaries. We have incurred net losses of $13.9 million and $35.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and $18.7 million and $23.9 million during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Our accumulated deficit as of June 30, 2013 was $107.5 million.

We require access to capital to fund our operations, including general working capital for operating expenses, purchases of property and equipment for our operations, and other needs. We believe that our existing liquidity sources will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our existing sources of liquidity include our existing cash and cash equivalent balances, which includes an additional $20.8 million of debt financing, which we borrowed in August 2013, and an exercisable put right to issue an additional $7.5 million of preferred stock to our existing investors. Excluding the exercisable put right, we believe that our existing sources of liquidity are sufficient to

 

-85-


Table of Contents

fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We expect our future sources of liquidity will increase as a result of the cash proceeds we receive from this offering. We expect that our operating losses and negative cash flows from operations will continue through at least the next 12 months and we expect to raise additional debt or equity financing needed to fund operations until we achieve positive cash flows from profitable operations. We cannot assure you that such additional financing will be available at terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Less than
1 year
     1 to 3 years      4 to 5 years      more than
5 years
     Total  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 1,313       $ 2,139       $ 1,383       $         -       $ 4,835   

Capital lease obligations

     388         775         -         -         1,163   

Short- and long-term debt obligations

     7,919         12,580         -         -         20,499   

Purchase obligations

     16,216         -         -         -         16,216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,836       $ 15,494       $ 1,383       $ -       $ 42,713   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase obligations represent an estimate of all open purchase orders and contractual obligations in the normal course of business for which we have not received the goods or services as of December 31, 2012. Although open purchase orders are considered enforceable and legally binding, except for our purchase orders with our inventory suppliers, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule, and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services. Our purchase orders with our inventory suppliers are non-cancellable. In addition, we have other obligations for goods and services entered into in the normal course of business. These obligations, however, are either not enforceable or legally binding, or are subject to change based on our business decisions. The aggregate of these items represents our estimate of purchase obligations.

Silicon Valley Bank Credit Facility

In August 2013, we entered into our Amended SVB Credit Agreement, which provides for a revolving line of credit of up to $15.0 million and a term loan of up to $5.0 million. The revolving line of credit bears interest at a floating annual rate of prime plus 2.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all outstanding principal and unpaid interest must be repaid by August 13, 2015. The term loan bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all principal amounts and unpaid interest must be repaid by August 1, 2016, unless we voluntarily repay the balance at an earlier date without penalty. A final payment of 2.75% of the amount advanced under the term loan is due upon repayment of this loan at maturity or prepayment of this loan. On August 14, 2013, we borrowed $10.8 million under the revolving line of credit, which represented our full available borrowing capacity on that date. The borrowing limit available under the revolving line of credit increases as the principal balance of our existing $8.0 million term loan from SVB is repaid. The existing term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $4.2 million on the amendment date. On August 16, 2013, we borrowed the full $5.0 million available under the new term loan.

In connection with our Amended SVB Credit Agreement, we issued SVB warrants to purchase 90,324 shares of our Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. We have pledged all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure our obligations under our Amended SVB Credit Agreement.

 

-86-


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2013, we were not in compliance with the covenant regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance as defined in our SVB Credit Agreement. However, SVB waived this non-compliance in connection with entering into the Amended SVB Credit Agreement. Our Amended SVB Credit Agreement contains customary negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. Our Amended SVB Credit Agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, (1) maintain minimum cash balances representing the greater of $5.0 million or two times our quarterly cash burn rate, as defined in the amended agreement, from and after our initial public offering, and (2) deliver audited financial statements.

TriplePoint Capital Credit Facility

In June 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement for a secured term facility, or our Growth Capital Loan Facility, and an equipment loan and security agreement for a secured equipment loan facility, or our Equipment Loan Facility, both with TriplePoint.

Our Equipment Loan Facility provides for a $10.0 million term loan, which we may increase by an additional $10.0 million, subject to certain conditions, to finance the purchase of equipment and software. This facility was available to be drawn through June 21, 2013, at which date the additional $10.0 million expired unused. On August 27, 2012, we borrowed an aggregate of $9.7 million under our Equipment Loan Facility, which accrues interest at an annual interest rate of 5.75% and matures on August 1, 2015. A final payment equal to 10.0% of each advance made under our Equipment Loan Facility is due at maturity. In connection with entering into our Equipment Loan Facility, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase shares of our Series D preferred stock with the exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. The shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant are issuable in two tranches: (i) 29,043 shares, in connection with establishing our Equipment Loan Facility in June 2012, and (ii) 1.75% of the amount advanced, up to an additional 29,043 shares, of which 28,144 shares were issued under our Equipment Loan Facility. As a result of our Series E preferred stock financing, the exercise price became fixed at $6.03 per share. Our Equipment Loan Facility is secured by the equipment financed under this facility.

Our Growth Capital Loan Facility provides for a $6.0 million term loan, which was increased by an additional $4.0 million upon our submission of an S-1 registration statement contemplating an initial public offering of our common stock with expected total net proceeds of at least $50.0 million. On June 29, 2012, we borrowed $6.0 million under our Growth Capital Loan Facility, which is required to be repaid over 36 months as follows: three months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 9.0% followed by 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest at an annual fixed rate of 8.5%. In addition, a final payment equal to 4.0% of each advance made under our Growth Capital Loan Facility is due at maturity. On June 28, 2013, we borrowed the additional $4.0 million under our Growth Capital Loan Facility. In connection with entering into our Growth Capital Loan Facility in June 2012, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 49,788 shares of Series D preferred stock with the exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. As a result of our Series E preferred stock financing, the exercise price became fixed at $6.03 per share. In connection with borrowing the additional $4.0 million that became available in June 2013, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of Series D preferred stock with the exercise price set at the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) the lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. At June 30, 2013, the exercise price of the warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of Series D preferred stock remains adjustable. We have pledged all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure our obligations under our Growth Capital Loan Facility.

 

-87-


Table of Contents

In August 2013, we amended the loan and security agreement for our Growth Capital Loan Facility to provide for an additional $5.0 million term loan. In September 2013, we entered into a second amendment to our growth capital loan facility to adjust the repayment terms such that the term loan is required to be paid over 36 months as follows: 36 months of interest-only payments at a fixed annual rate of 11.0% and the loan principal at maturity. In addition, a final payment of 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity, which is August 31, 2016. On August 19, 2013, we borrowed the full $5.0 million under this term loan. In connection with amending this agreement, we issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 51,614 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. We have pledged all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure our obligations under this agreement.

As of June 30, 2013, we are in compliance with all covenants under our credit agreements with TriplePoint. Our credit agreements contain customary negative covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The credit agreements also contain customary affirmative covenants, including requirements to, among other things, deliver audited financial statements.

Indemnification Obligations

Certain of our agreements with sales agents, resellers and customers include provisions for indemnification against liabilities if our services infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, we have not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and have not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 or June 30, 2013.

Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to certain legal proceedings described below, and from time to time may be involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits, investigations, and proceedings relating to contractual disputes, intellectual property rights, employment matters, regulatory compliance matters, and other litigation matters relating to various claims that arise in the normal course of business. We determine whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We assess our potential liability by analyzing specific litigation and regulatory matters using reasonably available information. We develop our views on estimated losses in consultation with inside and outside counsel, which involves a subjective analysis of potential results and outcomes, assuming various combinations of appropriate litigation and settlement strategies. Legal fees are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. No accrued liability for loss contingencies related to legal matters is recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we recorded accrued liabilities of $1.1 million and $4.3 million, respectively, for the probable and estimable amount of all loss contingencies related to legal matters.

In June 2011, j2 Global, Inc., or j2, and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. filed a joint complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:11-cv-04686-DDP-AJW, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,208,638, 6,350,066, and 7,020,132, and seeking a permanent injunction, damages, and attorneys’ fees should judgment be found against us. On March 4, 2013, Advanced Messaging Technologies filed a second complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:13-CV-01526, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,975,368. On April 26, 2013, we entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 and one of its affiliates to settle the matters. Under the terms of the

 

-88-


Table of Contents

settlement, the parties granted each other certain patent cross-licenses for over 10 years and the parties have dismissed all claims in these matters with prejudice.

On December 21, 2012, CallWave Communications, LLC, or CallWave, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, CallWave Communications, LLC v. RingCentral, Inc. , Case No. 1:12-cv-01748-RGA. CallWave has asserted similar claims against other companies, including Google Inc., AT&T Inc., AT&T Mobility LLC, Sprint Nextel Corp., T-Mobile US, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., Research in Motion Limited and Telovations, Inc. Since then, CallWave has amended its complaint twice such that they are currently asserting U.S. Patents Nos. 7,397,910 (the ‘910 patent), 7,555,110 (the ‘110 patent), 7,822,188 (the ‘188 patent), 8,325,901 (the ‘901 patent), 7,636,428 (the ‘428 patent), 8,351,591 (the ‘591 patent), 8,064,588 (the ‘588 patent), and 7,839,987 (the ‘987 patent) against our products and services and AT&T’s Office@Hand products and services, seeking damages but no injunction. AT&T has sought and RingCentral has agreed to indemnify and to defend AT&T for losses that are solely attributable to CallWave’s infringement allegations against our products and services. On April 1, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the First Amended Complaint. On June 3, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the Second Amended Complaint. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against CallWave’s claims to the extent necessary. The result of this litigation is inherently uncertain, and, at this time, we believe that there is no material exposure above the loss contingencies that have been recorded.

On September 6, 2013, we received a letter from Capital Legal Group, LLC on behalf of Cronos Technologies LLC, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, asserting that we should consider engaging in licensing discussions regarding U.S. Patent No. 5,664,110. No complaint or other action has been filed, no specific demand for a license has been made, and the letter does not allege any infringement by us of the referenced patent.

Sales Tax Liability

During 2010 and 2011, we increased our sales and marketing activities in the U.S., which may be asserted by a number of states to create an obligation under nexus regulations to collect sales taxes on sales to customers in the state. Prior to 2012, we did not collect sales taxes from our customers on sales in all states. In the second quarter of 2012, we commenced collecting and remitting sales taxes on sales in all states, therefore the loss contingency is applicable to sales and marketing activities in 2010, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we recorded a long-term sales tax liability of $3.5 million, $3.9 million, and $4.0 million, respectively, based on our best estimate of the probable liability for the loss contingency incurred as of those dates. Our estimate of a probable outcome under the loss contingency is based on analysis of our sales and marketing activities, revenues subject to sales tax, and applicable regulations in each state in each period. No significant adjustments to the long-term sales tax liability have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for changes to the assumptions underlying the estimate.

Employee Agreements

We have signed various employment agreements with executives and key employees pursuant to which if we terminate their employment without cause or if the employee does so for good reason following a change of control of our company, the employees are entitled to receive certain benefits, including severance payments, and accelerated vesting of stock options and continued COBRA coverage. To date, no triggering events which would cause these provisions to become effective have occurred. Therefore, no liabilities have been recorded for these agreements in the consolidated financial statements.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our net revenues are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the U.S., Canada, the Philippines, Russia, Ukraine, UK and China. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we also formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the Netherlands and in the second quarter of 2013, we formed a wholly owned subsidiary in Switzerland. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During 2012 and during the six months ended June 30, 2013, the effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash and cash equivalents of $37.9 million and $19.4 million as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, respectively. We hold our cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in cash and short-term money market funds. Due to the short-term nature of these instruments, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of our investment portfolio as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, would reduce future interest income. During fiscal 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, the effect of a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in overall interest rates would not have had a material impact on our interest income. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, we had approximately $6.0 million in short and long-term debt with variable interest rate components. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease would have had a $0.6 million impact on our interest expense. At June 30, 2013, we had approximately $4.7 million in short- and long-term debt with variable interest rate components. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease would have had a $0.5 million impact on our interest expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an accounting standards update on foreign currency matters that provides additional guidance with respect to the reclassification into income of the cumulative translation adjustment, or CTA, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income associated with a parent company’s ownership interest in a foreign entity.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

The standard differentiates between transactions occurring within a foreign entity and transactions affecting an investment in a foreign entity. For transactions within a foreign entity, the full CTA associated with the foreign entity would be reclassified into income only when the sale of a subsidiary or group of net assets within the foreign entity represents the substantially complete liquidation of that foreign entity. For transactions affecting an investment in a foreign entity, the full CTA associated with the foreign entity would be reclassified into income only if the parent no longer has a controlling interest in that foreign entity as a result of the transaction. In addition, acquisitions of a foreign entity completed in stages will trigger release of the CTA associated with an equity method investment in that entity at the point a controlling interest in the foreign entity is obtained. We are required to adopt this standard for our interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. This standard would impact our consolidated financial condition or results of operations only in the instance a transaction described above occurs.

In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting standards update on presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward exists. The standard requires that unrecognized tax benefits should be presented as a reduction to deferred tax assets for net operating loss carry forwards, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carry forward, or collectively, a Carryforward, if such Carryforward is required or expected to settle the additional income taxes in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The standard also requires in situations that a Carryforward cannot be used or the deferred tax asset is not intended to be used for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be recorded as a liability and should not offset deferred tax assets. We are required to adopt this standard for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance, but do not expect it to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business communications. We believe that our innovative, cloud-based approach disrupts the large market for business communications solutions by providing flexible and cost-effective services that support distributed workforces, mobile employees and the proliferation of “bring-your-own” communications devices. We enable convenient and effective communications for our customers across all their locations, all their employees, all the time, thus enabling a more productive and dynamic workforce. RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables our customers and their employees to communicate via voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

Traditionally, businesses have used on-premise hardware-based communications systems, commonly referred to as private branch exchanges, or PBXs. These systems generally require specialized and expensive hardware that must be deployed at every business location and are primarily designed for employees working only at that location and using only their desk phones. In addition, these systems generally require significant upfront investment and ongoing maintenance and support costs. Furthermore, according to Gartner’s April 2013 report entitled “Bring Your Own Device: The Facts and the Future,” by 2017, half of employers will require their employees to supply their own devices for work purposes. We believe that this trend will create additional challenges for businesses using legacy communications solutions.

Our solutions have been developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet. We have designed our user interfaces to be intuitive and easy to use for both administrators and end-users. We believe that we can provide substantial savings to our customers because our services do not require the significant upfront investment in on-premise infrastructure hardware or ongoing maintenance costs commonly associated with on-premise systems. Our solutions generally use existing broadband connections. We design our solutions to be delivered to our customers with high reliability and quality of service using our proprietary high-availability and scalable infrastructure.

The market for business communications solutions is large. According to Infonetics Research, from 2008 through 2012, there were 61 million PBX lines sold in North America. Assuming our current base selling price of approximately $20 per user per month, we believe that the potential replacement market is approximately $15 billion in North America. We also believe that this estimate significantly understates the potential market opportunity for our cloud-based solutions because a significant number of businesses today have not historically deployed a business communications system due to functionality limitations, cost and other factors.

We primarily generate revenues by selling subscriptions for our cloud-based services. We focus on acquiring and retaining our customers and increasing their spending with us through adding additional users, upselling current customers to premium service editions, and providing additional features and functionality. We market and sell our services directly, through both our website and inside sales teams, as well as indirectly through a network of over 1,000 sales agents and resellers, including AT&T, which we refer to collectively as resellers. We have a differentiated business model that reduces the time and cost to purchase, activate and begin using our services. We generally offer free trials to prospective customers, allowing them to evaluate our solutions before making a purchasing decision.

We have a diverse and growing customer base comprised of over 300,000 businesses across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail

 

-92-


Table of Contents

and technology. To date, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S. and Canada. We are making investments in an effort to address larger customers. We also believe that there is an additional growth opportunity in international markets.

We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with total revenues of $50.2 million, $78.9 million and $114.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, generating year-over-year increases of 57% and 45%, respectively. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in research and development, brand marketing and channel development, infrastructure and operations, and incurred net losses of $7.3 million, $13.9 million and $35.4 million, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, our total revenues were $51.8 million and $73.2 million, respectively, and our net losses were $18.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively.

Industry Background

The Market for Business Communications Solutions is Large

According to Infonetics Research, from 2008 through 2012, there were 61 million PBX lines sold in North America. Assuming our current base selling price of approximately $20 per user per month, we believe that the potential replacement market is approximately $15 billion in North America. We also believe that this estimate significantly understates the potential market opportunity for our cloud-based solutions, because a significant number of businesses today have not historically deployed a business communications system due to functionality limitations, cost and other factors.

Evolution in the Way People Work and Communicate

In recent years, there have been significant changes in how people work and communicate with customers, co-workers and other third parties. Traditionally, business personnel worked primarily at a single office, during business hours, and utilized desk phones as their primary communications devices connected through a PBX. With the proliferation of smartphones and tablets that offer much of the functionality of PCs, combined with the pervasiveness of inexpensive broadband Internet access, businesses are increasingly working around the clock across geographically dispersed locations, and their employees are using a broad array of communications devices and utilizing text, along with voice and fax, for business communications.

These changes have created new challenges for business communications. Traditional on-premise systems are generally not designed for workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments, or the use of multiple communication channels, including text. Today, businesses require flexible, location- and device-agnostic communications solutions that provide users with a single identity across multiple locations and devices.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

Limitations of Existing Business Communications Systems

 

LOGO

We believe that legacy on-premise systems have several limiting characteristics, including being:

 

  Ÿ  

Location-Specific.     On-premise systems are typically hardware-based and primarily manage desk phones at a single office location. These systems are complex to use for businesses with multiple office locations and employees working remotely or largely outside an office.

 

  Ÿ  

Device-Specific.     On-premise systems are generally designed to work with a specific fixed-line phone provisioned to work only with a certain type of system. As a result, on-premise systems do not work well with smartphones, tablets and PCs and can have difficulty supporting a “bring-your-own” communications device business environment.

 

  Ÿ  

Difficult to Deploy, Use and Manage.     On-premise systems can be difficult and time-consuming to set up, deploy, manage and support. They generally require the installation and configuration of complex hardware infrastructure, a connection to phone networks, time-consuming set up and activation and training for administrators and end-users. They also generally lack simple and intuitive user interfaces for easy configuration and use. As a result, on-premise systems generally are not “user-friendly,” have long deployment cycles and require technical expertise to set up, manage and use.

 

  Ÿ  

Challenging to Scale.     On-premise systems do not efficiently scale with business growth, as additional hardware and software upgrades are often required to support additional employees and offices. Costly upgrades are also typically required to support additional features and functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Expensive.     On-premise systems are typically expensive to deploy and manage. They not only require upfront costs on hardware and software, but also ongoing maintenance and

 

-94-


Table of Contents
 

upgrade costs. These legacy systems also often require trained and dedicated IT personnel to support ongoing use of the system.

 

  Ÿ  

Difficult to Integrate.     On-premise systems are relatively inflexible and often require extensive investments of time and IT personnel to integrate with other commonly used business applications, such as content management, email and collaboration applications.

Opportunity for Next-Generation, Cloud-Based Business Communications Platform

Fundamental advances in cloud technologies have enabled a new generation of business software to be delivered as a service over the Internet. Today, mission-critical applications such as customer relationship management, human capital management, enterprise resource planning and information technology, or IT, support are being delivered securely and reliably to businesses through cloud-based platforms. While on-premise systems typically require significant upfront and ongoing costs, as well as trained and dedicated IT personnel, cloud-based services enable cost-effective and easy delivery of business applications to users regardless of location or access device.

We believe that there is a significant opportunity to leverage the benefits of cloud computing to provide next-generation, cloud-based business communications solutions that address the new realities of workforce mobility, multi-device environments and multi-channel communications, thereby enabling people to communicate the way they do business. In addition to location and device independence, these next-generation solutions should also provide the scalability, ease of use and affordability that are lacking in legacy on-premise business communications systems today.

We believe both large and small businesses currently served by on-premise systems may embrace this opportunity to replace those systems. We also believe that businesses not currently served by on-premise business communications systems, due to functionality and cost limitations, may embrace the opportunity to use cloud-based business communications solutions.

Our Solutions

Our cloud-based business communications solutions provide a single user identity across multiple locations and devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, and allow for communication across multiple channels, including voice, text and fax. Our proprietary solutions enable a more productive and dynamic workforce, and has been architected using industry standards to meet modern business communications requirements, including workforce mobility, “bring-your-own” communications device environments and multiple communications channels.

Our solutions are delivered using a high-availability and, scalable infrastructure and are designed for easy self-service activation, provisioning and management with minimal technical expertise or training required. Our solutions scale easily and rapidly, allowing our customers to add new users regardless of where they are located. They are generally affordable, requiring little to no upfront infrastructure hardware costs or ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs commonly associated with on-premise systems. RingCentral Office, our flagship offering, is a multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution. We also offer RingCentral Professional, primarily an inbound call routing service with additional text and fax capabilities targeting smaller deployments, and RingCentral Fax, an Internet fax service that permits sending and receiving faxes over the Internet.

 

-95-


Table of Contents

RingCentral Solutions

LOGO

We believe that our solutions provide not only the core functionality of existing on-premise communications solutions, but also additional key benefits that address the changing requirements of business. The key benefits of our solutions include:

 

  Ÿ  

Location Independence.     Our cloud-based solution is designed to be location independent. We seamlessly connect distributed and mobile users, enabling employees to communicate with a single identity whether working from a central location, a branch office, on the road, or at home.

 

  Ÿ  

Device Independence.     Our solution is designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy.

 

  Ÿ  

Instant Activation; Easy Account Management.     Our solutions are designed for rapid deployment and ease of management. Our simple and intuitive graphical user interfaces allow administrators and users to set up and manage their business communications system with little or no IT expertise, training or dedicated staffing. Our solutions work with users’ existing

 

-96-


Table of Contents
 

smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones. Additionally, if a customer desires new desk phones, we also sell pre-configured, Plug&Ring -ready phones that can be easily connected to the customer’s existing broadband service.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalability.     Our cloud-based solutions scale easily and efficiently with the growth of our customers. Customers can add users, regardless of their location, without having to purchase additional infrastructure hardware or software upgrades.

 

  Ÿ  

Lower Cost of Ownership.     We believe that our customers experience significantly lower cost of ownership compared to legacy on-premise systems. Using our cloud-based solutions, our customers can avoid the significant upfront costs of infrastructure hardware, software, ongoing maintenance and upgrade costs, and the need for dedicated and trained IT personnel.

 

  Ÿ  

Seamless and Intuitive Integration with Other Cloud-Based Applications.      Cloud-based applications are proliferating within businesses of all sizes. Integration of these cloud-based business applications with legacy on-premise systems is typically complex and expensive, which limits the ability of businesses to leverage cloud-based applications. Our platform provides seamless and intuitive integration with multiple popular cloud-based business applications such as salesforce.com, Google Drive, Box and Dropbox.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our competitive strengths include:

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary Core Technology Platform.      We have developed our core multi-tenant, cloud-based, high-availability, scalable platform in-house over several years using industry standards. Our platform incorporates our communications and messaging services, delivery and billing infrastructure and application programming interfaces, or APIs, for integration with third parties. We believe that owning our own technology allows us to regularly improve our platform to meet new customer needs and to seamlessly and rapidly deliver new features and functionality to our customers via our SaaS platform.

 

LOGO

 

-97-


Table of Contents

Ÿ      Mobile-Centric Approach.     Our platform was developed with a mobile-centric approach and can be provisioned, configured, managed and used from a smartphone or tablet as well as from PCs and the Web. Our solutions are designed to work with a broad range of devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, enabling businesses to successfully implement a “bring-your-own” communications device strategy.

 

Ÿ      Rapid Innovation and Release Cycle.    We strive to continuously innovate in an effort to regularly release new features and functionality to our customers. We intend to continue to invest significantly in research and development to increase the quality of our services and develop and deliver new services quickly to meet evolving customer demand. We believe that our ability to rapidly innovate and enhance our communications solutions is an important competitive advantage.

 

Ÿ      Quality and Reliability of Service.     Our platform employs a number of technologies and tools to provide the quality of service that our customers expect while using their existing broadband connections. We can optimize for quality of end-user broadband connectivity as well as the type of devices used. We operate our multi-tenant platform on a high-availability, scalable-on-demand, redundant infrastructure.

  

LOGO

 

Ÿ       Effective Go-to-Market Strategy.     We employ a broad range of direct and indirect marketing channels to target potential customers, including search-engine marketing, search-engine optimization, referral, affiliate, radio and billboard advertising. We offer simple, easy-to-understand pricing plans. We generally offer customers a free trial and provide post-sale implementation assistance for larger customers to help them configure their communications solutions and to familiarize them with the benefits of our services. In addition, we offer ongoing customer support to help retain our customers and encourage them to add more users and functionality.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Focus on Larger RingCentral Office Customers.     We intend to broaden our focus to larger potential RingCentral Office customers. We believe that these customers are more likely to have employees working in distributed locations or multiple offices and thus will derive additional benefits from deploying our solution. We believe that these customers are more likely to require additional services, purchase premium service editions, have higher retention rates and enter into longer-term contracts.

 

  Ÿ  

Continue to Innovate.     Our ability to develop new features and functionality is central to our success. We intend to continue to invest in development efforts to introduce new features and functionality to our customers. We plan to further invest in research and development, including continuing to hire top available technical talent, to expand our core cloud-based business communications solution and launch new services.

 

  Ÿ  

Grow Revenues from Existing Customers.      We intend to grow our revenues from our existing customers as they add new users and as we provide them with new features and functionality.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand Our Distribution Channels.     Our indirect sales channel currently consists of a network of over 1,000 resellers, including AT&T. We intend to continue to foster these relationships and develop additional relationships with other resellers.

 

  Ÿ  

Scale Internationally.     To date, we have derived most of our revenues from the North American market. We believe that there is an additional growth opportunity for our cloud-based business communications solutions in international markets.

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Our Services

Our services are RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional and RingCentral Fax. RingCentral Office is our most comprehensive solution and provides our full suite of features and functionality for businesses, while RingCentral Professional and RingCentral Fax deliver subsets of RingCentral’s Office’s features and functionality.

RingCentral Office.      RingCentral Office, our flagship service, is a multi-location, multi-user, enterprise-grade communications solution that enables employees to communicate via different channels, including voice, text and fax, on multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones. RingCentral Office also offers out-of-the-box integration with other cloud-based business applications. This service is designed primarily for businesses that require a communications solution, regardless of location, type of device, expertise, size or budget. Businesses are able to seamlessly connect users working in multiple office locations on smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones.

Key features of RingCentral Office include:

 

Ÿ      Cloud-Based Business Communications Solutions.     We offer multi-user, multi-extension, cloud-based business communications solutions that do not require installation, configuration, management or maintenance on-premise hardware and software. Our services are instantly activated, and deliver a rich set of functionality across multiple locations and devices.

Ÿ      Mobile-Centric Approach.      Our solution includes smartphone and tablet mobile applications that customers can use to set up and manage company, department and user settings from anywhere. Our applications turn iOS and Android smartphones and tablets into business communication devices. Users can change their personal settings instantly and communicate via voice, text and fax. Personal mobile devices are fully integrated into the customer’s cloud-based communication solution, using the company’s numbers, and displaying one of the company’s caller ID for calls made through our mobile applications.

  LOGO

Ÿ      Easy Set-Up and Control.     Our user interfaces have a familiar smartphone touch-screen “look and feel” and provide a consistent user experience across smartphones, tablets, PCs and desk phones, making it intuitive and easy for our customers to quickly discover and use our solution across devices. Among other capabilities, administrators can specify and modify company, department, and user settings, auto-receptionist settings, call-handling, and routing rules, and add, change, and customize users and departments.

Ÿ      Flexible Call Routing.     Our solution includes an auto-attendant to easily customize call routing for the entire company, departments, groups, or individual employees. It includes a robust suite of communication management options, including time of day, caller ID, and call queuing, and sophisticated routing rules for complex call handling for the company, departments, groups and individual employees.

 

-99-


Table of Contents

Ÿ      Integrated Voice, Text and Fax Communications with One Business Number.     By eliminating the need for multiple business numbers, users are able to easily control how, when and where they conduct their business communications through routing logic with one number. Employees can stay connected, thus increasing efficiency, productivity and responsiveness to their customers. Having one business number also enables users to keep personal mobile numbers private.

  LOGO

Ÿ      Cloud-based Business Application Integrations.     Our solution seamlessly integrates with other cloud-based business applications such as salesforce.com, Google Drive, Box and Dropbox. For example, integration with salesforce.com brings up customer records immediately based on inbound caller IDs, resulting in increased productivity and efficiency. Additionally, users can easily fax documents directly from their cloud-based storage accounts.

  LOGO

RingCentral Professional.     Our RingCentral Professional solution provides a subset of our RingCentral Office solution capabilities designed primarily for smaller businesses. RingCentral Professional is principally used as an inbound call routing service with text and fax capabilities.

RingCentral Fax.     Our RingCentral Fax solution provides Internet fax capabilities that allow businesses to send and receive fax documents without the need for a fax machine.

Our Customers

We have a diverse and growing customer base comprised of over 300,000 businesses across a wide range of industries, including advertising, consulting, finance, healthcare, legal, real estate, retail and technology. Our revenues are highly diversified across our customer base, with no single non-

 

-100-


Table of Contents

reseller customer accounting for more than 1% of our total revenues in 2010, 2011, 2012 or the six months ended June 30, 2013. No single reseller accounted for more than 10% of our total revenues during any period presented in this prospectus. To date, we have focused our principal efforts on the market for small and medium-sized businesses, defined by IDC as less than 1,000 employees, in the U.S. and Canada. We believe that there is an additional growth opportunity in international markets. We are also making investments that will allow us to address larger enterprise customers. The following are examples of our current RingCentral Office customers across industry, acquisition channel, size and business needs.

DME Automotive handles marketing for the largest automotive organizations in the US, with over 300 employees in two offices in Florida. Their business requires significant collaboration with their customers and employees across both offices on a daily basis. To increase productivity, DME Automotive, LLC, or DME, needed a communications solution that would allow their employees to connect with customers and with each other as efficiently as possible, whether in or out of the office, without having to manage multiple phone numbers or devices across many locations. In just one weekend, DME set up RingCentral Office across their entire organization, displacing their existing approximately $300,000 on-premise system, which had also required them to engage a specialized technical team any time they needed to make changes or conduct maintenance.

TRUSTe is an online privacy provider for online sites, headquartered in San Francisco with over 100 employees and offices in Los Angeles, Chicago and Miami. Over 25% of True Ultimate Standards Everywhere, Inc’s, or, TRUSTe’s employees are in the field. Their legacy, on-premise communications system did not meet the needs of the workforce because mobile employees were not connected to the communications system like in-house employees, and hence lacked the functionality needed to manage their business. In addition, TRUSTe was spending significant time and resources managing their communications system. After starting with a free trial, TRUSTe purchased RingCentral Office and can now connect their field employees as if they were in an office, giving them better access to greater functionality. In addition, with RingCentral Office’s capability to configure and manage the entire businesses communications solution using smartphone apps, TRUSTe is able to reduce time and money spent on technical experts.

Motion Recruitment is a national recruitment firm with over 600 employees across three operating units and 22 locations. They provide national recruiting for technology-related jobs as well as outsourced recruiting solutions. Their previous communications system required 19 different on-premise systems to support their different operating units and locations. Motion Recruitment Partners, or Motion Recruitment, wanted a communications solution that could support their business communications needs and increase efficiency across their entire company. Using RingCentral Office, Motion Recruitment has one complete communications solution servicing all three operating units and locations. Further, leveraging RingCentral Office’s enhanced, modern functionality, they have empowered their sales agents with greater control over their customer communication, and have improved their ability to manage their quality of service.

Amerivest Realty is a full-service brokerage firm in Florida with over 200 Realtor Associates. Prior to subscribing to RingCentral Office, they had an on-premise communications system that required technical expertise and was managed and maintained by an external consulting company. With 90% of their Realtors working remotely with flexible hours, Associates were disconnected from their business communications system, and had to juggle business and personal devices to communicate with customers. When Amerivest Realty needed to scale their firm, the associated ongoing resources, expertise, and costs along with the lack of mobile integration forced them to look at other options. With RingCentral Office, Amerivest Realty was able to minimize the ongoing maintenance costs and manage the entire communications system with their in-house, non-technical, administrative staff. They were also able to connect their Associates with customers using one business number for voice, text and fax,

 

-101-


Table of Contents

regardless of what device the Realtor was using or where they were located. Associates and staff now have the power to customize their own settings on their smartphones, further reducing the resources and time required by Amerivest Realty to manage their business communications.

Marketing, Sales and Support

We use a variety of marketing, sales and support activities to generate and cultivate ongoing customer demand for our services, acquire new customers, and engage with our existing customers. We sell through both direct and indirect channels. We provide on-boarding implementation support to help our customers set up and configure their newly purchased communications system, as well as ongoing self-service, phone support and training. We also closely track and monitor customer acquisition costs to assess how we are deploying our marketing, sales and customer support spending.

 

  Ÿ  

Marketing.     Our marketing efforts include SEM, SEO, radio advertising, online display advertising and billboard advertising. We track and measure our marketing costs closely across all channels so that we can acquire customers in a cost-efficient manner.

 

  Ÿ  

Direct Sales.     We primarily sell our products and services through direct inbound and outbound sales efforts. We have direct sales representatives located in the U.S. and internationally.

 

  Ÿ  

Indirect Sales.     Our indirect sales channel consists of a network of over 1,000 resellers, including AT&T, which help broaden the adoption of our services without the need for a large direct field sales force.

 

  Ÿ  

Customer Support.     While our intuitive and easy-to-use user interface serves to reduce our customers’ need for support, we provide online and phone customer support, as well as post-sale implementation support, to help customers configure and use our solution. We track and measure our customer satisfaction and our support costs closely across all channels to provide a high level of customer service in a cost-efficient manner.

Research and Development

We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to expanding our leadership position within the cloud-based business communications solutions market. We devote the majority of our research and development resources to software development. Our engineering team has significant experience in various disciplines related to our platform, such as, voice text and fax processing, mobile application development, IP networking and infrastructure, user experience, security and robust multi-tenant cloud-based system architecture.

Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to provide new and enhanced capabilities on a regular basis. Based on feedback from our customers and prospects and our review of the broader business communications and SaaS markets, we continuously develop new functionality while maintaining and enhancing our existing solution.

Our research and development expenses were $7.2 million, $12.2 million, $24.5 million and $16.1 million in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

Technology and Operations

Our platform is built on a highly scalable and flexible infrastructure comprised of commercially available hardware and software components. We believe that both hardware and software

 

-102-


Table of Contents

components of our platform can be replaced, upgraded or added with minimal or no interruption in service. The system is designed to have no single point-of-failure.

We host our services and serve our customers in North America from two third-party data center facilities in San Jose, California and Vienna, Virginia, and we intend to host our services and serve our customers in Europe from two third-party data center facilities in Amsterdam, the Netherlands and Zurich, Switzerland. Our data centers are designed to host mission-critical computer and communications systems with redundant, fault-tolerant subsystems and compartmentalized security zones. We maintain a security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of customer data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to our customers’ data. We limit access to on-demand servers and networks at our production and remote backup facilities.

 

LOGO

We serve North American customers out of two Points of Presence, known as POPs, one in San Jose, California and the other in Vienna, Virginia. RingCentral subscribers are divided into Parts of Data, or PODs, each comprised of two symmetrical, synchronized units, one per POP. POPs and PODs are redundant with switchover and failover capabilities between POPs. This architecture enables us to deliver our services in a scalable and reliable manner. We can manage our customer growth by adding additional PODs and POPs into our delivery infrastructure as required. For connectivity, we leverage third-party network service providers, including of Level 3 Communications, Inc., Bandwidth.com, Inc., Novatel Wireless, Inc. and AT&T.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, and trade secret laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements and other contractual protections, to protect our proprietary technology. We also rely on a number of registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our brand. In addition, we seek to protect our intellectual property rights by implementing a policy that requires our employees and independent contractors involved in development of intellectual property on our behalf

 

-103-


Table of Contents

to enter into agreements acknowledging that all works or other intellectual property generated or conceived by them on our behalf are our property, and assigning to us any rights, including intellectual property rights, that they may claim or otherwise have in those works or property, to the extent allowable under applicable law.

Our intellectual property portfolio includes 18 issued U.S. patents, which expire between 2026 and 2032. We also have 49 patent applications pending for examination in the U.S. and 21 patent applications pending for examination in foreign jurisdictions, all of which are related to U.S. applications. In general our patents and patent applications apply to certain aspects of our SaaS and mobile applications and underlying communications infrastructure. We are also a party to various license agreements with third parties that typically grant us the right to use certain third-party technology in conjunction with our products and services.

Competition

The market for business communications solutions is rapidly evolving, complex, fragmented and defined by changing technology and customer needs. We expect competition to continue to increase in the future. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

  Ÿ  

service features and capabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

system reliability, availability and performance;

 

  Ÿ  

speed and ease of activation, setup and configuration;

 

  Ÿ  

ownership and control of the underlying technology;

 

  Ÿ  

integration with mobile devices;

 

  Ÿ  

brand awareness and recognition;

 

  Ÿ  

simplicity of the pricing model; and

 

  Ÿ  

total cost of ownership.

We believe that we generally compete favorably on the basis of the factors listed above.

We face competition from a broad range of providers of business communications solutions. Some of these competitors include:

 

  Ÿ  

traditional on-premise, hardware business communications providers such as Alcatel-Lucent, S.A., Avaya Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, ShoreTel, Inc. and Siemens Enterprise Networks, LLC, any of which may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud, and their resellers;

 

  Ÿ  

software providers such as Microsoft Corporation and Broadsoft, Inc. that generally license their software and may now or in the future also host their solutions through the cloud, and their resellers including major carriers and cable companies;

 

  Ÿ  

established communications providers, such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Communications Inc. and Comcast Corporation, that resell on-premise hardware, software and hosted solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

other cloud companies such as j2 Global, Inc. and 8x8, Inc.; and

 

  Ÿ  

other large, Internet companies, such as Google Inc., Yahoo! Inc. and Amazon.com, Inc., any of which might launch its own cloud-based business communications services or acquire other cloud-based business communications companies in the future.

Employees and Contractors

As of June 30, 2013, we had 399 full-time employees, including 144 in research and development, 152 in sales and marketing, 23 in operations, 25 in customer technical support, and 55 in general and administrative. As of such date, we had 304 employees located in the U.S. and 95 internationally, including 89 in China. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are good and we have never experienced any work stoppages.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

We also contract with third-party contractors whose employees or subcontractors’ employees perform services for us. We refer to our third-party contractors’ employees and subcontractors’ employees as our contractors. As of June 30, 2013, we had 1,050 of these contractors, including 261 in research and development, 48 in operations, 286 in sales and marketing, 319 in customer technical support and 99 in general and administrative. As of such date, we had 26 contractors located in the U.S. and 1,024 internationally, including 693 in the Philippines, 321 in Russia and Ukraine and 10 in other countries.

Regulatory

As a provider of Internet communications services, we are subject to regulation in the U.S. by the FCC. Some of these regulatory obligations include contributing to the Federal Universal Service Fund, Telecommunications Relay Service Fund and federal programs related to number administration; providing access to E-911 services; protecting customer information; and porting phone numbers upon a valid customer request. We are also required to pay state and local 911 fees and contribute to state universal service funds in those states that assess Internet voice communications services. In addition, we have certified a wholly owned subsidiary as a competitive local exchange carrier in six states and currently intend to obtain certificates for our subsidiary in six additional states. This subsidiary, RCLEC, is subject to the same FCC regulations applicable to telecommunications companies, as well as regulation by the public utility commissions in states where the subsidiary provides services. Specific regulations vary on a state-by-state basis, but generally include the requirement for our subsidiary to register or seek certification to provide its services, to file and update tariffs setting forth the terms, conditions and prices for our intrastate services and to comply with various reporting, record-keeping, surcharge collection and consumer protection requirements.

As we expand internationally, we will be subject to laws and regulations in the countries in which we offer our services. Regulatory treatment of Internet communications services outside the U.S. varies from country to country, is often unclear, and may be more onerous than imposed on our services in the U.S. Our regulatory obligations in foreign jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on the use of our services in international locations. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” for more information.

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in San Mateo, California, where we occupy an approximately 28,000 square-foot facility, under a lease expiring on May 31, 2017. While we believe that our facilities are sufficient and suitable to meet our immediate needs, we are currently evaluating expansion opportunities. We periodically evaluate the adequacy of our existing facilities, and, given our expected growth, we expect to move our offices or secure additional space in our current building or another building within the next 12 months.

Legal Proceedings

In June 2011, j2 Global, Inc., or j2, and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. filed a joint complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:11-cv-04686-DDP-AJW, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent Nos. 6,208,638, 6,350,066, and 7,020,132, and seeking a permanent injunction, damages, and attorneys’ fees should judgment be found against us. On March 4, 2013, Advanced Messaging Technologies filed a second complaint against us in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Case No. 2:13-CV-01526, alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,975,368. On April 26, 2013, we entered into a license and

 

-105-


Table of Contents

settlement agreement with j2 and one of its affiliates to settle the matters. Under the terms of the settlement, the parties granted each other certain patent cross-licenses for over 10 years and the parties have dismissed all claims in these matters with prejudice.

On December 21, 2012, CallWave Communications, LLC, or CallWave, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, filed a lawsuit against us in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware, CallWave Communications, LLC v. RingCentral, Inc. , Case No. 1:12-cv-01748-RGA. CallWave has asserted similar claims against other companies, including Google Inc., AT&T Inc., AT&T Mobility LLC, Sprint Nextel Corp., T-Mobile US, Inc., Verizon Communications, Inc., Research in Motion Limited and Telovations, Inc. Since then, CallWave has amended its complaint twice such that they are currently asserting U.S. Patents Nos. 7,397,910 (the ‘910 patent), 7,555,110 (the ‘110 patent), 7,822,188 (the ‘188 patent), 8,325,901 (the ‘901 patent), 7,636,428 (the ‘428 patent), 8,351,591 (the ‘591 patent), 8,064,588 (the ‘588 patent), and, 7,839,987 (the ‘987 patent) against our products and services and AT&T’s Office@Hand products and services, seeking damages but no injunction. AT&T has sought and RingCentral has agreed to indemnify and to defend AT&T for losses that are solely attributable to CallWave’s infringement allegations against our products and services. On April 1, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the First Amended Complaint. On June 3, 2013, we filed an Answer and Counterclaims denying all claims by CallWave in the Second Amended Complaint. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against CallWave’s claims to the extent necessary. The result of this litigation is inherently uncertain, and, at this time, we believe that there is no material exposure above the loss contingencies that have been recorded.

On September 6, 2013, we received a letter from Capital Legal Group, LLC on behalf of Cronos Technologies LLC, which we believe is a non-practicing entity, asserting that we should consider engaging in licensing discussions regarding U.S. Patent No. 5,664,110. No complaint or other action has been filed, no specific demand for a license has been made, and the letter does not allege any infringement by us of the referenced patent.

In addition to the matters described above, we may, from time to time, be a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Key Employees

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of August 31, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Vladimir Shmunis

     52       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

Clyde Hosein

     53       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

David Berman

     42       President

Kira Makagon

     50       Executive Vice President, Innovation

Praful Shah

     57       Senior Vice President, Strategy

John Marlow

     44       Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary

Non-Employee Directors

     

Douglas Leone(2)(3)

     56       Director

Robert Theis(1)(2)

     52       Director

David Weiden(3)

     41       Director

Neil Williams(1)

     60       Director

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao(1)

     47       Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Executive Officers

Vladimir Shmunis is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman since our inception in 1999. Prior to RingCentral, from 1992 to 1998, Mr. Shmunis served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Ring Zero Systems, Inc., a desktop communications software provider founded by Mr. Shmunis and acquired by Motorola, Inc. From 1982 to 1992, Mr. Shmunis held various software development and management roles with a number of Silicon Valley companies, including Convergent Technologies, Inc. and Ampex Corporation. Mr. Shmunis holds a B.S. in Computer Science and an M.S. in Computer Science from San Francisco State University.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Shmunis possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and his experience as an executive in the technology industry. Our board of directors also believes that he brings historical knowledge, operational expertise and continuity to the board of directors.

Clyde R. Hosein has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 2013 and served as a consultant to us from June 2013 to August 2013. Prior to joining us, from October 2012 to June 2013, Mr. Hosein served as an independent business consultant. From June 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Hosein served as the Chief Financial Officer of Marvell Technology Group Ltd., a publicly traded fabless semiconductor provider of high-performance, application-specific standard products, and he also served as the Interim Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of Marvell from October 2008 to March 2010. From March 2003 until June 2008, Mr. Hosein served as Chief Financial Officer for Integrated Device Technologies, a publicly traded company that develops and delivers mixed-signal semiconductor solutions to the communications, computing and consumer end markets. From 2001 until 2003, Mr. Hosein served as Chief Financial Officer of Advanced Interconnect

 

-107-


Table of Contents

Technologies. From 1997 to 2001, Mr. Hosein was the Chief Financial Officer and senior director of corporate planning of Candescent Technologies Corporation. Previous to Candescent, Mr. Hosein spent over 14 years with IBM Corporation, where he held several engineering and financial positions within their storage, microelectronics, data systems and corporate divisions. Mr. Hosein serves on the board of directors of Cree Inc., a publicly traded company that develops and manufactures LED products. Mr. Hosein holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering from Polytechnic University in New York and an M.B.A. from New York University Stern School of Business.

David Berman has served as our President since June 2013 and has been an advisor to us since March 2009. Prior to joining us, from January 2010 to June 2013, Mr. Berman served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Affectiva, Inc., an emotion measurement technology company. From June 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Berman served as an advisor to numerous startup companies, and from June 1999 to May 2008, Mr. Berman served in various roles at WebEx Communications Inc. He was most recently WebEx’s President, Worldwide Sales and Services, and before that he served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Services and Vice President of Worldwide Corporate Sales and Services and Vice President of Worldwide Corporate Sales. Mr. Berman holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of San Diego.

Kira Makagon has served as our Executive Vice President, Innovation, since August 2012. Prior to joining us, from January 2012 to July 2012, Ms. Makagon served as the Chief Product Officer of Red Aril, Inc. a provider of media optimization solutions that was acquired by Hearst Corporation in December 2011. From April 2010 to December 2011, she served as the President of Red Aril, and from June 2009 to April 2010, she founded and served as the Chief Executive Officer of Red Aril. From January 2009 to May 2009, Ms. Makagon served as a consultant and board member of NebuAd, Inc., a developer of data capture and analysis systems. From August 2008 to December 2008, she served as Chief Executive Officer of NebuAd, and from September 2006 to July 2008, she co-founded and served as President of NebuAd. Prior to that, from 2001 to August 2006, Ms. Makagon served in various roles at Exigen Group, a provider of SaaS workflow platforms and call center solutions, including President, Ventures and Alliances, and Executive Vice President, Marketing and Business Development. From 1998 to 2000, Ms. Makagon co-founded and served as Senior Vice President, Products of Octane Software, a provider of web-based customer relationship management applications, that was acquired by Epiphany, Inc., and from 1993 to 1998, she served as Vice President of Product Development of Scopus Technology, a provider of customer relationship management solutions, that was acquired by Siebel Systems. Ms. Makagon holds a B.A. in Computer Science from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley, Haas School of Business.

Praful Shah has served as our Senior Vice President, Strategy since 2010 and served as our Vice President, Strategy from April 2008 to 2010. Prior to joining us, from July 2007 to March 2008, Mr. Shah was engaged in reviewing and investing in YouWeb, LLC, an early stage technology incubator. From 1997 to June 2007, Mr. Shah served in various roles at WebEx Communications, Inc., a provider of cloud collaboration services. He was most recently WebEx’s Vice President, Strategic Communications, and before that he served as Vice President of Online Products, Vice President of Strategic Marketing, Vice President of Business Development and Vice President of Marketing. Prior to WebEx, from 1995 to 1997, Mr. Shah served at Oracle Corporation as Senior Director of Marketing for Oracle’s Internet Products and Database Products Divisions. Mr. Shah holds a bachelors degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering from Manipal Institute of Technology in India, and an M.S. in Computer Science from Pennsylvania State University.

John Marlow has served as a Senior Vice President since June 2013, and as our General Counsel and Secretary since April 2009. He was appointed as Vice President of Corporate Development in November 2008. Mr. Marlow also served on our board of directors from August 2005 until August 2011. Prior to joining us, from November 2003 to December 2008, Mr. Marlow was a

 

-108-


Table of Contents

founding partner at Entrepreneurs Law Group, LLP, a law firm. From January 2003 to October 2003, Mr. Marlow was a partner at Reed Smith LLP, an international law firm. From January 2002 to December 2002, he was a partner at Crosby, Heafey, Roach & May, LLP, a law firm acquired by Reed Smith. Mr. Marlow holds a B.A. in Sociology from Colgate University and a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, Boalt Hall School of Law.

Non-Employee Directors

Douglas Leone has served on our board of directors since December 2006. Mr. Leone has been at Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, since 1988 and has been a managing member since 1993. Mr. Leone also serves on the boards of directors of ServiceNow, Inc., a cloud-based service provider, and CafePress Inc., an online retailer. Mr. Leone holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University, an M.S. in Industrial Engineering from Columbia University and an M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Leone possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his substantial experience as a venture capitalist and as a director of technology companies focusing on Internet and software and communications companies. Our board of directors also believes that Mr. Leone brings historical knowledge and continuity to the board of directors.

Robert Theis has served on our board of directors since August 2011. Mr. Theis has served as a managing director at Scale Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since May 2008. Mr. Theis also serves on the board of directors at BrightRoll, Inc., a provider of digital video advertising, HubSpot, Inc., a provider of inbound marketing software, and PeopleMatter, Inc., a provider of human capital management software. Prior to joining Scale Ventures, from July 2000 to April 2008, Mr. Theis served as a general partner with Doll Capital Management, a venture capital firm. From July 1996 to June 2000, Mr. Theis served as executive vice president and served on the board of directors of New Era of Networks, Inc., a supplier of Internet infrastructure software and services. From April 1986 to June 1996, Mr. Theis served as a Managing Director at Sun Microsystems, Inc., a provider of computers and computer components acquired by Oracle Corporation, and from January 1984 to March 1986, as Marketing Manager at Silicon Graphics. Inc., a provider of high-performance computing solutions. Mr. Theis holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Theis possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his substantial experience as a venture capitalist investment professional and as a director of technology infrastructure and applications companies.

David Weiden has served on our board of directors since December 2006. Mr. Weiden has served as a General Partner at Khosla Ventures, a venture capital firm, since 2006. Prior to joining Khosla Ventures, Mr. Weiden worked as an entrepreneur at companies acquired by AT&T, Inc., Time Warner Inc. and Microsoft Corporation. Mr. Weiden holds an A.B. in Organizational Behavior from Harvard University.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Weiden possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his experience as venture capitalist focusing on the technology sector and his professional experience as an executive of other telecommunications and technology companies. Our board of directors also believes that Mr. Weiden brings historical knowledge and continuity to the board of directors.

Neil Williams has served on our board of directors since March 2012. Mr. Williams has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Intuit since January 2008. Prior to joining Intuit,

 

-109-


Table of Contents

from April 2001 to September 2007, Mr. Williams served as Executive Vice President of Visa U.S.A., Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Visa, Inc., a credit and debit card payment network. From November 2004 to September 2007, he served as Chief Financial Officer. During the same period, Mr. Williams held the dual role of Chief Financial Officer for Inovant LLC, Visa’s global IT organization. Mr. Williams holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Southern Mississippi and is a certified public accountant.

Our board of directors believes that Mr. Williams possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his professional experience in the areas of finance, accounting and audit oversight.

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao has served on our board of directors since November 2012. Since April 2012, Dr. Yerramilli-Rao has served as a Director with Hermes Growth Partners, Ltd., a private equity firm focused on growth stage companies in the telecom, media and technology sectors. From August 2010 to April 2012, he was served as a founder of Hermes Growth Partners, Ltd. From January 2006 to July 2010, he served as Corporate Strategy Director and Internet Services Marketing Director of Vodafone Group PLC, a provider of mobile communications products and services. From 1994 to January 2006, Dr. Yerramilli-Rao served as a partner at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting company. He holds an M.A. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Cambridge and a D.Phil in Robotics from the University of Oxford.

Our board of directors believes that Dr. Yerramilli-Rao possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a director, including his experience as a private equity investor focusing on growth stage companies in the telecommunications and technology sectors and his professional experience as an executive of a telecommunications services provider.

Board Composition

Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which is currently composed of six members. Five of our directors are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE. All directors are elected to hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified. Officers are elected and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Staggered Board

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon completion of the offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will serve for a staggered, three-year term. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, a director in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Our board of directors will be designated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Vladimir Shmunis and Neil Williams will be Class I directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014;

 

  Ÿ  

Douglas Leone and David Weiden will be Class II directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015; and

 

  Ÿ  

Robert Theis and Bobby Yerramilli-Rao will be Class III directors, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

-110-


Table of Contents

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. See “Description of Capital Stock—Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Director Independence

Under the rules of the NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of the NYSE, a director is independent only if our board of directors makes an affirmative determination that the director has no material relationship with us.

In August 2013, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. The determination of our board of directors was based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. Our board of directors has determined that all of the members of our board of directors, except our chief executive officer, Vladimir Shmunis, are “independent directors” as defined in applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the NYSE rules.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. Prior to completion of this offering, our board of directors also intends to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish other committees from time to time. The charters for each of our committees will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting process and the audit of our financial statements and assists our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems and our legal and regulatory compliance. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing annually a report by the independent registered public accounting firm regarding the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality control procedures and various issues relating thereto;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

-111-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting with both management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns, including a confidential, anonymous mechanism for the submission of concerns by employees;

 

  Ÿ  

periodically reviewing legal compliance matters, including securities trading policies, periodically reviewing significant accounting and other financial risks or exposures to our company and reviewing and, if appropriate, approving all transactions between our company or its subsidiaries and any related party (as described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K);

 

  Ÿ  

periodically reviewing our code of business conduct and ethics;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies for the hiring of employees and former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules to be included in our annual proxy statement.

The audit committee has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Our audit committee is comprised of Robert Theis, Bobby Yerramilli-Rao and Neil Williams, who is the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has designated Neil Williams as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the rules of the SEC implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

Our board of directors has considered the independence and other characteristics of each member of our audit committee and has concluded that the composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current requirements of the NYSE and SEC rules and regulations. Audit committee members must satisfy additional independence criteria set forth under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of the Rule 10A-3, an audit committee member may not, other than in his capacity as a member of the audit committee, accept consulting, advisory or other fees from us or be an affiliated person of us. Each of the members of our audit committee qualifies as an independent director pursuant to Rule 10A-3.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and programs. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending policies, plans and programs relating to compensation and benefits of our directors, officers and employees;

 

  Ÿ  

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

  Ÿ  

annually evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and recommending the compensation of our chief executive officer to the board of directors for its approval;

 

  Ÿ  

administering our equity compensations plans for our employees and directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing for inclusion in our proxy statement the report of the compensation committee required by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

The compensation committee also has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Douglas Leone and Robert Theis, who is the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is an independent director for compensation committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of the NYSE, is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(d)(3) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee, or nominating committee, will oversee and assist our board of directors in reviewing and recommending corporate governance policies and nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees. The nominating committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees and changes to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and stockholder communications;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing succession planning for our chief executive officer and other executive officers and evaluating potential successors;

 

  Ÿ  

assessing the performance of board members and making recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments and composition and size of our board of directors and its committees;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending desired qualifications for board and committee membership and conducting searches for potential members of our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

evaluating and making recommendations regarding the creation of additional committees or the change in mandate or dissolution of committees;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and making recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines and compliance with laws and regulations; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving conflicts of interest of our directors and corporate officers, other than related party transactions reviewed by the audit committee.

The nominating committee will also have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties. It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.

Our nominating committee will be comprised of David Weiden and Douglas Leone, who will be the chairperson of the committee. Each of the nominating committee members will be an independent director for nominating committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of             .

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that is applicable to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive and senior financial officers. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at

 

-113-


Table of Contents

www.ringcentral.com . We expect that any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The inclusion of our website in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we did not have a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors for service as directors. From time to time, we have paid cash compensation or granted stock options to certain non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors. We also have reimbursed our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

The following table shows, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, certain information with respect to the compensation of all of our non-employee directors.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)
     Stock
Awards
($)
     Option
Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Mohan Gyani

     -         -         28,055 (2)       -         -         28,055   

Neil Williams

     -         -         81,156        -         -         81,156   

Joseph Kennedy (3)

     -         -         107,964        -         -         107,964   

 

(1) Amounts listed in this column represent the fair value of the awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 as of the grant date multiplied by the number of shares. See note 7 to the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value.
(2) Mr. Gyani resigned from our board of directors in August 2012. He received this option in connection with his services as an advisor subsequent to his resignation from our board of directors.
(3) Mr. Kennedy resigned as a member of our board of directors in August 2013.

In September 2013, our board of directors, after reviewing data provided by our independent compensation consulting firm, Compensia, regarding practices at comparable companies, adopted a compensation program for non-employee directors to attract, retain and reward its qualified directors and align the financial interests of the non-employee directors with those of our stockholders. Pursuant to this compensation program, each member of our board of directors who is not our employee will receive the following cash and equity compensation for board services. We also will continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings as well as continuing director education.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

Cash Compensation

Non-employee directors are entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services:

 

  Ÿ  

$25,000 per year for service as a board member;

 

  Ÿ  

$20,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee;

 

  Ÿ  

$10,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee;

 

  Ÿ  

$5,000 per year for service as chair of the nominating and governance committee;

 

  Ÿ  

$8,000 per year for service as member of the audit committee;

 

  Ÿ  

$4,000 per year for service as member of the compensation committee;

 

  Ÿ  

$2,000 per year for service as member of the nominating and governance committee.

All cash payments to non-employee directors are paid quarterly in arrears.

Equity Compensation

On the date of each annual meeting of stockholders beginning with the first annual meeting following this offering, each non-employee director will be granted an award of options or restricted stock units having an award value of $175,000 (as determined based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant), which award will vest in twelve equal monthly installments beginning on the first monthly anniversary after the grant date, but will vest fully on the date of the next annual meeting held after the date of grant if not fully vested on such date, in each case, subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a service provider through each vesting date. In the event of a change in control, 100% of the non-employee director’s outstanding and unvested equity awards will immediately vest and, if applicable, become exercisable. In no event will the award granted under the policy be greater than the non-employee director limits set forth in our 2013 Plan. In addition, our board of directors approved, effective on the effective date of this registration statement, a grant of stock options to each non-employee director with an award value of $87,500, which award will vest in six equal monthly installments beginning on the first monthly anniversary after the grant date, but which will vest fully on the date of the first annual meeting following this offering if not fully vested on such date, subject, in either case, to the non-employee director continuing to provide services to us through any vesting date.

 

-115-


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the two other most highly compensated individuals who served as our executive officers during the year ending December 31, 2012, or fiscal 2012. These individuals are listed in the “2012 Summary Compensation Table” below and are referred to as the named executive officers in this prospectus.

Our named executive officers for fiscal 2012 were:

 

  Ÿ  

Vladimir Shmunis, Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Kira Makagon, Executive Vice President, Innovation; and

 

  Ÿ  

Robert Lawson, Chief Financial Officer until August 2013* and currently Senior Vice President and Treasurer.

 

* Clyde Hosein became Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective August 2013.

2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during fiscal 2012.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)(2)
    Non-Equity
Incentive

Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
    All Other
Compensation

($)
    Total
($)
 

Vladimir Shmunis

    2012        325,000        20,313 (7)       3,166,531 (4)       126,140        -        3,637,984   

Chief Executive Officer

             

Kira Makagon (5)

    2012        104,167        8,250 (8)       2,070,073        44,375        -        2,226,865   

Executive Vice President, Innovation

             

Robert Lawson (6)

    2012        217,708        12,500 (7)       1,505,905        64,713        -        1,800,826   

Former Chief Financial Officer and current Senior Vice President and Treasurer

             

 

(1) The dollar amounts in this column represent the compensation cost for fiscal 2012 of stock option awards granted in fiscal 2012. These amounts have been calculated in accordance with FASB Statement No. 123 (revised) ASC Topic 718, “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123R, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Pursuant to SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Unless otherwise noted in the footnotes, the shares underlying these options vest over four years as follows: 25% of the shares vest one year following the vesting commencement date, with the remaining 75% of the shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years.
(3) Amounts in this column represent amounts earned pursuant to our Bonus Plan and bonuses approved by our board of directors for fiscal 2012. Amounts earned were paid quarterly, with such payments being made for the fiscal year 2012 in the quarter following the quarter in which the amount was earned.
(4) These shares underlying this option vest over three years as follows: 2.78% of the shares vest on the last day of each month commencing on January 31, 2013.
(5) Ms. Makagon joined us in August 2012.
(6) Mr. Lawson joined us in February 2012. In August 2013, Mr. Lawson resigned as our Chief Financial Officer and became our Senior Vice President and Treasurer.
(7) Based on our performance in the second quarter of 2012, the board approved a discretionary bonus for Vladimir Shmunis of $20,313 and a discretionary bonus for Robert Lawson of $12,500.
(8) The board approved a discretionary bonus of $8,250 for Kira Makagon for her services since joining our company, bringing her entire third quarter payments to an amount that would have been paid had she been employed by us during the entire quarter.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

We are committed to providing appropriate cash and equity incentives to our management, our other key employees and our directors and intend to compensate our executive officers and directors

 

-116-


Table of Contents

in a manner consistent with a group of public companies that our compensation committee determines is appropriate for compensation-setting purposes. Our compensation committee, in consultation with an independent compensation advisor, will review the compensation arrangements, including salary, bonus and equity compensation, of our executive officers and directors from time to time, and make adjustments, as it believes appropriate. In this regard, as we transition from a privately-held to publicly-traded company, the compensation committee may modify the compensation of our executive officers and directors for the 2014 fiscal year in a manner that is generally consistent with the compensation of executive officers and directors of a group of public companies that our compensation committee determines is appropriate for compensation-setting purposes. We do not believe that any such compensation adjustments will, in the aggregate, have a material effect on our financial position.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

In May 2012, our board of directors, in consultation with our CEO and management team, approved a Bonus Plan for making cash performance incentive awards to our executive officers, including our named executive officers. The materials terms of the Bonus Plan are described in the “Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans” section below.

For each of the first two quarters of fiscal 2012, the bonus pool under the Bonus Plan would fund based on our achievement against quarterly target levels of the following performance objectives (weighted 50% each): (i) revenues, and (ii) free cash flow. In September 2012, our board of directors amended the Bonus Plan with respect to the last two quarters of fiscal 2012, such that the bonus pool under the Bonus Plan would fund for each of these quarters based on our achievement against quarterly target levels of the following performance objectives (weighted 50% each): (i) revenues, and (ii) operating income (loss). The target levels for the last two quarters of fiscal 2012 were to be based on the amended operating plan for fiscal 2012 that our board of directors approved in August 2012.

For the bonus pool under the Bonus Plan to fund for a given quarter, we had to achieve at least 90% of the quarterly revenue target and (i) for quarters one and two, no more than 111.1% of the negative cash flow quarterly target or (ii) for quarters three and four, no more than 125% of the negative operating income (operating loss) target. The bonus pool would fund at up to 120% of target levels for achievement of 120% of target revenues and (i) for quarters one and two, 83.3% of target negative cash flow or (ii) for quarters three and four, 83.3% of target operating loss. If the achievement percentage of any of the performance objectives exceeded these levels, our board of directors reserved the discretion to adjust the bonus pool upwards.

Following the end of each quarter, our board of directors reviewed our financial performance against the approved performance objectives under the Bonus Plan and approved cash payments for each of our named executive officers that were equal to the following percentages of his or her quarterly target incentive compensation amounts: 100% (first quarter), 0% (second quarter), 100% (third quarter) and 110.5% (fourth quarter).

The total cash incentive payments paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2012 are described in the “Non-Equity Incentive Compensation” column of the 2012 Summary Compensation Table.

Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the same group insurance and employee benefit plans generally available to our other salaried employees in the U.S. These benefits include medical, dental, vision, and disability benefits and other plans and programs made available to other eligible employees. At this time, we do not provide special plans or programs for our named executive officers.

 

-117-


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of fiscal 2012.

 

     Option Awards  
     Grant Date      Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise

Price ($)
     Option
Expiration Date
 

Name

      Exercisable     Unexercisable       

Vladimir Shmunis

     1/19/2010         500,000        500,000 (1)     $ 1.10         1/19/2020   
     9/26/2012         890,000 (2)       0      $ 6.78         9/26/2022   

Kira Makagon

     8/2/2012         575,212 (3)       0      $ 6.78         8/2/2022   

Robert Lawson

     3/2/2012         575,212 (4)       0      $ 2.73         3/2/2022   

 

(1)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Shmunis’ continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4 th of the total shares each year, beginning on the one-year anniversary of January 1, 2010.

(2)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Shmunis’ continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/36 th of the total shares on January 31, 2013 and an additional 1/36 th of the total shares on the last day of each month thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

(3)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Ms. Makagon’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4 th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of August 1, 2012, with 1/48 th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

(4)

The shares underlying this option vest, subject to Mr. Lawson’s continued role as a service provider to us, as to 1/4 th of the total shares on the one-year anniversary of February 17, 2012, with 1/48 th of the total shares vesting monthly thereafter. All of the shares underlying this option were unvested as of December 31, 2012.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Vladimir Shmunis

We entered into an employment letter with Vladimir G. Shmunis, our Chief Executive Officer, dated September 13, 2013. Mr. Shmunis’ current base salary is $426,000, and he is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 75% of his base salary for the current fiscal year. The employment letter with Mr. Shmunis provides for a three-year employment term, and may be extended by mutual agreement at the end of the term, but either we or Mr. Shmunis may terminate the employment relationship with us at any time.

In addition, Mr. Shmunis is entitled under his employment letter to the following severance and change of control benefits upon certain qualifying terminations.

If prior to the period beginning three months prior to and ending 12 months after a change of control (such period, the “Change of Control Period”), Mr. Shmunis’ employment is terminated without “cause” (excluding by reason of death or “disability”) or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his change of control and severance agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits if he timely signs and does not revoke a release of claims:

 

  Ÿ  

continued payment of base salary for a period of 12 months; and

 

 

-118-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

payment by us for up to 12 months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents, or taxable monthly payments for the equivalent period in the event payment for COBRA premiums would violate applicable law.

If, within the Change of Control Period, his employment is terminated without cause (excluding by reason of death or “disability”) or he resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to the following benefits if he timely signs a release of claims:

 

  Ÿ  

a lump sum payment equal to (x) 18 months of his annual base salary, plus (y) 1.5x the greater of his target annual bonus for the year of the change of control or the year of his termination;

 

  Ÿ  

payment by us for up to 18 months of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents, or taxable monthly payments for the equivalent period in the event payment for COBRA premiums would violate applicable law; and

 

  Ÿ  

100% accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards.

In the event any of the amounts provided for under this letter or otherwise payable to Mr. Shmunis would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, Mr. Shmunis would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits under this letter or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to Mr. Shmunis. The letter does not require us to provide any tax gross-up payments.

Clyde Hosein

We entered into an executive employment offer letter with Clyde Hosein, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, dated August 7, 2013. The executive employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Hosein’s current base salary is $320,000, and he is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 75% of his base salary.

On August 22, 2013, Mr. Hosein was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our Class B common stock, all of which shares were vested as of the date of the grant. Mr. Hosein was also granted an option to purchase 768,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which vests over four years, with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to his continuous service with us through each vesting date. Both options were granted to Mr. Hosein with an exercise price equal to $12.86 per share.

In addition, under the terms of his offer letter and option agreement, in the event that we terminate Mr. Hosein within 60 days prior to a “change in control” (as such term is defined in his offer letter or option agreement) or he is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or within 12 months after the change in control, Mr. Hosein is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause,” death or disability, or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his offer letter and option agreement), and subject to his signing and not revoking a release of claims against us, then 50% of the then unvested shares subject to his options and other equity awards will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable for 90 days after his termination date.

In the event we terminate Mr. Hosein’s employment without “cause” or he voluntarily terminates for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his offer letter), he is eligible to receive (i) severance equal to three months of his base salary (or 12 months of his base salary if such termination occurs after our initial public offering), payable in equal semi-monthly installments and (ii) payment by us for up to three months of COBRA premiums (nine months of premiums if such termination occurs after an

 

-119-


Table of Contents

initial public offering by us) to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents, subject to his signing our standard separation and release agreement.

Kira Makagon

We entered into an executive employment offer letter with Kira Makagon, our Executive Vice President, Innovation, dated August 1, 2012. The executive employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Ms. Makagon’s current base salary is $270,000, and she is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of her base salary.

On August 2, 2012, Ms. Makagon was granted an option to purchase 575,212 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $6.78 per share, which vests over four years with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to her continuous service with us through each vesting date. This option was exercisable in full as of the date of grant.

In addition, under the terms of her offer letter and option agreement, in the event that we terminate Ms. Makagon within 60 days prior to a “change in control” (as such term is defined in her offer letter and option agreement) or she is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or within 12 months after the change in control, Ms. Makagon is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause,” death or disability, or she resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in her offer letter and option agreement), and subject to her signing and not revoking a release of claims against us, then 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable for 90 days after her termination date.

In the event we terminate Ms. Makagon’s employment without cause, she is eligible to receive severance equal to three months of her base salary payable in three equal monthly installments, subject to her signing our standard separation and release agreement.

Robert Lawson

We entered into an executive employment offer letter with Robert Lawson, formerly our Chief Financial Officer, and currently our Senior Vice President and Treasurer, dated January 12, 2012 and which was amended on August 15, 2013. The executive employment offer letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Lawson’s current base salary is $270,000, and he is eligible to earn an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of his base salary.

On March 2, 2012, Mr. Lawson was granted an option to purchase 575,212 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to $2.73 per share, which vests over four years with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining shares subject to the option vesting in equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to his continuous service with us through each vesting date. This option was exercisable in full as of the date of grant.

Under the terms of his offer letter and option agreement, in the event that we terminate Mr. Lawson within 60 days prior to a “change in control” (as defined in his option agreement) or he is not hired by the surviving or successor entity or within 12 months after the change in control, Mr. Lawson is terminated by the successor or surviving entity without “cause,” or by him for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his offer letter and option agreement), then 50% of the then unvested shares subject to the option will immediately vest in full on the termination date and be exercisable for 90 days after his termination date.

In the event we terminate Mr. Lawson’s employment without cause, he is eligible to receive severance equal to six months of his base salary payable in six equal monthly installments, subject to him signing our standard separation and release agreement.

 

-120-


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2013 Plan will be effective one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, but it is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2013 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    A total of 6,200,000 shares of our Class A common stock has been reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2013 Plan. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Plan will also include those shares returned to our 2010 Plan, as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2013 Plan is 7,800,000 shares). Any such shares returned to our 2010 Plan that had originally covered awards under our 2010 Plan as shares of Class B common stock will, under our 2013 Plan, become issuable instead as Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

6,200,000 shares of Class A common stock;

5.0% of the outstanding shares of all classes of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

If an award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program, or, with respect to restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units or performance shares, is forfeited to or repurchased due to failure to vest, the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) will become available for future grant or sale under the 2013 Plan. With respect to stock appreciation rights, the net shares issued will cease to be available under the 2013 Plan and all remaining shares will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2013 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2013 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

Plan Administration .    Our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors will administer the 2013 Plan. We anticipate that the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2013 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as ‘‘performance-based compensation’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more ‘‘outside directors’’ within the meaning of Section 162(m). In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2013 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer the 2013 Plan, including but not limited to, the power to interpret the terms of the 2013 Plan and awards granted under it, to create,

 

-121-


Table of Contents

amend and revoke rules relating to the 2013 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator will also have the authority to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards of the same type which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms, awards of a different type or cash.

Stock Options .    Stock options may be granted under the 2013 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under our 2013 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed 10 years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed 5 years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will determine the other terms of options.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights may not have a term exceeding 10 years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will determine the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock .    Restricted stock may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, will determine the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units .    Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share

 

-122-


Table of Contents

of our Class A common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares .    Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2013 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the grant date. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors .    Our 2013 Plan will provide that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2013 Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under the 2013 Plan. Our 2013 Plan will provide that in any given year, a non-employee director will not receive (i) cash-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with her or her initial service; and (ii) stock-settled awards having a grant date fair value greater than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with her or her initial service, in each case, as determined under generally accepted accounting procedures.

Non-Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2013 Plan generally will not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the Plan or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2013 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control .    Our 2013 Plan will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2013 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a change of control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately

 

-123-


Table of Contents

exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Amendment, Termination .    The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2013 Plan will automatically terminate in 2023, unless we terminate it sooner.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2010 Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in September 2010. Following the completion of this offering, no additional awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan. However, the 2010 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding stock options previously granted under the 2010 Plan.

As of June 30, 2013, under the 2010 Plan, options to purchase 476,527 shares of our Class B common stock had been exercised, options to purchase 6,005,875 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding and 621,278 shares of our Class B common stock remained available for future grant. The options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 had a weighted-average exercise price of $6.22 per share.

Our board of directors currently administers the 2010 Plan. The administrator is authorized to interpret the provisions of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements, and generally take any other actions that are contemplated by the 2010 Plan or necessary or appropriate in the administration of the 2010 Plan and individual award agreements. All decisions of the administrator are final and binding on all persons. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, promissory note, shares or other property acceptable to the administrator. Subject to the provisions of the 2010 Plan, the administrator determines the remaining terms of the options.

The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2010 Plan is 10 years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% stockholders under of 2010 Plan is five years. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for 30 days following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options and only the recipient of an option may exercise an option during his or her lifetime.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the exercise price or the number or type of shares covered by each option. The administrator may also provide for cash payments, or for the exchange of outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan for other awards in such circumstances, such as by conversion, assumption, or substitution of an option for another company’s options on a ratio corresponding to the terms of a merger or other reorganization.

Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding option will be treated as the administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for

 

-124-


Table of Contents

any outstanding option, then such option will fully vest, all restrictions on such option will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such option will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such option will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The option will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend the 2010 Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant.

2003 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2003 Plan in January 2003. In connection with the adoption of our 2010 Plan, our 2003 Plan was terminated in September 2010. Following the termination of our 2003 Plan, we did not grant any additional awards under the 2003 Plan, but the 2003 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

Our board of directors administers the 2003 Plan. Currently, our board of directors administers the 2003 Plan and has all power of the plan administrator in accordance with the 2003 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2003 Plan, the administrator has the power to construe and interpret the 2003 Plan, any award agreement, and any other document executed pursuant to the 2003 Plan. The administrator may make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2003 Plan.

As of June 30, 2013, under the 2003 Plan, options to purchase 3,330,077 shares of our Class B common stock had been exercised, and options to purchase 3,737,232 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding. The options outstanding as of June 30, 2013 had a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share.

The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2003 Plan is 10 years. However, the maximum permitted term of options granted to 10% stockholders under of 2003 Plan is five years. The administrator determines the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which could include cash, check, cancellation of indebtedness, surrender of other shares, waiver of compensation due or accrued for services rendered, tender of property, “same day sale” commitment, “margin” commitment, or any combination of the foregoing. After the termination of service of an employee, director, consultant, or advisor, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Our 2003 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, and only the recipient of an option may exercise such option during his or her lifetime.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2003 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2003 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding option.

Our 2003 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or certain other corporate transactions described in the 2003 Plan, each outstanding opinion will be assumed or substituted for an equivalent option. In the event that options are not assumed or substituted for, then the options will expire on such transaction at such time and on such conditions as our board of directors will determine.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the ESPP will become effective after the completion of this offering.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,250,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock has been reserved made available for sale pursuant to the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP will provide for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2014, equal to the lesser of:

1,250,000 shares of Class A common stock;

1% of the outstanding shares of all classes of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Plan Administration.      Our compensation committee will administer the ESPP. The administrator will have authority to administer the plan, including but not limited to, full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP, determining eligibility to participate subject to the conditions of our ESPP as described below, and to establish procedures for plan administration necessary for the administration of the Plan, including creating sub-plans.

Eligibility.     Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, initially only employees employed with us or any participating subsidiary in the U.S. will be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

  Ÿ  

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year in which the option is outstanding.

Offering Periods.     Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code, and will provide for six-month offering periods. The offering periods will generally start on the first trading day on or after May 11 and November 11 of each year and end on the first trading day on or after November 10 and May 10, respectively, except that the first offering period will commence on the first trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will end on May 10, 2014. The administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

Payroll Deductions.     Our ESPP will permit participants to purchase Class A Common Stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, which will include a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, commissions, overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of 3,000 shares during an offering period.

Exercise of Option.     Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant will be used to purchase shares of our Class A Common Stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The purchase price of the shares will be 90% of the lower of the fair market value of our Class A Common Stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock. Participation will end automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability.     A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

Merger or Change in Control.     In the event of our merger or change in control, as will be defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment, Termination.     Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2033, unless we terminate it sooner. The administrator will have the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our ESPP.

Bonus Plan

Our Bonus Plan was adopted by our board of directors in May 2012. The Bonus Plan allows our board of directors or its committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our board of directors or its compensation committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our board of directors, or its committee, determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, the attainment of research and development milestones, sales bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead and other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenues, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total stockholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures. The performance goals may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our board of directors, or its committee, may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion of our board of directors or its committee. Our board of directors, or its committee, may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the last day of the performance period. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in the Bonus Plan.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to participate in the

 

-127-


Table of Contents

401(k) plan following the date they meet the plan’s eligibility requirements, and participants are able to defer a percentage of their eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code and plan limits. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. The 401(k) plan permits us to make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, although we have not made any such contributions to date. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

Limitation of Officer and Director Liability and Indemnification Arrangements

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation will not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions

 

-128-


Table of Contents

and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

-129-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

  Ÿ  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 in any one fiscal year; and

 

  Ÿ  

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In October 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,030,871 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $3.29938, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,999,995.21. The following table summarizes purchases of our Series C preferred stock by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series C
Preferred
Stock (#)
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Entities Affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1) .

     303,087         999,999.20   

 

(1) Affiliates of Sequoia Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Sequoia Capital XII, L.P., Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. Mr. Leone, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of Sequoia Capital.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In August and September 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,736,598 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $6.02551, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,463,888.61. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series D preferred stock by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock (#)
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Scale Venture Partners III, L.P. (1)

     1,659,610         9,999,996.65   

 

(1) Mr. Theis, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director of Scale Venture Partners, an affiliate of Scale Venture Partners III, L.P.

 

-130-


Table of Contents

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In November 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,096,837 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $9.687299, for an aggregate purchase price of $29,999,985.98. The following table summarizes purchases of shares of our Series E preferred stock by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock (#)
     Total
Purchase
Price ($)
 

Turl Investments, Ltd. (1)

     1,548,419         14,999,997.83   

 

(1) Dr. Yerramilli-Rao, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Turl Investments, Ltd.

Investor Rights Agreement

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides, among other things, that holders of our preferred stock, including stockholders affiliated with some of our directors, have the right to request that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Voting Agreement

We are party to a voting agreement which provides, among other things, that certain holders of more than 5% of our common stock have the right to designate certain members of our board of directors. Under our currently effective certificate of incorporation, the holders of preferred stock have the right to designate three members of our board of directors. Under the voting agreement, each of Khosla Ventures and Sequoia Capital (and their respective affiliates) have the right to designate one such preferred-designated director, which seats are currently occupied by David Weiden and Douglas Leone, respectively. The third preferred-designated seat is designated by preferred stockholders representing a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, which seat is currently occupied by Bobby Yerramilli-Rao.

Under our currently effective certificate of incorporation, the holders of common stock have the right to designate four members of our board of directors. Vladimir Shmunis, our Chief Executive Officer, is affiliated with entities that collectively hold a substantial portion of our outstanding shares of common stock. These entities affiliated with Mr. Shmunis, together with several of our other major holders of common stock, are parties to the voting agreement. As a result of the voting agreement and the holdings of common stock of the Shmunis-affiliated entities, Mr. Shmunis has the ability to appoint all such common-designated directors. Robert Theis, Neil Williams and Mr. Shmunis currently occupy three of these four seats. The fourth seat is currently vacant.

This voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Each of these directors will continue to serve as a member of our board of directors after this offering.

Business Arrangement with the Law Offices of Daniel Leer

In April 2010, we entered into a business arrangement with the Law Offices of Daniel Leer for the provision of various legal services by Anna Kogan, Mr. Shmunis’ sister. Ms. Kogan served as “of counsel” to the Law Offices of Daniel Leer. Pursuant to our prior arrangement, we paid the Law Offices

 

-131-


Table of Contents

of Daniel Leer a consulting fee in the amount of $12,000 per month, which Ms. Kogan received. This arrangement was terminated effective as of December 31, 2011.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We plan to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 31, 2013 and as adjusted to reflect the shares of Class A common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us and the sale of 80,000 shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders, by:

 

  Ÿ  

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

all selling stockholders, which consist of the entities and individuals shown as having shares listed in the column “Number of Shares Being Offered.”

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options and warrants held by the respective person or group which may be exercised or converted within 60 days after August 31, 2013. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2013 are included for that person or group but not the stock options or warrants of any other person or group. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all securities that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, based on the information supplied to us by or on behalf of the selling stockholders, no selling stockholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering is based on no shares of our Class A common stock and 53,679,238 shares of Class B common stock outstanding at August 31, 2013, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock on a one-for-one basis into 30,368,527 shares of Class B common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that 7,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and 53,599,238 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering.

 

-133-


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering +
    Number of
Shares
Being
Offered
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering +
 
    Class A     Class B     % of
Total
Voting
Power †
      Class A     Class B     % of
Total
Voting
Power †
 
               
               
    Shares       %       Shares       %           Shares       %       Shares       %      

5% Stockholders:

                     

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital (1)

    -        *        9,191,963        17.1        17.1        -        -        *        9,191,963        17.1        16.9   

Entities affiliated with Vladimir Shmunis (2)

    -        *        10,817,342        19.6        19.6        -        -        *        10,817,342        19.6        19.3   

Entities affiliated with Khosla Ventures (3)

    -        *        8,961,322        16.7        16.7        -        -        *        8,961,322        16.7        16.5   

Vlad Vendrow (4)

    -        *        4,911,860        9.1        9.1        -        -        *        4,911,860        9.1        9.0   

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures (5)

    -        *        4,116,401        7.7        7.7        -        -        *        4,116,401        7.7        7.6   

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                     

Vladimir Shmunis (2)

    -        *        10,817,342        19.6        19.6        -        -        *        10,817,342        19.6        19.3   

Clyde Hosein (6)

    -        *        793,000        1.5        1.5        -        -        *        793,000        1.5        1.4   

Kira Makagon (7)

    -        *        595,212        1.1        1.1        -        -        *        595,212        1.1        1.1   

Robert Lawson (8)

    -        *        575,212        1.1        1.1        -        -        *        575,212        1.1        1.0   

Douglas M. Leone (9)

    -        *        9,191,963        17.1        17.1        -        -        *        9,191,963        17.1        16.9   

Robert Theis (10)

    -        *        1,659,610        3.1        3.1        -        -        *        1,659,610        3.1        3.1   

David Weiden (11)

    -        *        8,851,669        16.5        16.5        -        -        *        8,851,669        16.5        16.3   

Neil Williams (12 )

    -        *        11,875        *        *        -        -        *        11,875        *        *   

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao

    -        *        -        *        *        -        -        *        -        *        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (13)

        34,947,006        59.6        59.6              34,947,006        59.7        59.0   

Selling Stockholders:

                     

David Slonimsky (14)

    -        *        1,436,501        2.7        2.7        50,000        -        *        1,386,501        2.6        2.5   

All Other Selling Stockholders as a group (1 person) (15)

    -        *        103,228        *        *        30,000        -        *        73,228        *        *   

 

(+) Certain options to purchase shares of our capital stock included in this table are early exercisable, and to the extent such shares are unvested as of a given date, such shares will remain subject to a right of repurchase held by us.
(†) Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”
(*) Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.
(1) Consists of (i) 8,032,857 shares held of record by Sequoia Capital XII, L.P.; (ii) 858,529 shares held of record by Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC; and (iii) 300,577 shares held of record by Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. SC XII Management, LLC is the general partner of each of Sequoia Capital XII, L.P. and Sequoia Technology Partners XII, L.P. and is the managing member of Sequoia Capital XII Principals Fund, LLC (collectively referred to as the “Sequoia Capital Entities”). The managing members of SC XII Management, LLC are Michael Goguen, Douglas Leone, Michael Moritz, James Goetz and Roelof Botha. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, each of the managing members of SC XII Management, LLC may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital Entities. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The address for each of the entities identified in this footnote is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Suite 4-250, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2) Consists of (i) 8,357,342 shares held of record by ELCA Fund I, L.P.; (ii) 410,000 shares held of record by ELCA Fund II, L.P.; (iii) 410,000 shares held of record by ELCA Fund III, L.P.; (iv) 750,000 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, all of which are vested and (v) 890,000 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, of which 222,499 shares are vested. Each of the ELCA funds may be deemed to be indirectly controlled jointly by Vladimir Shmunis, our CEO and Chairman of the board of directors, and Sandra Shmunis, Mr. Shmunis’ wife. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Mr. and Mrs. Shmunis may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the ELCA funds. The address for these entities is c/o RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Boulevard, 7th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404.

 

-134-


Table of Contents
(3) Consists of (i) 8,456,181 shares held of record by Khosla Ventures II, L.P.; (ii) 109,653 shares held of record by VK Services, LLC; and (iii) 395,488 shares held by certain current and former employees of Khosla Ventures over which Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC holds voting and investment control (collectively referred to as the “Khosla Affiliated Entities”). Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC is the general partner of Khosla Ventures II, L.P., VK Services, LLC is the sole manager of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC and Vinod Khosla is the managing member of VK Services, LLC. The members, or affiliates of members, of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC who directly hold shares of capital stock of the Registrant have granted Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC voting and investment power with respect to such shares. Mr. Khosla, VK Services, LLC and Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and the shares held by members or affiliates of members of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC. Mr. Khosla, VK Services, LLC and Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and the shares held by members, or affiliates of members, of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC, except to the extent to which they each hold voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares. The address for Khosla Ventures II, L.P. is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 170, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(4) Consists of (i) 4,296,673 shares held of record by Mr. Vendrow; (ii) 183,000 shares held of record by his children; and (iii) 432,187 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, 360,311 of which are vested. Mr. Vendrow may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by him and by his children.
(5) Consists of (i) 2,349,436 shares held of record by DAG Ventures III-QP, L.P.; (ii) 1,543,651 shares held of record by DAG Ventures I-N, LLC; (iii) 220,999 shares held of record by DAG Ventures III, L.P.; and (iv) 2,315 shares held of record by DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC. The address for these entities is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(6) Consists of 793,000 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, of which 25,000 shares are vested.
(7) Consists of (i) 20,000 shares held of record by Ms. Makagon and (ii) 575,212 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, of which 167,770 shares are vested.
(8) Consists of 575,212 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, of which 239,691 shares are vested.
(9) Consists of the shares listed in footnote (1) above which are held by the Sequoia Capital Entities. Mr. Leone, one of our directors, is a managing member of SC XII Management, LLC and therefore may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital Entities. Mr. Leone expressly disclaims any such beneficial ownership.
(10) Consists of 1,659,610 shares held by Scale Venture Partners III, LP, or Scale. Mr. Theis, one of our directors, is one of the managing members of Scale Venture Management III, LLC, the ultimate general partner of Scale. Robert Theis, Stacey Bishop, Kate Mitchell and Rory O’Driscoll are the managing members of Scale Venture Management III, LLC and share voting and investment authority over such shares, and may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Scale. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. The address for these entities is 950 Tower Lane, Suite 700, Foster City, CA 94404.
(11) Consists of (i) 8,456,181 shares held of record by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and (ii) 395,488 shares held by certain current and former employees of Khosla Ventures over which Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC holds voting and investment control, including 97,955 shares held by Mr. Weiden. Mr. Weiden, one of our directors, is a member of Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Khosla Ventures II, L.P. and the shares over which Khosla Ventures Associates II, LLC holds voting and investment control. Mr. Weiden expressly disclaims any such beneficial ownership.
(12) Consists of 11,875 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, all of which are vested.
(13) Consists of (i) 30,025,584 shares beneficially owned by our current directors and officers, of which 17,339 shares may be repurchased by us at the original exercise price within 60 days of August 31, 2013; and (ii) 4,921,422 shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, of which 1,675,977 shares are vested.
(14) Consists of (i) 1,315,001 shares held of record by Mr. Slonimsky and (ii) 121,500 shares issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2013, all of which are vested.
(15) Represents shares beneficially held by one selling stockholder who is a current employee of the Company and beneficially owns less than 1% of the outstanding Class B common stock prior to this offering.

 

-135-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A and Class B common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences, and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

  Ÿ  

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

250,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

100,000,000 are designated as preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2013, we had 53,298,648 shares of Class B common stock outstanding, held by approximately 116 stockholders of record, assuming the conversion of all 22,930,121 shares of common stock outstanding and all 30,368,527 shares of preferred stock outstanding into shares of our Class B common stock which will occur upon the completion of this offering. We also had (1) outstanding options to acquire 9,743,107 shares of common stock held by employees, directors and consultants, all of which will become options to acquire an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (2) outstanding warrants to purchase 110,000 shares of common stock, which will become warrants to purchase an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering and (3) outstanding warrants to purchase 260,159 shares of preferred stock, which will become warrants to purchase an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock, immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Class A and Class B Common Stock

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for two classes of common stock: Class A and Class B common stock.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have identical rights, provided however that, except as otherwise expressly provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders, holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except that there will be a separate vote of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as a separate classes in the following circumstances:

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to amend our certificate of incorporation (i) to increase or decrease the par value of the shares of any class of our capital stock or (ii) to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the shares of a class of our common stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

-136-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our common stock differently with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our stock paid or distributed by us;

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our common stock differently with respect to any subdivision or combination of the shares of a class of our common stock; or

 

  Ÿ  

if we propose to treat the shares of a class of our common stock differently in connection with a change of control with respect to any consideration into which the shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to our stockholders.

Under our certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering, we may not increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting together as a single class.

Under our certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, we may not issue any shares of Class B common stock, other than upon exercise of options, warrants, or similar rights to acquire common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the offering and in connection with stock dividends and similar transactions, unless that issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock.

We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our certificate of incorporation.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise expressly provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation those described below.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of our capital stock paid or distributed by us, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class. In the event a dividend or distribution is paid in the form of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock or rights to acquire shares of such stock, the holders of Class A common stock shall receive Class A common stock, or rights to acquire Class A common stock, as the case may be, and the holders of Class B common stock shall receive Class B common stock, or rights to acquire Class B common stock, as the case may be.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities and the liquidation preferences and any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Change of Control Transactions

Upon (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (B) the consummation of a merger, reorganization, consolidation or share transfer which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of our voting securities or the voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity or (C) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of our outstanding voting stock (or the outstanding voting stock of the surviving or acquiring entity), the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common Stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting separately as a class.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each voting as a separate class.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon (i) the date specified by affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 67% of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock or (ii) any transfer, whether or not for value, except for certain transfers described in our certificate of incorporation, including, without limitation, transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder of Class B common stock continues to hold exclusive voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

Upon the death of a holder of Class B common stock who is a natural person, the Class B common stock held by that person or his or her permitted estate planning entities will convert automatically into Class A common stock; provided, however, that Vladimir Shmunis and Vlad Vendrow, our two founders, may transfer voting control of shares of Class B common stock to another Class B stockholder contingent or effective upon his death or permanent incapacity without triggering a conversion to Class A common stock, provided that the shares of Class B common stock so transferred shall convert to Class A common stock nine months after the death of the transferring stockholder.

In addition, with respect to each holder of Class B common stock, all of such holder’s shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on the seven-year anniversary of the closing date of this offering; provided that any such holder’s Class B common stock will not automatically convert into Class A common stock, notwithstanding the seven-year automatic conversion provision, and such holder will continue to be deemed to hold Class B common stock, as long as such holder continues to beneficially own a number of shares of Class B common stock equal to more than 50% of the number of shares of Class B common stock that such holder beneficially owned immediately prior to completion of this offering.

 

-138-


Table of Contents

Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

All outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert into Class A common stock on the date on which the number of outstanding shares of Class B common stock represents less than 10% of the aggregate combined number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. After such conversion, no further shares of Class B common stock will be issued.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2013, there were 30,368,527 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock will convert into one share of our Class B common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of              shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2013, we had the following warrants outstanding:

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.05 per share, which expires in January 2015;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.72 per share, which expires in December 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 71,499 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.097913 per share, which expires in February 2019;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 48,493 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $3.29938 per share based upon the amount advanced under the terms of our growth capital loan with Silicon Valley Bank, which expires in October 2020;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 49,788 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.0255 per share, which must either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 57,187 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.0255 per share, which must either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and which warrant may be exercisable for additional shares based upon the amount advanced under the terms of our equipment financing loan with TriplePoint Capital LLC; and

 

  Ÿ  

a warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.0255 per share, which must either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

-139-


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, each of the outstanding shares of common stock, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred warrants shall become exercisable for the same number of shares of Class B common stock.

All of these warrants have a net exercise provision under which its holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our preferred stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Each warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Certain of the holders of the shares issuable upon exercise of our warrants are entitled to some of the registration rights with respect to such shares as described in greater detail under the heading “Registration Rights.”

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These rights are provided under the terms of an investors’ rights agreement between us and certain holders of these shares, and include demand registration rights, short form registration rights and piggyback registration rights.

These registration rights will expire five years following the completion of this offering. We will pay all the registration expenses of the holders of the shares registered (excluding the S-3 registration expenses incurred after the first two S-3 registrations effected) pursuant to the registrations described below. However, with certain exceptions, if the registration request is withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the registrable securities to be registered, we will not pay the registration expenses. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. In connection with the completion of this offering, each stockholder that has registration rights agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See the section titled “Underwriters” for additional information.

Demand Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 31,816,627 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 119,992 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. Six months after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of these shares then outstanding can request that we register, at our expense, the offer and sale of their shares (or a lesser percentage if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $20 million). We are required to effect only two registrations for these stockholders pursuant to this provision of the investors’ rights agreement. If we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

The holders of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a

 

-140-


Table of Contents

fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, are entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than with respect to a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities, or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis, or their permitted transferees, are also currently entitled to short-form registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the reasonably anticipated aggregate gross proceeds of the shares offered would equal or exceed $1 million. These holders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on Form S-3; however, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the 12-month period preceding the date of the request. Additionally, if we determine that it would be materially detrimental to our stockholders to effect such a registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12-month period, for a period of up to 120 days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights described above will survive our initial public offering and will terminate as to any stockholder at such time as all of such stockholders’ securities (together with any affiliate of the stockholder with whom such stockholder must aggregate its sales) could be sold in a 90-day period without compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144, but in any event no later than the five-year anniversary of our initial public offering.

Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for a board of directors comprised of three classes of directors, with each class serving a three-year term beginning and ending in different years than those of the other two classes. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, provide that, once our outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock, all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only the majority of our

 

-141-


Table of Contents

whole board of directors, chair of the board of directors or our chief executive officer may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Action

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders will be able to take action by written consent. When the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of common stock, our stockholders will no longer be able to take action by written consent, and will only be able to take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders.

As described above in “—Class A and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights,” our certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, further provides for a dual class common stock structure, which provides our founders, current investors, executives and employees with significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets.

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and require a supermajority stockholder vote for the rescission, alteration, amendment or repeal of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws by stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that vacancies occurring on our board of directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of our board of directors. Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting, supermajority stockholder voting requirements, the ability of the board to fill vacancies and the advance notice provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions, including the dual class structure of our common stock, may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

-142-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its phone number is (877) 373-6374.

Listing

We have applied to have our shares of Class A common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RNG.”

 

-143-


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock, and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our Class A common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013, upon completion of this offering, 7,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and 53,248,648 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us, no exercise of outstanding options and the conversion of the shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering into shares of Class A common stock. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of Class B common stock outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock (i.e. which will equal approximately 75,000 shares immediately after this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us, based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013) or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock reported through the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements, and the availability of current public information about us.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and executive officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions and under certain conditions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of 31,956,794 shares of our Class B common stock, including certain holders of warrants exercisable for 260,159 shares of our Class B common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Equity Plans

Following this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Equity Incentive Plans.”

 

-145-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any estate and gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S., partnerships or other pass-through entities, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock and persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our Class A common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning and disposing of our Class A common stock.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

-146-


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust (1) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

We do not currently intend to make distributions on our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in the Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable form), including a U.S. taxpayer identification number, that certifies such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. For these purposes, Treasury Regulations or the applicable treaty will provide rules to determine whether dividends paid to an entity should be treated as paid to the entity or the entity’s owners. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on the Class A common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable form).

Any dividends paid on our Class A common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.) generally will not be subject to withholding tax, but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in much the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

-147-


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and certain legislation relating to foreign accounts, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.;

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

  Ÿ  

our Class A common stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition of, or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as to which there can be no assurance, such Class A common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends on our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Information reporting and backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate generally will apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information

 

-148-


Table of Contents

reporting and backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Legislation enacted in 2010, which is commonly referred to as “FATCA,” generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity (or that the entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners). Final regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury provide for certain transition rules under which the obligation to withhold would apply to dividends paid on our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in Class A our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our Class A common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable law.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     7,500,000   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below, unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters will have an option to buy up to an additional 1,125,000 shares from us. They will be able to exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,125,000 additional shares from us.

Paid by the Company

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, we and they

 

-150-


Table of Contents

will not dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “RNG.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

We and the selling stockholders estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $3.5 million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses incurred by them in connection with the offering in an amount up to $20,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

We and the selling stockholders will agree to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future provide a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant

 

-152-


Table of Contents

implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

-154-


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

-155-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, is representing the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of RingCentral, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee. Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of these filings, at no cost, by mail to: RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, California 94404, Attention: Corporate Secretary; http://www.ringcentral.com.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with such requirements, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities, and web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.

 

-156-


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

RingCentral, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of RingCentral, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RingCentral, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

LOGO

Santa Clara, California

June 21, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

 

    December 31,     June 30,
2013
    Pro Forma
Shareholders’
Deficit
June 30, 2013
 
    2011     2012      
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,577      $ 37,864      $ 19,366     

Accounts receivable, net

    434        2,690        1,962     

Inventory

    1,602        833        1,150     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,228        3,408        6,934     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    16,841        44,795        29,412     

Property and equipment, net

    9,293        17,008        17,050     

Other assets

    1,228        1,551        2,038     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 27,362      $ 63,354      $ 48,500     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 5,962      $ 4,553      $ 5,140     

Accrued liabilities

    6,005        21,487        23,891     

Current portion of capital lease obligation

    362        312        329     

Current portion of long-term debt

    617        7,636        9,121     

Deferred revenue

    9,042        11,291        13,707     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    21,988        45,279        52,188     

Long-term debt

    -        12,428        10,795     

Sales tax liability

    3,491        3,877        4,003     

Capital lease obligation

    -        703        481     

Other long-term liabilities

    431        996        1,758     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    25,910        63,283        69,225     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

       

Shareholders’ equity (deficit):

       

Convertible preferred stock, no par value; 28,165, 32,294 and 32,294 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); 27,272, 30,369 and 30,369 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); aggregate liquidation preference of $44,496, $74,496 and $74,496 at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    44,109        74,020        74,020        -   

Common stock, no par value; 60,000, 65,000 and 65,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); 22,210, 22,694 and 22,930 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), actual; $0.0001 par value 53,299 shares issued and outstanding, $0.0001 par value pro forma (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -   

Additional paid-in capital

    5,630        9,793        12,634        86,654   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (20     (85     159        159   

Accumulated deficit

    (48,267     (83,657     (107,538     (107,538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    1,452        71        (20,725     (20,725
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 27,362      $ 63,354      $ 48,500     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues:

         

Services

   $ 46,385       $ 71,915       $ 105,693       $ 47,699       $ 66,744   

Product

    3,837        6,962        8,833        4,115        6,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    50,222        78,877        114,526        51,814        73,229   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

         

Services

    17,915        26,475        36,215        17,119        22,098   

Product

    4,537        6,523        8,688        4,182        6,301   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    22,452        32,998        44,903        21,301        28,399   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    27,770        45,879        69,623        30,513        44,830   

Operating expenses:

         

Research and development

    7,208        12,199        24,450        11,037        16,110   

Sales and marketing

    22,922        34,550        54,566        25,844        33,466   

General and administrative

    4,934        12,969        24,434        12,079        17,781   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    35,064        59,718        103,450        48,960        67,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (7,294     (13,839     (33,827     (18,447     (22,527

Other income (expense), net:

         

Interest expense

    (184     (158     (1,503     (230     (1,227

Other income (expense), net

    172        109        32        (28     (247
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (12     (49     (1,471     (258     (1,474
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (7,306     (13,888     (35,298     (18,705     (24,001

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    1        15        92        33        (120
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,307    $ (13,903    $ (35,390    $ (18,738    $ (23,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share:

         

Basic and diluted

  ($ 0.35   ($ 0.64   ($ 1.58   ($ 0.84   ($ 1.05
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing net loss per share:

         

Basic and diluted

    20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proforma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

       $ (0.67      $ (0.45
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share (unaudited):

         

Basic and diluted

        52,722          53,068   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881

Other comprehensive loss:

          

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

     -        (20     (65     6        244   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,923   $ (35,455   $ (18,732   $ (23,637
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Shareholders’

Equity  (Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    22,504      $ 23,854        20,748      $ -      $ 2,483      $ -      $ (27,057   $ (720

Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options

    -        -        442        -        246        -        -        246   

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $130)

    3,031        9,870        -        -        -        -        -        9,870   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        -        -        820        -        -        820   

Net loss

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (7,307     (7,307
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    25,535        33,724        21,190        -        3,549        -        (34,364     2,909   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options

    -        -        1,020        -        893        -        -        893   

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $79)

    1,737        10,385        -        -        -        -        -        10,385   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        -        -        1,188        -        -        1,188   

Other comprehensive loss

    -        -        -        -        -        (20     -        (20

Net loss

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (13,903     (13,903
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    27,272        44,109        22,210        -        5,630        (20     (48,267     1,452   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise and early exercise of stock options

    -        -        484        -        419        -        -        419   

Issuance of preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement

    -        -        -        -        169        -        -        169   

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $89)

    3,097        29,911        -        -        -        -        -        29,911   

Reclassification of preferred stock warrant

    -        -        -        -        473        -        -        473   

Share-based compensation

    -        -        -        -        3,102        -        -        3,102   

Other comprehensive loss

    -        -        -        -        -        (65     -        (65

Net loss

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (35,390     (35,390
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    30,369        74,020        22,694        -        9,793        (85     (83,657     71   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

    -        -        236        -        505        -        -        505   

Share-based compensation (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -        2,336        -        -        2,336   

Other comprehensive income (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -        -        244        -        244   

Net loss (unaudited)

    -        -        -        -        -        -        (23,881     (23,881
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

    30,369      $ 74,020        22,930      $ -      $ 12,634      $ 159      $ (107,538   $ (20,725
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

         

Net loss

  $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    1,270        3,546        6,191        2,656        4,351   

Share-based compensation

    820        1,188        3,102        1,215        2,336   

Deferred income tax

    -        (19     (56     -        (45

Noncash interest expense related to warrants issued in connection with debt agreements

    -        -        265        31        158   

Loss on disposal of assets

    88        -        26        26        -   

Changes in assets and liabilities

         

Accounts receivable

    (195     (239     (2,256     (486     728   

Inventory

    (161     (1,442     769        79        (318

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (827     189        (2,022     (1,848     (2,055

Other assets

    117        (312     (366     (266     (58

Accounts payable

    1,406        2,193        (1,392     (3,122     133   

Accrued liabilities

    1,585        2,597        12,898        9,427        3,254   

Deferred revenue

    1,988        2,526        2,248        1,747        2,416   

Other liabilities

    602        2,897        968        383        624   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (614     (779     (15,015     (8,896     (12,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Purchases of property and equipment

    (4,424     (6,664     (10,172     (5,563     (5,951

Restricted investments

    (340     -        -        -        (130
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (4,764     (6,664     (10,172     (5,563     (6,081
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Net proceeds from debt agreements

    2,500        -        24,538        14,969        3,655   

Repayment of debt

    (878     (1,005     (5,356     (1,694     (3,961

Repayment of capital lease obligations

    (139     (310     (675     (346     (206

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

    9,870        10,385        29,911        -        -   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock warrants

    -        -        501        381        265   

Payment of deferred initial public offering costs

    -        -        -        -        (232

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and common stock warrants

    360        817        556        360        429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    11,713        9,887        49,475        13,670        (50
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    -        (4     (1     (2     (10

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    6,335        2,440        24,287        (791     (18,498

Cash and cash equivalents:

         

Beginning of period

    4,802        11,137        13,577        13,577        37,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

  $ 11,137      $ 13,577      $ 37,864      $ 12,786      $ 19,366   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow data:

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 114      $ 117      $ 791      $ 129      $ 685   

Cash paid for income taxes

    1        1        64        54        31   

Noncash financing activities:

         

Change in liability for unvested exercise options

  $ 115      $ 181      $ 20      $ (2   $ 76   

Reclassification of preferred stock warrants from liability to equity

    -        -        473        -        -   

Deferred debt issuance cost recorded in connection with issuance of preferred stock warrants

    -        -        122        122        -   

Accrued liability for deferred initial public offering costs

    -        -        -        -        1,238   

Equipment purchased and unpaid at period end

    1,410        271        2,700        347        1,141   

Equipment purchased under capital lease

    989        -        1,329        1,329        -   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business

RingCentral, Inc. (“the Company”) is a provider of software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) solutions for business communications. The Company was incorporated in California in 1999 and is headquartered in San Mateo, California.

Basis of Presentation and Liquidity

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. As the Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“the JOBS Act”), the Company can delay the adoption of new accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to privately held companies. However, the Company has elected to comply with all new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth publicly held companies. Under the JOBS Act, such election is irrevocable.

The Company has funded its operations through preferred stock financings with net proceeds totaling $74,020 through June 30, 2013, sales to customers and debt financing under its credit agreements. However, the Company has historically incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $(107,538). Management of the Company expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operations will continue through at least December 31, 2013. The Company’s existing sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from $20,800 of additional borrowings in August 2013, and an exercisable put right to issue an additional $7,500 of preferred stock to existing investors. While management believes that the Company’s existing sources of liquidity are adequate to fund operations through at least December 31, 2013, the Company may need to raise additional debt or equity financing to fund operations until it generates positive cash flows from profitable operations. There can be no assurance that such additional debt or equity financing will be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, the interim consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, the interim consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity (deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 2013, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2013 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013.

Unaudited Pro Forma Shareholders’ Deficit

Immediately prior to the closing of a qualifying public offering (“IPO”), all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. In addition, the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

outstanding preferred stock warrants will automatically be converted into warrants to purchase common stock upon effectiveness of an initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity (deficit) information, as set forth in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2013. The shares of common stock issuable and the proceeds expected to be received in the IPO are excluded from such pro forma information.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The significant estimates made by management affect revenues, accounts receivable, the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory and inventory reserves, share-based compensation, capitalized software development costs, provision for income taxes, uncertain tax positions, loss contingencies and accrued liabilities. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is generally the local currency. Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are recorded as part of a separate component of shareholders’ equity and reported in the statement of comprehensive loss. All assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate during the period. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in income for the period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers highly liquid instruments with a remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company considers its entire portfolio of marketable debt and equity securities to be available for sale and available to fund current operations. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions that management believes are of high credit quality. Cash equivalents are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

For all periods presented, substantially all revenues were credit card transactions with a small portion of revenues generating accounts receivable. To date, the Company has not experienced any significant defaults on its accounts receivable. The Company determines provisions based on historical experience and upon a specific review of customer receivables.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Below is a summary of the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

     Balance at
Beginning of
Period
     Provision, net
of Recoveries
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   $ -       $ -      $ -      $ -   

Year ended December 31, 2011

     -         5        -        5   

Year ended December 31, 2012

     5         428        -        433   

Six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     433         (22     (277     134   

Inventory

The Company’s inventory consists primarily of telephones and peripheral equipment held at third parties. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost computed on a first-in, first-out basis, or market value. Inventory write-downs are recorded when the cost of inventory exceeds its net realizable value and establishes a new cost basis for the inventory.

Internal-Use Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes qualifying internal-use software development costs that are incurred during the application development stage, provided that management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the project and it is probable the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation operation activities are expensed as incurred. Capitalized internal-use software development costs are included in property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis to cost of revenues when the underlying project is ready for its intended use.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Computer hardware, software, and furniture and fixtures are depreciated over three years; internal-use software development costs are amortized over useful lives ranging from three to four years; and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the respective lease term or useful life, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of property and equipment for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets or asset groups are expected to generate. If such evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the assets or asset groups is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets or asset groups is reduced to fair value. No impairment losses have been recognized in any of the periods presented.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Concentrations

Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances, which may exceed federally insured limits, with financial institutions that management believes are financially sound and have minimal credit risk exposure.

The Company’s accounts receivable are primarily derived from sales by resellers and to larger direct customers. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its resellers and does not require collateral on accounts receivable. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated potential credit losses. At December 31, 2011, customers A, B and C accounted for 36%, 14% and 12%, respectively, of the Company’s total accounts receivable. At December 2012, customer A accounted for 54% of the Company’s total accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2013, customer A accounted for 63% of the Company’s total accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, no single customer accounted for greater than 10% of the Company’s total revenues.

The Company purchased a significant portion of its software development efforts from third-party vendors located in Russia and the Ukraine during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively. A cessation of services provided by these vendors could result in a disruption to the Company’s research and development efforts.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues consist of services revenues and product revenues. The Company’s services revenues include all fees billed in connection with subscriptions to the Company’s RingCentral Office, RingCentral Professional and RingCentral Fax SaaS applications. These service fees include recurring fixed plan subscription fees, recurring administrative cost recovery fees, variable usage-based fees for blocks of additional minutes systematically purchased in advance of usage in excess of plan limits and one-time upfront fees. The Company provides its services to its customers pursuant to contractual arrangements that range in duration from one month to three years. The Company’s service fees are generally billed in advance directly to customer credit cards or via invoices issued to larger customers. The Company’s product revenues consist of the gross sale price billed for pre-configured office phones used in connection with the service and includes shipping and handling fees.

The Company recognizes revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured; and

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

Revenues under service subscription plans are recognized as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

fixed service plan subscription and administrative cost recovery fees are recognized on a straight-line basis over their respective contractual service terms;

 

  Ÿ  

fees for additional minutes of usage in excess of plan limits are recognized over the estimated usage period in a manner that approximates actual usage; and

 

F-11


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

  Ÿ  

one-time upfront fees are initially deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated average customer life.

Product revenues are billed at the time the order is received and recognized when the product has been delivered to the customer.

The Company enters into arrangements with multiple-deliverables that generally include services to be provided under the subscription plan and the sale of products used in connection with the Company’s services. Prior to January 1, 2011, the Company followed the accounting treatment prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements . Under that guidance, the deliverables in multiple-deliverable arrangements were accounted for separately if the delivered items had standalone value, delivery of the undelivered items was probable and within the Company’s control, and there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered items. If the deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement could not be accounted for separately, the total arrangement fee was recognized as a single unit of accounting. Since the products sold by the Company have standalone value and objective evidence of fair value of the subscription plans exists, the services provided through the subscription plan agreement and the sale of products were accounted for as separate units of accounting under the residual method as VSOE existed for the undelivered elements which were generally the service plans.

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) which amended the accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements to:

 

  Ÿ  

provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;

 

  Ÿ  

require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling prices of each deliverable if a vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (“VSOE”) or third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”); and

 

  Ÿ  

eliminate the use of the residual method and require a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.

On January 1, 2011, the Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not change the units of accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables and did not materially change the allocation of arrangement consideration to products and services. Therefore, the adoption of ASU 2009-13 did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Under the new guidance, the Company allocates revenues to each deliverable in a multiple-deliverable arrangement based upon its relative selling price. The Company determines the selling price using VSOE for its subscription plans and best estimated selling price (“BESP”) for its product offerings. Revenues allocated to each deliverable, limited to the amount not contingent on future performance, are then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for the respective deliverable.

The Company determines VSOE based on historical standalone sales to customers. In determining VSOE, the Company requires that a substantial majority of the selling prices fall within a

 

F-12


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

reasonably narrow pricing range, generally evidenced by approximately 80% or more of such historical standalone transactions falling within plus or minus 15% of the median selling price. VSOE exists for all of the Company’s subscription plans. The Company uses BESP as the selling price for product offerings because the Company is not able to determine VSOE of fair value from standalone sales or TPE. The Company estimates BESP for a product by considering company-specific factors such as pricing objectives, direct product and other costs, bundling and discounting practices and contractually stated prices.

A portion of the Company’s services revenues and product revenues are generated through sales by resellers. When the Company assumes a majority of the business risks associated with performance of the contractual obligations, it records these revenues at the gross amount paid by the customer with amounts retained by the resellers recognized as sales and marketing expense. The Company’s assumption of such business risks is evidenced when, among other things, it takes responsibility for delivery of the product or service, is involved in establishing pricing of the arrangement, assumes credit and inventory risk, and is the primary obligor in the arrangement. When a reseller assumes the majority of the business risks associated with the performance of the contractual obligations, the Company records the associated revenues at the net amount remitted to it by the reseller. The Company recognizes revenues from resellers when the following criteria are met:

 

  Ÿ  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists through a contract with the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the service is being provided to the customer or the product has been delivered;

 

  Ÿ  

the amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

the collection of the fees is reasonably assured.

The Company’s deliverables sold through its reseller agreements consist of the Company’s products and subscription services. Products sold through resellers are shipped directly to the end customer and are recognized when title transfers to the end customer. Service subscriptions sold through resellers are recognized on a straight-line basis over the period the underlying services are provided to the end customer. Revenues from resellers have predominantly been recorded on a gross basis for all periods presented.

The Company records reductions to revenues for estimated sales returns and customer credits at the time the related revenues are recognized. Sales returns and customer credits are estimated based on historical experience, current trends and expectations regarding future experience.

Customer billings related to taxes imposed by governmental authorities on revenue-producing transactions are reported on a net basis. When such taxes exceed the amount billed to customers, the cost is included in general and administrative expenses.

Amounts billed in excess of revenues recognized for the period are reported as deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company’s deferred revenue consists primarily of unearned revenue on annual and monthly service plans.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of services revenues primarily consists of costs of services purchased from third-party telecommunications providers, network operations, costs to build-out and maintain data centers, including co-location fees for the right to place the Company’s servers in data centers owned by third-parties,

 

F-13


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

depreciation of the servers and equipment, along with related utilities and maintenance costs, personnel costs associated with non-administrative customer care and support of the functionality of the Company’s platform and data center operations, including share-based compensation expenses and allocated costs of facilities and information technology. Cost of services revenues is expensed as incurred.

Cost of product revenues is comprised primarily of the cost associated with purchased phones, as well as personnel costs for contractors and allocated costs of facilities and information technology related to the procurement, management and shipment of phones. Cost of product revenues is expensed in the period product is delivered to the customer.

Share-Based Compensation

All share-based compensation granted to employees is measured as the grant date fair value of the award and recognized in the consolidated statement of operations over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized using the straight-line method net of estimated forfeitures.

Compensation expense for stock options granted to non-employees is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations over the service period. Compensation expense for non-employee stock options subject to vesting is revalued as of each reporting date until the stock options are vested.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of third-party contractor costs, personnel costs, technology license expenses, and depreciation associated with research and development equipment. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, except for internal-use software development costs that qualify for capitalization.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $10,526, $13,046, $21,915, $10,105 and $11,454 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Commissions

Commissions consist of variable compensation earned by sales personnel and third-party resellers. Sales commissions associated with the acquisition of a new customer contract are recognized as sales and marketing expense at the time the customer has entered into a binding agreement.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect

 

F-14


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount of future tax benefit that is more likely than not to be realized. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets because of its history of operating losses. The Company classifies interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Net Loss Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock as shares of convertible preferred stock are participating securities due to their dividend rights. The two-class method is an earnings allocation method under which earnings per share is calculated for common stock considering a participating security’s rights to undistributed earnings as if all such earnings had been distributed during the period. The Company’s participating securities are not included in the computation of net loss per share in periods of net loss because the preferred shareholders have no contractual obligation to participate in losses.

Segment Information

The Company has determined the chief executive officer is the chief operating decision maker. The Company’s chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reporting segment.

Indemnification

Certain of the Company’s agreements with resellers and customers include provisions for indemnification against liabilities if its services infringe a third-party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnification provisions and the Company has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 or June 30, 2013.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011 the FASB further amended its guidance related to fair value measurements in order to achieve common fair value measurements between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. The amendments in the updated guidance explain how to measure fair value. They do not require additional fair value measurements and are not intended to establish valuation standards or affect valuation practices outside of financial reporting. The amendments change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. GAAP for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. The adoption of this guidance in 2012 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB updated its guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. Under the updated guidance, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive

 

F-15


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

statements. The Company adopted the updated guidance in 2012 by presenting a separate statement of comprehensive loss. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Financial Statement Components

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Cash

   $ 1,410       $ 3,599       $ 1,134   

Money market funds

     12,167         34,265         18,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,577       $ 37,864       $ 19,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Accounts receivable-trade

   $ 395      $ 2,683      $ 1,698   

Unbilled accounts receivable-trade

     44        440        398   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (5     (433     (134
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 434      $ 2,690      $ 1,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Computer hardware and software

   $ 13,561      $ 23,973      $ 27,103   

Internal-use software development costs

     1,839        3,319        3,904   

Furniture and fixtures

     14        700        992   

Leasehold improvements

     17        441        830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     15,431        28,433        32,829   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (6,138     (11,425     (15,779
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 9,293      $ 17,008      $ 17,050   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense was $1,270, $3,546, $6,191, $2,656 and $4,351 for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Accrued liabilities consisted of (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,  
     2011      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 1,916       $ 3,216       $ 3,964   

Accrued sales, use and telecom related taxes

     2,318         4,580         6,035   

Accrued expenses

     1,546         11,998         8,891   

Legal loss contingencies

     -         1,075         4,257   

Other

     225         618         744   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 6,005       $ 21,487       $ 23,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company carries certain financial assets consisting of money market funds and certificates of deposit at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is based on the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is estimated by applying the following hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

 

Level 1:   Observable inputs which include unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:   Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3:   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are based on management’s assumptions, including fair value measurements determined by using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The fair value of assets carried at fair value was determined using the following inputs (in thousands):

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2011
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 12,167       $ 12,167       $ -       $ -   

Other assets:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 500       $ -       $ 500       $ -   
     Balance at
December 31, 2012
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 34,265       $ 34,265       $ -       $ -   

Other assets:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 500       $ -       $ 500       $ -   
     Balance at
June 30, 2013
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)  
     (unaudited)  

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 18,232       $ 18,232       $ -       $ -   

Other assets:

           

Certificates of deposit

   $ 630       $ -       $ 630       $ -   

During 2012, the Company issued preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement that were recorded as a liability at issuance and carried at fair value for a portion of the year prior to reclassification to shareholders’ equity. The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date was $454 and $473 on the date of reclassification. The fair value of preferred stock warrants was determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is a technique using level 3 inputs, based on the assumptions in Note 6.

In June 2013, the Company issued preferred stock warrants in connection with a debt agreement that were recorded as a liability at issuance and will be carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in other income and expense. The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date was $265, as determined by the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is a technique using level 3 inputs, based on the assumptions in Note 6. The fair value on the issuance date approximates the fair value as of June 30, 2013.

The Company’s other financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and other current liabilities, are carried at cost which approximates fair value due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. Based on borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms and considering the Company’s credit risks, the carrying value of debt approximates fair value.

Note 4. Debt

Loan and Security Agreement with Bank

In February 2009, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) that was last amended in April 2013 (the “SVB Credit Agreement”). Under this agreement the Company borrowed $2,500 on a term loan in January 2010 and $8,000 on a term loan in March 2012, which was equal to the full final lending commitment. The 2010 term loan is required to be repaid

 

F-18


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

in 30 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 6.5%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 3.5% of the original loan principal. The 2012 term loan is required to be repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal plus interest, which accrues at a floating annual rate equal to prime plus 2.75%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 0.5% of the original loan principal. The Company granted SVB a senior security interest in certain assets to secure this debt. In connection with the agreement and its amendments, the Company issued SVB warrants to purchase preferred stock. The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the execution of a lending commitment of $117 was recorded as a deferred financing costs asset together with insignificant other debt issuance costs. For warrants issued in connection with a borrowing, the proceeds were allocated to the loan and the warrants based on the relative fair value of the instruments resulting in a loan discount of $170 being recorded. The terminal payments, deferred financing costs and loan discounts are being recognized as additional interest expense over the terms of the loans.

The loan and security agreement contains covenants, including requirements to provide audited financial and other information and maintain minimum cash balances with SVB. These loan agreements contain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants restricting the Company’s ability to merge or liquidate, incur debt, dispose of assets, incur liens, declare dividends or enter into transactions with affiliates. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2012. As of June 30, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance, as defined in the agreement. However, such non compliance was waived by SVB as part of the amended SVB Credit Agreement entered into in August 2013.

Loan and Security Agreements with Financial Institution

In June 2012, the Company entered into a growth capital loan and security agreement and an equipment loan and security agreement (the “TriplePoint Agreements”) with Triple Point Capital LLC (“Triple Point”). Under the growth capital loan and security agreement, the Company borrowed $6,000 in term loans in June 2012, equal to the full lending commitment available at the time. The growth capital term loans are required to be repaid in 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 8.5% after an interest-only period of 3 months. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 4% of the original loan principal. Under the equipment loan and security agreement, the Company borrowed $9,691 in term loans in August 2012 from the $10,000 lending commitment available at the time. The equipment term loans are required to be repaid in 36 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 5.75%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 10% of the original loan principal.

Under the growth capital agreement, the Company can borrow an additional $4,000 on or before June 21, 2013 upon the submission of a Form S-1 registration statement to the SEC contemplating an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock with expected total net proceeds of at least $50,000. The Company has granted TriplePoint a security interest, which is subordinated to SVB’s security interest, in certain assets to secure the growth capital loans. The Company has granted TriplePoint a security interest in all equipment financed under equipment loan agreement.

In connection with the TriplePoint Agreements, the Company issued TriplePoint warrants to purchase preferred stock and a right to purchase up to $500 in the Company’s next round of equity

 

F-19


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

financing. The fair value of warrants issued in connection with the execution of the lending commitment of $122 was recorded as a deferred financing costs in other long-term assets. In addition, there were other debt issuance costs totalling $300, of which $210 was recorded as a deferred financing costs in other long-term assets, and $90 was recorded as a debt discount. The $210 was comprised of legal fees of $110 and a capital equipment loan facility fee. The debt discount of $90 was comprised of a growth capital loan facility fee. For warrants issued in connection with a borrowing, proceeds were allocated to the warrants based on their relative fair value resulting in a loan discount of $332. The terminal payments, deferred financing costs and loan discounts are being recognized as additional interest expense over the terms of the loans.

On June 21, 2013, the Company achieved the milestone necessary to access the additional $4,000 available under the original terms of the growth capital loan and security agreement and borrowed $4,000 (“growth capital loan part II”). The growth capital loan part II is required to be repaid in 33 equal monthly installments of principal and interest, which accrues at an annual fixed rate of 8.5% after an interest-only period of 3 months, at an annual fixed rate of 9.0%. In addition, a final terminal payment is due at maturity equal to 4% of the original loan principal.

In connection with the borrowing under the growth capital loan part II, the Company issued TriplePoint warrants to purchase preferred stock. A portion of the proceeds was allocated to the warrants based on their fair value resulting in a loan discount of $265. In addition there were other debt issuance costs totaling $81 which were recorded as a debt discount. The terminal payments and loan discounts are being recognized as additional interest expense over the terms of the loan.

Other Debt

In April 2012, the Company borrowed $1,500 to finance the purchase of software. The loan is required to be repaid in three equal installments of $500 due in April 2012, January 2013 and January 2014.

The Company’s outstanding balances under its debt agreements as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and June 30, 2013 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

SVB loan and security agreement

   $ 636      $ 6,000      $ 4,666   

TriplePoint growth capital loan agreement

     -        5,348        8,501   

TriplePoint capital equipment loan agreement

     -        8,151        6,871   

Other

     -        1,000        500   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     636        20,499        20,538   

Loan discounts

     (19     (435     (622
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net carrying value of debt

   $ 617      $ 20,064      $ 19,916   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

As of December 31, 2012, future principal payments are scheduled as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
 

Year ending December 31:

  

2013

   $ 7,919   

2014

     8,706   

2015

     3,874   
  

 

 

 
   $ 20,499   
  

 

 

 

Note 5. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases facilities under noncancelable operating leases for its U.S. and international locations and has entered into capital lease arrangements to obtain property and equipment for its operations. As of December 31, 2012, noncancelable leases expire on various dates between 2014 and 2017 and require the following future minimum lease payments by year (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

Year ending December 31:

    

2013

   $ 388      $ 1,313   

2014

     517        1,145   

2015

     258        994   

2016

     -        1,024   

2017

     -        359   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

     1,163      $ 4,835   
    

 

 

 

Less: amount representing interest

     (148  
  

 

 

   

Total capital lease obligations

     1,015     

Less: Current portion of capital lease obligation

     (312  
  

 

 

   

Capital lease obligations

   $ 703     
  

 

 

   

Property and equipment recorded under capital leases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
                 (unaudited)  

Total assets acquired under capital lease

   $ 988      $ 2,317      $ 2,317   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (438     (1,029     (1,408
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leased property and equipment, net

   $ 550      $ 1,288      $ 909   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Leases for certain office facilities include scheduled periods of abatement and escalation of rental payments. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis for all operating lease arrangements with the difference between required lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent. The following table presents total rent expense incurred during the periods (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2010              2011              2012          2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Rent Expense

   $ 339       $ 533       $ 1,261       $ 597       $ 607   

Sales Tax Liability

During 2010 and 2011, the Company increased its sales and marketing activities in the U.S., which may be asserted by a number of states to create an obligation under nexus regulations to collect sales taxes on sales to customers in the state. Prior to 2012, the Company did not collect sales taxes from customers on sales in all states. In the second quarter of 2012, the Company commenced collecting and remitting sales taxes on sales in all states, therefore the loss contingency is applicable to sales and marketing activities in 2010, 2011 and the three months ended March 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a long-term sales tax liability of $3,491, $3,877, and $4,003, respectively, based on its best estimate of the probable liability for the loss contingency incurred as of those dates. The Company’s estimate of a probable outcome under the loss contingency is based on analysis of its sales and marketing activities, revenues subject to sales tax, and applicable regulations in each state in each period. No significant adjustments to the long-term sales tax liability have been recognized in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for changes to the assumptions underlying the estimate. However, changes in management’s assumptions may occur in the future as the Company obtains new information which can result in adjustments to the recorded liability. Increases and decreases to the long-term sales tax liability are recorded as general and administrative expense.

A current sales tax liability for noncontingent amounts expected to be remitted in the next 12 months of $140, $3,574, and $2,851 is included in accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

Legal Matters

In June 2011, j2 Global, Inc. and Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. named the Company in a patent infringement lawsuit seeking a permanent injunction, damages, and attorneys’ fees. In March 2013, Advanced Messaging Technologies, Inc. named the Company in a second patent infringement lawsuit. In April 2013, the Company entered into a license and settlement agreement with j2 Global, Inc. and one of its affiliates to settle the matters. Under the terms of the settlement, the parties granted each other certain patent cross-licenses and the parties have dismissed all claims in the litigations with prejudice. As part of the settlement, the Company agreed to pay j2 Global, Inc. cash consideration which it recognized as general and administrative expense in fiscal 2012 as it determined the payment to be a cost to settle a loss contingency.

In December 2012, CallWave Communications, LLC (“Callwave”) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and has amended its complaint twice since then alleging patent infringement by the Company and AT&T Inc. (“AT&T”), a reseller of the

 

F-22


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Company’s product and services, seeking damages but no injunction. The Company has agreed to indemnify and to defend AT&T for losses that are solely attributable to Callwave’s infringement allegations against the Company’s products and services. In April and June 2013, the Company filed responses and counterclaims denying all claims by Callwave and intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously. The result of this litigation is inherently uncertain, and the Company believes there is no material exposure above the loss contingencies that have been recorded.

The Company is also a party to various other legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company recorded accrued liabilities of $1,075 and $4,257, respectively, for the probable and estimable amount of all loss contingencies related to legal matters.

The Company recognizes general and administrative expense for legal fees in the period the services are provided.

Note 6. Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes convertible preferred stock authorized and issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Net
proceeds
     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 

Series A

     16,847         16,847       $ 12,064       $ 12,164   

Series B

     5,729         5,657         11,790         11,868   

Series C

     3,289         3,031         9,870         10,000   

Series D

     2,300         1,737         10,385         10,464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     28,165         27,272       $ 44,109       $ 44,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes convertible preferred stock authorized and issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Shares
authorized
     Shares issued
and
outstanding
     Net
proceeds
     Aggregate
liquidation
preference
 

Series A

     16,847         16,847       $ 12,064       $ 12,164   

Series B

     5,729         5,657         11,790         11,868   

Series C

     3,289         3,031         9,870         10,000   

Series D

     2,300         1,737         10,385         10,464   

Series E

     4,129         3,097         29,911         30,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     32,294         30,369       $ 74,020       $ 74,496   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In August 2011, the Company issued a total of 1,737 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock to investors at $6.03 per share for total gross proceeds of $10,464. In November 2012, the Company issued a total of 3,097 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to investors at $9.69 per share for total gross proceeds of $30,000.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement contains a put provision (the “Series E Put Right”) that upon exercise by the Company obligates certain investors to purchase up to an additional 774 thousand shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at a per share price of $9.69. In addition, the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement contains a contingent written call provision (The “Series E Right of First Refusal Right”) that in the event that the Company issues additional shares or preferred stock, the Series E Put Right investors will have the right, if exercised, to purchase up to 774 thousand shares of Series E preferred stock at a per share price of $9.69. The Series E Put Right terminates upon the earliest of: (i) November 23, 2013, (ii) a qualified initial public offering (as defined in the articles of incorporation), (iii) the exercise of the Series E Right of First Refusal Right by investors, or (iv) issuance of a subsequent down-round of preferred stock financing. The Series E Right of First Refusal Right terminates upon the earliest of: (i) November 23, 2013, (ii) a qualified initial public offering (as defined in the articles of incorporation), or (iii) the exercise of the Series E Put Right by the Company. The Series E Right of First Refusal Right was concluded to be an embedded feature clearly and closely related to the Series E preferred stock and therefore not accounted for separately. The Series E Put Right was concluded to be an embedded feature that does not have all of the characteristics of a derivative and therefore not accounted for separately.

On June 20, 2013, the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement underlying the Series E Put Right was amended to eliminate the termination of the Series E Put Right upon a material adverse change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition and operations of the Company.

The Company last amended its articles of incorporation in November 2012 in connection with the issuance of the Series E preferred stock. A summary of the rights, preferences and privileges of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

Dividend Rights

The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, when and if declared by the board of directors, prior and in preference to any payment of any dividend on the common stock. The dividend rate is equal to 6% of the original issuance price of each series of preferred stock. If dividends are paid on any share of common stock, the Company will pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of preferred stock in a per share amount equal, on an as-if-converted to common stock basis, to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock. Such dividends are payable when and if declared by the board of directors, but only to the extent of funds legally available, and are noncumulative. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, no dividends have been declared.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, on a pari passu basis, a per share amount equal to the original issue price for each series of Convertible Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. The original issue price of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock is equal to $0.72, $2.10, $3.30, $6.03 and $9.69 per share, respectively. After the full preference amount on all outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock has been paid, all remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of the common stock on a pro rata

 

F-24


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

basis. If the assets available for distribution are insufficient to pay the liquidation preference in full, then the entire proceeds legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

A merger or consolidation of the Company in which its stockholders immediately prior to the transaction do not retain a majority of the voting power in the surviving corporation, or a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, will be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock may agree to waive this provision upon the agreement in writing of at least 85% of the outstanding preferred stock provided that: (1) if the proceeds payable to the holders of Series D in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions would be less than their liquidation preference, then such waiver will require the consent of the holders of a majority of the Series D preferred stock voting as a separate class; and, (2) if the proceeds payable to the holders of Series E preferred stock in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions would be less than their liquidation preference, then such waiver will require the consent of the holders of 75% of Series E preferred stock voting as a separate class.

Conversion

At any time following the date of issuance, each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of its holder, into the number of shares of common stock which results from dividing the applicable original issue price per share by the applicable conversion price per share at the option of the holder. The prices per share for all series of preferred stock were equal to the original issue prices and therefore the conversion ratio is 1:1. The conversion price of all series of preferred stock will be adjusted for specified dilutive issuances of common stock at a price lower than the original issue price and in the event of specified stock splits, combinations, reclassifications or other reorganizations.

The issuance price of each series of preferred stock exceeded the fair value of common stock on the date of issuance and there have been no subsequent adjustments to the conversion prices in the periods presented. Accordingly, no beneficial conversion amounts, measured as the instrinsic value of the conversion feature as of the issuance date, have resulted from issuances of preferred stock.

Each share of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than 85% of the outstanding Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock voting together as a single class or upon the closing of an underwritten initial public offering of common stock with an aggregate offering price that exceeds $20,000. Each share of Series C preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than a majority of the outstanding Series C preferred stock or upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock with an aggregate offering price that exceeds $20,000 and at an offering price per share of at least 1.75 times the original issue price of Series C preferred stock. Each share of Series D preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock or upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of common stock at an offering price per share of not less than the original issue price of Series D preferred stock. Each share of Series E preferred stock will be automatically converted into shares of common stock upon the approval of not less than 75% of the outstanding

 

F-25


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Series E preferred stock or upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering at an offering price per share of not less than the original issue price of Series D preferred stock.

Voting Rights

The holders of preferred stock and common stock have the same voting rights and vote together as a single class on all matters. Preferred stockholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which their preferred shares could then be converted.

The Company’s board of directors is comprised of seven directors. The holders of preferred stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors while the holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect four directors.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, the Company had 65,000 shares of common stock authorized for issuance, with 22,694 and 22,930 shares of common stock outstanding at those dates, respectively. The Company settles the exercise of options and warrants with newly issued common stock. Shares of common stock reserved for future issuance were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2012
     June 30,
2013
 
            (unaudited)  

Series A convertible preferred stock

     16,847         16,847   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     5,729         5,729   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     3,289         3,289   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     2,300         2,300   

Series E convertible preferred stock

     4,129         4,129   

Common stock warrants

     110         110   

Preferred stock warrants

     227         260   

Stock option plan:

     

Outstanding

     8,613         9,743   

Available for future grants

     468         621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     41,712         43,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 there were 100 and 61 shares of common stock outstanding related to the early exercise of nonvested options subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of service by an employee.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Warrants

The Company has issued common stock warrants to consultants for services and preferred stock warrants to lenders in connection with its debt agreements. As of December 31, 2012, outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock were as follows (number of warrant shares in thousands):

 

Class of shares

   Number of
Warrant
Shares
Outstanding
and
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term as of
December 31,
2013

(in Years)
(unaudited)
 

Common stock

     110       $ 0.11         1.7   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     72       $ 2.10         5.9   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     48       $ 3.30         7.6   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     107       $ 6.03         6.2   

As of June 30, 2013, outstanding warrants to purchase common stock and preferred stock were as follows (number of warrant shares in thousands):

 

Class of shares

   Number of
Warrant
Shares
Outstanding
and
Exercisable
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term as of
June 30,
2013

(in Years)
(unaudited)
 

Common stock

     110       $ 0.11         1.4   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     72       $ 2.10         5.6   

Series C convertible preferred stock

     48       $ 3.30         7.3   

Series D convertible preferred stock

     140       $ 6.03         6.2   

The Series D preferred stock warrants were issued in June and August 2012 (the “2012 Series D warrants”), and June 2013 (“2013 Series D warrants”), with an exercise price equal to the lower of: (i) $6.03 or (ii) lowest price per share in the next round of preferred stock financing. As a result of the exercise price adjustment feature, the 2012 and 2013 Series D preferred stock warrants were not indexed to the Company’s stock and were classified as liabilities on the date of issuance. The exercise price adjustment feature for the 2012 Series D warrants expired with the issuance of Series E preferred stock in November 2012. Upon the expiration of the exercise price adjustment feature, the 2012 Series D warrants became indexed to the Company’s stock and were reclassified as shareholders’ equity. The 2012 Series D warrants were recorded at fair value for the period the warrants were classified as liabilities with changes in fair value recognized in other income and expense. The fair value of the 2012 Series D preferred stock warrants was measured during the period outstanding through the reclassification date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Expected volatility

   56%-65%

Expected life in years

   6.5-7.0

Risk free interest rate

   1.06%-1.15%

Dividend yield

   0.00%

 

F-27


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

At June 30, 2013, the 2013 Series D warrants for 33 shares are outstanding and are classified as a liability with changes in fair value recognized in other income and expense. The fair value of the 2013 Series D preferred stock warrants was measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Expected volatility

   54%-55%

Expected life in years

   7.0

Risk free interest rate

   1.91%-1.96%

Dividend yield

   0.00%

Note 7. Share-Based Compensation

A summary of share-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Cost of services revenues

   $ 58       $ 141       $ 235       $ 109       $ 168   

Research and development

     111         260         837         313         517   

Sales and marketing

     340         297         651         330         404   

General and administrative

     311         490         1,379         463         1,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total share-based compensation expense

   $ 820       $ 1,188       $ 3,102       $ 1,215       $ 2,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 there was approximately $9,587 and $15,095 of unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining weighted-average vesting periods of approximately 2.7 years and 2.88 years, respectively.

Equity Incentive Plans

In September 2010, the Company established and shareholders approved the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). In connection with the adoption of the 2010 Plan, the Company terminated the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan), under which stock options had been granted prior to September 2010. After the termination of the 2003 Plan, no additional options will be granted under the 2003 Plan, but options previously granted will continue to be governed by that plan. In addition, options authorized to be granted under the 2003 Plan, including forfeitures of previously granted awards, are authorized for grant under the 2010 Plan.

The plans permit the grant of stock options and other share-based awards to employees, officers, directors and consultants by the Company’s board of directors. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as determined by the Company’s board of directors at the date of grant. Option awards generally vest according to a graded vesting schedule based on four years of continuous service and have a 10-year contractual term. Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the option agreement) and early exercise of the option prior to vesting (subject to the Company’s repurchase right). As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, a total of 468 and 621 shares remain available for grant under the 2010 Plan.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

A summary of option activity under the plans as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 and changes during the periods then ended is presented in the following table:

 

     Number of
Options
Outstanding
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
     Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Term
(in Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

     5,621      $ 1.14         7.8       $ 8,917   

Granted

     4,369        4.91         

Exercised

     (484     1.15         

Canceled/Forfeited

     (897     2.18         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

     8,609        2.89         7.2       $ 40,705   
          

Granted (unaudited)

     1,834      $ 9.80         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (236     1.81         

Canceled/Forfeited (unaudited)

     (464     3.41         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     9,743      $ 4.19         7.6       $ 60,656   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2012

     7,915      $ 2.75         7.1       $ 38,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2012

     3,474      $ 1.07         5.6       $ 22,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     8,993      $ 3.96         7.5       $ 58,113   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     4,386      $ 1.48         5.9       $ 39,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $391, $2,035, $3,134, and $2,266, respectively. The intrinsic value is the difference between the current fair value of the stock and the exercise price of the stock option.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Early Exercises of Nonvested Options

The Company’s option agreements with certain employees permit the early exercise of nonvested stock options. The Company has the right to repurchase issued but nonvested shares of common stock at the original exercise price following the termination of service. The shares are released from the repurchase right according to the vesting schedule specified in the option agreement. The Company treats the proceeds from early exercise as a deposit of the exercise price and records the cash received initially as a liability that is reclassified to shareholders’ equity as the shares vest. A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares as of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, and changes during the periods then ended is presented below (in thousands):

 

     Number of
Shares
    Nonvested
Common Stock
Liability
 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2011

     58      $ 64   

Early exercises

     100        200   

Vested

     (58     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested as of December 31, 2012

     100        204   

Early exercises (unaudited)

     -        -   

Vested (unaudited)

     (39     (76
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonvested as of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     61      $ 128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimated the fair values of each option awarded on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires inputs including the fair value of common stock, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest and dividend yield.

Fair Value of Common Stock

Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s board of directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to: (i) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by an unrelated valuation specialist; (ii) developments in the Company’s business and stage of development; (iii) the Company’s operational and financial performance and condition; (iv) issuances of preferred stock and the rights and preferences of preferred stock relative to common stock; (v) current condition of capital markets and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company; and (vi) the lack of marketability of common stock. For financial reporting purposes, the Company also considered contemporaneous valuations of common stock prepared for dates subsequent to the grant date. For certain option grants in 2012 and 2013 that occurred on an interim date between valuation dates, the fair value of common stock used in the option pricing model to measure share-based compensation for the period exceeded the exercise price.

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period that share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. Since the Company did not have sufficient historical information to develop

 

F-30


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

reasonable expectations about future exercise behavior, the expected term for options issued to employees was calculated as the mean of the option vesting period and the contractual term. The expected term for options issued to non-employees was the contractual term.

Expected Volatility

The expected stock price volatility of common stock was derived from the historical volatilities of a peer group of similar publicly traded companies over a period that approximates the expected term of the option.

Risk-Free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a term that approximates the expected term of the option.

Expected Dividends

The expected dividend yield was 0% as the Company has not paid, and does not expect to pay, cash dividends.

The weighted-average assumptions used in the option pricing models and the resulting grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees in the periods presented were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected term for employees (in years)

     6.1        6.2        6.1        6.0        6.1   

Expected term for non-employees (in years)

     10.0        10.0        10.0        10.0        10.0   

Expected volatility

     70     67     61     66     55

Risk-free interest rate

     2.43     2.08     0.97     1.07     1.36

Expected dividends

     -     -     -     -     -

Grant date fair value of employee options

   $ 0.69      $ 1.18      $ 3.07      $ 2.54      $ 5.40   

 

F-31


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 8. Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
         2010              2011              2012      

Current:

        

Federal

   $ -       $ -       $ 28   

State

     1         5         9   

Foreign

     -         10         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     1         15         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

        

Foreign

     -         -         (56
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 1       $ 15       $ 92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

United States

   $ (7,108   $ (13,292   $ (33,883

International

     (198     (596     (1,415
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (7,306   $ (13,888   $ (35,298
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax loss as a result of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

   $ (2,484   $ (4,722   $ (12,002

State tax, net of federal benefit

     1        3        6   

Share-based compensation

     -        385        534   

Other permanent differences

     224        (141     171   

Foreign tax rate differential

     67        (212     (253

Net operating losses not used

     2,193        4,702        11,636   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 1      $ 15      $ 92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has not provided for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries, because it intends to permanently re-invest these earnings outside the United States. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries is immaterial for all periods presented.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The types of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

   $ 14,489      $ 24,554   

Research and development credits

     571        895   

Sales tax accrual

     1,427        1,385   

Accrued liabilities

     786        2,704   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     17,273        29,538   

Valuation allowance

     (16,511     (28,847
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     762        691   

Deferred tax liabilities—Property and equipment

     (743     (616
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 19      $ 75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $61,914 and $60,410, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards will begin to expire in 2023 and 2013, respectively. The Company also has research credit carry-forwards for federal and California tax purposes of approximately $490 and $1,020, respectively, available to reduce future income subject to income taxes. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2028 and the California research credits carry forward indefinitely. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period. Utilization of the federal and state net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the IRC Section 382 and similar state provisions. An analysis was conducted through June 21, 2013 to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analysis indicated that although an ownership change occurred in a prior year, the net operating losses and research and development credits as of December 31, 2012 were not significantly limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382. In the event the Company has subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized.

The Company’s management believes that, based on a number of factors, it is more likely than not, that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized; and accordingly, for the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. net deferred tax assets. The net change in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was an increase of $2,427, $5,351 and $12,336, respectively.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, the Company has adopted the accounting policy that interest and penalties recognized are classified as part of its income taxes. The following shows the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 230   

Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in current year

     133   

Gross amount of increases in unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken in prior year

     12   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 375   
  

 

 

 

The Company does not anticipate that its total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change due to settlement of examination or the expiration of statute of limitations during the next 12 months.

The Company files U.S. and foreign income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. Due to the Company’s net carryover of unused operating losses, all years from 2003 forward remain subject to future examination by tax authorities.

Note 9. Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock under the two-class method attributable to common shareholders during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended     Six Months Ended  
     December 31,     June 30,  
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator

          

Net loss

   $ (7,307   $ (13,903   $ (35,390   $ (18,738   $ (23,881

Denominator

          

Weighted-average common shares for basic and diluted net loss per share

     20,871        21,678        22,353        22,251        22,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

   $ (0.35   $ (0.64   $ (1.58   $ (0.84   $ (1.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The unaudited basic and diluted pro forma per common share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share

    

Net loss available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (35,390   $ (23,881

Adjustment to other income (expenses), net, related to the change in valuation of Preferred Stock warrants

     19        -   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (35,371     (23,881
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     22,353        22,699   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock

     30,369        30,369   

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     52,722        53,068   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.67   $ (0.45

Following is a table summarizing the potentially dilutive common shares that were excluded from diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Years Ended      Six Months Ended  
     December 31,      June 30,  
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock

     25,535         27,272         30,369         27,272         30,369   

Shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of warrants

     251         181         337         337         370   

Shares of common stock subject to repurchase

     142         58         100         119         61   

Shares of common stock issuable under stock option plans outstanding

     5,745         5,621         8,609         7,138         9,849   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential common shares excluded from diluted net loss per share

     31,673         33,132         39,415         34,866         40,649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 10. Geographic Concentrations

Revenues by geographic location are based on the billing address of the customer. More than 90% of the Company’s revenues are from the United States. No other individual country exceeded 10% of total revenues for fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. Property and equipment by geographic location is based on the location of the legal entity that owns the asset. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, more than 95% of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States. At June 30, 2013, 86% of the Company’s property and equipment is located in the United States, with no single country outside the United States representing more than 10% of fixed assets individually.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 11. Subsequent Events

In August 2013, the Company amended the SVB Credit Agreement. The amended agreement provides for a revolving line of credit of up to $15,000, and a term loan of up to $5,000. The revolving line of credit bears interest at a floating annual rate of prime plus 2.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all outstanding principal must be repaid by August 13, 2015. The term loan bears interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0%, which must be paid monthly, and all outstanding principal amounts must be repaid on August 1, 2016 unless voluntarily repaid by the Company at an earlier date with no pre-payment penalty. A final payment of 2.75% of the amount advanced under the term loan is due upon repayment of this loan at maturity or prepayment of this loan. On August 14, 2013, the Company borrowed $10,800 under the revolving line of credit, which represented the full available borrowing capacity on that date. The borrowing limit available under the revolving line of credit increases as the principal balance of the existing $8,000 term loan from SVB, described in footnote 4, is repaid subject to another limit measure based on recurring subscription revenue, which the Company does not expect will limit the amount of borrowings available under the line of credit and may be adjusted by SVB. The existing term loan had an outstanding principal balance of $4,200 on the amendment date. On August 16, 2013, the Company borrowed the full $5,000 available under the new term loan.

In connection with the amended agreement, the Company issued SVB warrants to purchase 90 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. The Company has pledged all of its assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure its obligations under the amended agreement.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant regarding maintaining a minimum cash balance as defined in the SVB Credit Agreement. However, such non-compliance was waived by SVB in the amended agreement. The amended agreement contains customary negative covenants which limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, repurchase stock, pay dividends, transfer assets and merge or consolidate. The amended agreement also contains customary affirmative covenants including requirements to, among other things, (1) maintain minimum cash balances representing the greater of $5,000 or two times the Company’s quarterly cash burn rate, as defined in the amended agreement, from and after the Company’s initial public offering, and (2) to deliver audited financial statements.

In August 2013, the Company amended the growth capital loan and security agreement with TriplePoint to provide an additional $5,000 term loan. This term loan accrues monthly interest at a fixed annual rate of 11.0% and must be repaid in equal monthly installments of principal plus interest until it matures on August 13, 2016. A final payment of 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity. On August 19, 2013, the Company borrowed the full $5,000 under this term loan. In connection with the amended agreement, the Company issued TriplePoint a warrant to purchase 52 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price of $9.69 per share. The Company has pledged all of its assets, excluding intellectual property, as collateral to secure its obligations under this agreement. The Company is in compliance with all covenants under its credit agreements with TriplePoint, which were not revised by the amendment.

In August 2013, the board of directors of the Company approved an increase of 1,825 shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the Company’s 2010 stock plan, and an increase of 2,000 shares of common stock authorized to be issued under the Company’s articles of incorporation, and granted 1,470 stock options.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

In September 2013, the Company entered into a second amendment to its growth capital loan and security agreement to adjust the repayment terms such that the term loan is required to be paid over 36 months as follows: 36 months of interest-only payments at an annual fixed rate of 11.0% and the loan principal at maturity. In addition, a final payment equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount is due at maturity, which is August 31, 2016.

In September 2013, the Company approved the reincorporation of the Company from California into Delaware, subject to the approval of the stockholders and to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement. The Company also approved a certificate of incorporation which authorizes the Company’s successor company in Delaware to issue two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have identical rights, except that holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to 10 votes per share. Following the reincorporation and subsequent filing of the certificate of incorporation, each share of the Company’s common stock, including shares issued and outstanding and shares reserved for exercises of warrants, stock options and other share-based awards, outstanding prior to the reincorporation will become one share of Class B common stock.

In September 2013, the Company authorized the adoption of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which is subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders and the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. A total of 6,200 shares of common stock is reserved for issuance under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

In September 2013, the Company authorized the adoption of the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP), which is subject to the approval of Company’s stockholders and the completion of the IPO. A total of 1,250 shares of Class A common stock is reserved for issuance under the ESPP.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 21, 2013, the date the annual consolidated financial statements were issued. For the issuance of the interim consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the unaudited interim period presented herein, such evaluation has been performed through August 26, 2013 and through September 13, 2013, the date unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were originally issued and reissued, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

RingCentral®

Empowering over

300,000

businesses*

*As of the date of this prospectus.

Many locations. One cloud business communications solution.


Table of Contents

 

 

7,500,000 Shares

RingCentral, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   J.P. Morgan    BofA Merrill Lynch
Allen & Company LLC      Raymond James

 

 

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 15,294   

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

     17,320   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     200,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     25,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,300,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,350,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     400,000   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     271,526   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,579,140   
  

 

 

 
* To be filed by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We expect that the certificate of incorporation adopted by us prior to the consummation of this offering, which we refer to as our Charter, will provide that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or other distributions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter will provide that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Our certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law.

We also expect our Charter will further provide that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the DGCL will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.

We expect that our bylaws adopted by us prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers, certain employees, and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. We expect the bylaws will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees.

In addition, we expect the bylaws will provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, our bylaws will authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers, and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the bylaws.

We plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were

 

II-2


Table of Contents

serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We also maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers, and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

Option and Option-Related Common Stock Issuances

From August 31, 2010 until August 31, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 1,660,048 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain of our directors, officers, employees and consultants under our 2003 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.05 to $1.10, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $1,311,887.

From August 31, 2010 until August 31, 2013, we sold an aggregate of 540,063 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options issued to certain of our directors, officers, employees and consultants under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.40 to $4.48, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $1,087,101.

From August 31, 2010 until August 31, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 9,655,783 shares of our common stock at exercise prices per share ranging from $1.40 to $12.86 to certain of our directors, officers, employees, and consultants under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

Common Stock Issuance

On August 29, 2013, we issued 20,000 shares of our common stock to a former consultant at a value per share of $12.86, and an aggregate value of $257,200 in settlement of a dispute with the former consultant and in consideration for a release of claims against us by the former consultant.

Preferred Stock Issuances

On October 13, 2010, we sold an aggregate of 3,030,871 shares of our Series C preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $3.29938, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,999,995.21.

On August 12, 2011 and September 12, 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,736,598 shares of our Series D preferred stock to a total of three accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $6.02551, for an aggregate purchase price of $10,463,888.61.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

On November 23, 2012, we sold an aggregate of 3,096,837 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of seven accredited investors at a purchase price per share of $9.687299, for an aggregate purchase price of $29,999,985.98.

Warrant Issuances and Warrant Exercise

On March 27, 2012, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank a warrant exercisable for the purchase of 48,493 shares of our Series C preferred stock, based upon the amount advanced under the terms of our growth capital loan, with an exercise price of $3.29938 per share.

On June 22, 2012, we issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC (i) a warrant to purchase 49,788 shares of our Series D preferred stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 29,043 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and up to an additional 29,043 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock, each with an exercise price of $6.02551 per share. Based on amounts we drew down under our equipment financing line of credit in August 2012, the second portion of the warrant referred to in (ii) became exercisable for 28,144 shares. These warrants will either be exercised or terminated, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

On June 27, 2013, we issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC a warrant to purchase 33,192 shares of our Series D preferred stock, with an exercise price of $6.02551 per share. These warrants will either be exercised or terminated, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

On August 14, 2013, we issued to Silicon Valley Bank (i) a warrant to purchase 38,710 shares of our Series E preferred stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase 51,614 shares of our Series E preferred stock, each with an exercise price of $9.687299 per share.

On August 14, 2013, we issued to TriplePoint Capital LLC a warrant to purchase 51,614 shares of our Series E preferred stock with an exercise price of $9.687299 per share. This warrant will either be exercised or terminated immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

On August 30, 2013, a warrant holder exercised in full a warrant exercisable for the purchase of 10,000 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $0.72205 per share. The warrant was exercised on a cashless basis, resulting in the issuance of 9,440 shares of common stock to the warrant holder.

There were no underwritten offerings employed in connection with any of the transactions described above. The sales of each of the securities listed above were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

The issuances of such securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to either Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering or Rule 701 of the Securities Act on the basis that the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each transaction represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. All recipients had access, through their relationship with our company, to information about us.

Item 16. Exhibits

(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Mateo, State of California on September 13, 2013.

 

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Vladimir Shmunis

 

Name: Vladimir Shmunis

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this amendment to registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the date indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Vladimir Shmunis

Vladimir Shmunis

   Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director (principal executive officer)   September 13, 2013

/s/ Clyde Hosein

Clyde Hosein

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)   September 13, 2013

*

Douglas Leone

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

Robert Theis

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

David Weiden

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

Neil Williams

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*

Bobby Yerramilli-Rao

  

Director

  September 13, 2013

*By: 

 

/s/ Vladimir Shmunis

 

Vladimir Shmunis

As Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as currently in effect.
  3.2   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be effective upon consummation of this offering.
  3.3  

Bylaws of the Company, as currently in effect.

  3.4  

Form of Bylaws of the Company to be effective upon consummation of this offering.

  4.1  

Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.

  4.2  

Form of Class B Common Stock Certificate.

  4.3*   Fourth Amended Investor Rights Agreement, dated November 23, 2012, by and among the Company and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto.
  5.1  

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

10.1*+   2003 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.
10.2*+   2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.
10.3+  

2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreements thereunder.

10.4+  

Offer Letter by and between the Company and Robert Lawson, dated January 12, 2012.

10.4A+   Amendment to Offer Letter by and between the Company and Robert Lawson, dated August 15, 2013.
10.5+   Offer Letter by and between the Company and Kira Makagon, dated July 30, 2012.
10.6+   Offer Letter by and between the Company and Praful Shah, dated March 31, 2008.
10.7+   Revised Employment Letter by and between the Company and John Marlow, dated September 13, 2013.
10.8+   Offer Letter by and between the Company and David Berman, dated June 10, 2013.
10.9+   Offer Letter by and between the Company and Clyde Hosein, dated August 7, 2013.
10.10*+   2012 Bonus Plan.
10.11*+   Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.12*   Office Lease, dated April 1, 2011, by and between the Company and 1400 Fashion Island LLC.
10.13*   First Amendment to Lease, dated August 28, 2011, by and between the Company and 1400 Fashion Island LLC.
10.14*   Second Amendment to Lease, dated November 1, 2012, by and between the Company and 1400 Fashion Island LLC.
10.15*   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 14, 2013, by and between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
10.16*   Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 22, 2012, by and between the Company and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
10.16A*   First Amendment to Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 14, 2013, by and between the Company and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
10.16B   Second Amendment to Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement, dated September 3, 2013, by and between the Company and TriplePoint Capital LLC.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.17*    Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 22, 2012, by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
10.17A*    First Amendment to Plain English Equipment Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 14, 2013 by and among the Company, RCLEC, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and TriplePoint Capital LLC.
10.18+    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.19+    Employment Letter by and between the Company and Vladimir Shmunis, dated September 13, 2013.
14.1   

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

21.1*   

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney (included in signature page).

 

* Previously filed.
+ Indicates a management or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 1.1

RingCentral, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

September     , 2013

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                     Incorporated

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto,

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

555 California Street

San Francisco, California 94104

Ladies and Gentlemen:

RingCentral, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “ Representatives ”), an aggregate of [•] shares and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 (“ Stock ”) of the Company, and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) purpose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [•] shares of Stock. The aggregate of [•] shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “ Firm Share s” and the aggregate of up to [•] additional shares to be sold by the Company is herein called the “ Optional Shares ”. The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof being collectively called the “ Shares ”.

1. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333–190815) (the “ Initial Registration Statement ”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration


Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “ Preliminary Prospectus ”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “ Registration Statement ”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(c) hereof) is hereinafter called the “ Pricing Prospectus ”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “ Prospectus ”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”); any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act is hereinafter called a “ Section 5(d) Communication ”; and any Section 5(d) Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “ Section 5(d) Writing ”;

(b) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S-1;

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “ Applicable Time ” is             :            [a.m./p.m.] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “ Pricing Disclosure Package ”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Section 5(d) Writing listed on Schedule III(b) hereto, each as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S-1;

 

2


(d) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein or by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the preparation of the answers therein to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S-1;

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than (A) as a result of the exercise of stock options or the award of stock options, restricted stock or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s stock plans that are described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, (B) the repurchase of shares of capital stock that were issued pursuant to the early exercise of stock options by option holders and are subject to repurchase by the Company, or (C) the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of capital stock on or before the Applicable Date where such warrants were described in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”), otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(f) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them (other than with respect to Intellectual Property, which is addressed exclusively in subsection 1(w)), in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or such as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium and other similar laws relating to the rights or remedies of creditors and the application of general principles of equity) with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

3


(g) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to so qualified or be in good standing would not individually or in the aggregate have Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(h) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities of the Company registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been waived.

(i) The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive, rights of first refusal or similar rights pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or any agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party;

(j) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (as applicable), (1) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (2) the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any statute or (3) any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except in the case of (1) and (3) for such as would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the

 

4


Shares by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or where the failure to obtain any such consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or impede the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(k) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is, or after notice or lapse of time or both, will be, in violation of (1) its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or similar organizational documents or (2) any other statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound except in the case of (2) for such violations as would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) The statements set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Company’s capital stock , under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of our Class A Common Stock”, and under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair;

(m) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or by others;

(n) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Pricing Prospectus, will not be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”);

(o) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and as of each Time of Delivery, will not be an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

(p) KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, were independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries as of the date of its report included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

 

5


(q) The Company and each of its subsidiaries maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act ”) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting;

(r) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(s) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(t) The financial statements of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in each of the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the financial position of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“ U.S. GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; and the selected financial data and the summary financial data included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the financial statements included in the Registration Statement;

(u) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

 

6


(v) The Company and its subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or materials, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess licenses to all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, domain names (including all goodwill associated with the foregoing), patents, inventions, copyrights, software, know-how, trade secrets (including all registrations and applications for registration of any of the foregoing), publicity rights, privacy rights and all other similar types of proprietary intellectual property rights (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”) necessary to the conduct of their respective businesses as conducted, as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of the Company, the conduct of their respective businesses does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of others. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of others, or any notice challenging the validity, scope, or enforceability of the Intellectual Property or the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property rights, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially impact the Company or its subsidiaries. Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no party has, to the knowledge of the Company, materially infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Other than as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its subsidiaries is owned solely by the Company or its subsidiaries and is owned free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, defects or other restrictions. All licenses pursuant to which any third party Intellectual Property is licensed by the Company or its subsidiaries are free of any restrictions that would conflict with the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. To the knowledge of the Company, all Intellectual Property owned or licensed by the Company is valid and enforceable except where such invalidity or unenforceability would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to materially impact the Company or its subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any arbitrator, nor has the Company or any of its subsidiaries entered into or become a party to any agreement made in settlement of any pending or threatened litigation, that materially restricts or impairs its use of any Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all material trade secrets and confidential information owned, used or held for use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and no such trade secrets or confidential information have been disclosed other than to employees, representatives and agents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or third parties who are bound by written confidentiality agreements. All founders, key employees and other employees involved in the development of Intellectual Property for the Company or any of its subsidiaries have signed confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with the Company;

 

7


(x) The Company and its subsidiaries have complied, and are presently in compliance, in all material respects, with its privacy policies and other legal obligations regarding the collection, use, transfer, storage, protection, disposal and disclosure by the Company and its subsidiaries of personally identifiable information;

(y) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code would have any liability (each, a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that could not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, as applicable, has been satisfied (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period) and is reasonably expected to be satisfied in the future (without taking into account any waiver thereof or extension of any amortization period); (iv) for each Plan that is an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA, the fair market value of the assets of each such Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that either has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (vi) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the PBGC, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA); and (vii) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (x) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the Company or its subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the Company and its subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (y) a material increase in the Company and its subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 106) compared to the amount of such obligations in the Company and its subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year;

 

8


(z) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, permits, certificates and other authorizations from, and have made all declarations and filings with, all governmental authorities, required or necessary to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate their respective properties and to carry on their respective businesses as now or proposed to be conducted as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (“ Permits ”), except where the failure to obtain such Permits would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(aa) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or any subsidiary and any person granting such person the right to require the Company or any subsidiary to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company or any subsidiary;

(bb) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or controlled affiliates, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer or employee, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any agent or representative of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment or giving of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any “government official” (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) to influence official action or secure an improper advantage; and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, to the Company’s knowledge, have conducted their businesses in material compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977;

(cc) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(dd) Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the Exchange Act;

(ee) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date of this Agreement or have requested extensions thereof (except where the failure to file would not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect) and have paid all taxes required to be paid thereon (except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not have a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its

 

9


subsidiaries, or, except as currently being contested in good faith and for which reserves required by U.S. GAAP have been created in the financial statements of the Company), and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company nor any of its subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

(ff) The Company and each of its subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on the current or future financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(gg) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria);

(hh) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person: to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise);

(ii) For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions;

(jj) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which a Section 5(d) Communication was made) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

 

10


(kk) There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required;

(ll) The Company has no debt securities rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act;

(mm) Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

2. Each of the Selling Stockholders severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(a) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement hereinafter referred to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(b) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares, the approval by FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(c) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder at such Time of Delivery, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(d) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex IV hereto;

(e) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(f) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 expressly for use therein, such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(g) In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the First Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof);

(h) Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “Custody Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder to [Name of Custodian] , as custodian (the “ Custodian ”), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the “ Power of Attorney ”), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact (the “ Attorneys-in-Fact ”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in Section 3 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement;

 

11


(i) The Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership or corporation, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership or corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, certificates representing the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event; and

(j) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell the Shares by any material non-public information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not set forth in Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

3. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 3, that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 5 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

4. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

5. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in electronic form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Custodian to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “ Designated Office ”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [    ], 2013 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co., the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “ First Time of Delivery ”, each such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “ Second Time of Delivery ”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “ Time of Delivery ”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 9 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 9(k) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Cooley LLP, 101 California Street, 5 th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111 (the “ Closing Location ”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [            ] [a.m./.p.m.], New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 5, “ New York Business Day ” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

6. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

 

12


(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonable request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction in which it was not otherwise subject to taxation;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e)(1) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period” ), not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including, but not limited to, any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement

 

13


that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on the date hereof, provided that such option or security is disclosed in or contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package, (c) the issuance by the Company of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock, in each case pursuant to the Company’s stock plans disclosed in or contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package, (d) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement or (e) the entry into any agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that in the case of clauses (d) and (e), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of the Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and provided further that in the case of clauses (b) through (e) the Company shall (i) cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement on substantially the same terms as the lock-up agreements referenced in Section 9(i) hereof for the remainder of the Lock-Up Period, and (ii) enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of the Representatives;

(e)(2) If Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 9(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable

 

14


after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail provided that no reports, documents or other information need be furnished pursuant to this Section 6(f) to the extent they are available on EDGAR;

(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d), to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided that no reports, documents or other information need be furnished pursuant to this Section 6(g) to the extent they are available on EDGAR;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to notice of official issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ Exchange ”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act;

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “ License ”); provided, however , that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

(m) To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 6(e) hereof.

 

15


7. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus other than a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

(b) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Section 5(d) Communications, other than Section 5(d) Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writings, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III(b) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Section 5(d) Communications;

(c) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending ; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(d) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that (i) any Section 5(d) Communications undertaken by it were with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act; and (ii) it will not distribute, or authorize any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writings, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Company and

(e) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing prepared or authorized by it any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing prepared or authorized by it would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Section 5(d) Writing or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

 

16


8. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters and the Selling Stockholders that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 6(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey (not to exceed $20,000); (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Shares, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50% of the cost of aircraft and other transportation chartered in connection with the road show; and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 10 and 13 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

9. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

 

17


(b) Cooley LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions (a form of each such opinion is attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, with respect to such matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, substantially in form set forth in Annex II(b);

(d) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, shall have furnished to you their written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders dated the First Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, KPMG LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex III hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex III(a) hereto and a form of the letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex III(b) hereto);

(f) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall not have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of the exercise of stock options or warrants or the award of stock options, restricted stock or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s stock plans that are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus or the repurchase of shares of common stock of the Company from service providers at no greater than cost) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(g) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York or California State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of

 

18


hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject only to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from directors, officers and other stockholders of the Company listed on Schedule IV hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Section 6(e) hereof in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to you;

(j) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(k) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, reasonably satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request; and

(l) FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Shares.

10. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (“ Marketing Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or any Section 5(d) Writing prepared or authorized by the Company, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

 

19


(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Section 5(d) Writing or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Section 5(d) Writing in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein; and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

20


(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter and its selling agents; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

 

21


11. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 8 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 10 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

12. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

 

22


13. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 11 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any defaulting Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof; but, if for any other reason, any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein (other than for those reasons set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 9(f)), the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof.

14. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly unless otherwise provided in this Agreement; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives in care of: Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179; Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073); if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its address set forth in Schedule II hereto and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 10(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 6(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives at Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room, at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179; Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, and at Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Syndicate Department. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

15. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 10 and 12 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

 

23


16. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

17. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree that they will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

18. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

19. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY MATTERS RELATED TO THIS TRANSACTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this agreement or our engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

20. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax

 

24


treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us six counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney that authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

 

Very truly yours,
RingCentral, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II

hereto

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II to this Agreement.

 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

 

  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
By:  

 

  (J.P.Morgan Securities LLC)

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

By:  

 

  (Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated)

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

25


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total
Number of
Firm
Shares to
be
Purchased
   Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased  if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

     

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

     

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

     

Allen & Company LLC

     

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

     
  

 

  

 

Total

     
  

 

  

 


SCHEDULE II

 

     Total
Number of
Firm Shares
to be Sold

The Company.

  

The Selling Stockholder(s):

  

[Name of Selling Stockholder]

  

[Name of Selling Stockholder]

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Total

  
  

 


SCHEDULE III

 

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses:

[Roadshow presentation]

 

(b) [                    ]

 

(c) Information that, together with the Pricing Prospectus, comprises the Pricing Disclosure Package:

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is: $[•].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•].


SCHEDULE IV

Signatories to lockup letters contemplated by Section 9(i)


ANNEX I

[Form of Press Release]

RingCentral, Inc.

[Date]

RingCentral, Inc. (the “ Company ”) announced today that Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [•] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [•], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX II(a)

FORM OF OPINION OF

COUNSEL FOR UNDERWRITERS


ANNEX II(b)

FORM OF OPINION OF

COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY


ANNEX III(a)

FORM OF COMFORT LETTER


ANNEX III(b)

FORM OF BRING-DOWN COMFORT LETTER


ANNEX IV

FORM OF LOCK UP

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is RingCentral, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a company may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Laww, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

 

(A) Classes of Capital Stock

The Corporation is authorized to issue 99,293,704 shares of capital stock in the aggregate. The capital stock of the Corporation shall be divided into two classes, designated “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 67,000,000. The number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 32,293,704, of which 16,847,263 shall be designated as Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred ”), 5,728,457 shall be designated as Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred ”), 3,288,871 shall be designated as Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred ”), 2,300,000 shall be designated as Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Preferred ”) and 4,129,113 shall be designated as Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Preferred ,” and collectively with the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred, the “ Series Preferred ”). The Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.00001 per share. The Corporation shall from time to time in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware increase the authorized amount of its Common Stock if at any time the number of shares of Common Stock remaining unissued and available for issuance shall not be sufficient to permit conversion of the Series Preferred in accordance with Section 3 of Division (B) below.

 

(B) Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Restrictions of Preferred Stock .

The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Series Preferred or the holders thereof are as follows:


  1. Dividends .

(a) The holders of the Series E Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive dividends, on a pari passu basis, at the rate of six percent (6%) of the “ Original Series E Issue Price ,” “ Original Series D Issue Price ,” “ Original Series C Issue Price ,” “ Original Series B Issue Price ” and “ Original Series A Issue Price ,” respectively (each as defined below) per outstanding share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares (“ Appropriately Adjusted ”)) per annum, payable out of funds legally available therefor. Such dividends shall be payable when, as, and if declared by the Board, acting in its sole discretion. The right to receive dividends shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of any shares by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared and paid in any prior year.

(b) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Corporation shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared an set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Corporation pursuant to agreements which permit the Corporation to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Corporation;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Corporation’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 2 hereof.

(c) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(d) The provisions of Sections 1(b) and 1(c) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Corporation that is approved by (i) the Board and (ii) the Series Preferred, voting as a separate class, as may be required by this Certificate of Incorporation.

(e) [Reserved.]

(f) If at the time any shares of Series Preferred are converted into Common Stock there are any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, then the Corporation at its option shall either pay the unpaid dividends or issue additional shares of Common Stock in the amount of the unpaid dividends at the applicable fair market value for such shares as then in effect.

 

  2. Liquidation .

(a) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock, the amount of $0.722025 per share of Series A Preferred (as Appropriately Adjusted, the “ Original Series A Issue Price ”), the amount of $2.097913 per share of Series B Preferred (as Appropriately Adjusted, the “ Original Series B Issue Price ”), the amount of $3.29938 per share of


Series C Preferred (as Appropriately Adjusted, the “ Original Series C Issue Price ”), the amount of $6.02551 per share of Series D Preferred (as Appropriately Adjusted, the “ Original Series D Issue Price ”), and the amount of $9.687299 per share of Series E Preferred (as Appropriately Adjusted, the “ Original Series E Issue Price ”), respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares (respectively, the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ,” “ Series B Liquidation Preference ,” “ Series C Liquidation Preference ,” “ Series D Liquidation Preference ” and “ Series E Liquidation Preference ,” and collectively, the “ Series Preferred Liquidation Preference ”). If the assets and funds available for distribution to the holders of the Series Preferred shall be insufficient to pay the Series Preferred Liquidation Preference in full, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed to the holders of the Series Preferred in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive.

(b) After payment in full of the Series Preferred Liquidation Preference to all holders of Series Preferred, all remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably only among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

(c) For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to include any of the following, whether in a single transaction or through a series of related transactions: (i) the Corporation’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets (an “ Acquisition ”), (ii) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity (other than a reincorporation for the purpose of changing the Corporation’s domicile) by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which the outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued by or on behalf of the acquiring entity as a result of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction hold less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation (a “ Merger ”), and (iii) transfer to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Corporation’s securities), of the Corporation’s securities if, as a result of which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction hold less than a majority of the voting power of the Corporation (a “ Stock Sale ”) (any such event, a “ Deemed Liquidation ”). For the sake of clarification, a bona fide equity financing transaction for capital raising purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof and the Corporation is the surviving entity shall not be considered a Deemed Liquidation hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the outstanding Series Preferred may agree in writing that a transaction or a series of related transactions will not constitute a Deemed Liquidation for the purposes of this Section 2; provided, however , that if the proceeds payable to the holders of Series D Preferred on a per-share basis in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions would be less than the Series D Liquidation Preference then applicable to the Series D Preferred, then such waiver shall also require the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as a separate class; provided , further , that if the proceeds payable to the holders of Series E Preferred on a per-share basis in connection with such transaction or series of related transactions would be less than the Series E Liquidation Preference then applicable to the Series E Preferred, then such waiver shall also require the vote or written consent of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Series E Preferred, voting or consenting, as the case may be, as a separate class. Any such waiver will be binding upon each holder of Series Preferred and each of their successors and assigns.

(d) Unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement approved by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Corporation’s Certificate of incorporation and bylaws as then in effect, the value of any securities to be delivered to the stockholders pursuant to this Section 2 shall be determined as follows:


(i) If listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction;

(ii) If the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap Market, but is traded on the OTC Bulletin Board ® (the “ OTCBB ”), then the average price of all of the mean prices between the closing bid and asked prices of the Corporation’s publicly traded stock as traded on the OTCBB during the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such transaction; and

(iii) If there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

  3. Conversion .

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Series Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (a) in the case of the Series A Preferred, the Original Series A Issue Price by the then effective “ Series A Conversion Price ” (as defined below) for the Series A Preferred (such result, the “ Series A Conversion Rate ”), (b) in the case of the Series B Preferred, the Original Series B Issue Price by the then effective “ Series B Conversion Price ” (as defined below) for the Series B Preferred (such result, the “ Series B Conversion Rate ”), (c) in the case of the Series C Preferred, the Original Series C Issue Price by the then effective “ Series C Conversion Price ” (as defined below) for the Series C Preferred (such result, the “ Series C Conversion Rate ”), (d) in the case of the Series D Preferred, the Original Series D Issue Price by the then effective “ Series D Conversion Price ” (as defined below) for the Series D Preferred (such result, the “ Series D Conversion Rate ”), and (e) in the case of the Series E Preferred, the Original Series E Issue Price by the then effective “ Series E Conversion Price ” (as defined below) for the Series E Preferred (such result, the “ Series E Conversion Rate ”). The initial “ Series A Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the Original Series A Issue Price. The initial “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the Original Series B Issue Price. The initial “ Series C Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the Original Series C Issue Price. The initial “ Series D Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the Original Series D Issue Price. The initial “ Series E Conversion Price ” shall be equal to the Original Series E Issue Price. The Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price and Series E Conversion Price are each subject to adjustment as provided in Sections 3(d), (e) and (f) below.

(b) Automatic Conversion of the Preferred Stock . Solely with respect to the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, each share of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such series (i) with the approval, by affirmative vote or written consent, of the holders of not less than eight-five percent (85%) of the then outstanding Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred voting together as a single class, or (ii) upon the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed in connection with an underwritten initial public offering of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation at a public offering price with an aggregate offering price to the public that exceeds $20,000,000 (prior to deduction of underwriter commissions and offering expenses) (a “ Qualified IPO ”). Solely with respect to the Series C Preferred, each share of Series C Preferred shall be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Series C Conversion Rate (i) with the approval, by affirmative vote or written consent, of the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred, or (ii) upon the effectiveness of a registration statement under the


Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed in connection with a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation with an aggregate offering price to the public that exceeds $20,000,000 (prior to deduction of underwriter commissions and offering expenses) and at an offering price per share of at least 1.75 times the Original Series C Issue Price. Solely with respect to the Series D Preferred, each share of Series D Preferred shall be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Series D Conversion Rate (i) with the approval, by affirmative vote or written consent, of the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding Series D Preferred, or (ii) upon the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed in connection with a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation at an offering price per share not less than the Original Series D Issue Price. Solely with respect to the Series E Preferred, each share of Series E Preferred shall be automatically converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective Series E Conversion Rate (i) with the approval, by affirmative vote or written consent, of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding Series E Preferred, or (ii) upon the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed in connection with a Qualified IPO at an offering price per share of not less than the Original Series D Issue Price.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective fair value of one share of Common Stock. Conversion of shares of Series Preferred at the option of the holder thereof shall be effected by delivery to the office of the Corporation or to any transfer agent for such shares of duly endorsed certificates for the shares being converted and of written notice to the Corporation that the holder elects to convert such shares. Conversion shall be deemed to occur immediately prior to the close of business on the date the shares and notice is delivered. Automatic conversion of the Series Preferred pursuant to Section 3(b) shall be effective without any further action on the part of the holders of such shares and shall be effective whether or not the certificates for such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent. Holders entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of Series Preferred shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock on the date conversion is deemed to occur. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series Preferred unless either (i) the certificates evidencing such shares being converted are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or (ii) the holder (A) notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and (B) executes an agreement, and at the Corporation’s election provides a surety bond or other security, satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the delivery of such certificates, or the agreement to indemnify in the case of a lost certificate, issue and deliver to the holder of the shares of Series Preferred being converted, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder is entitled and a check payable to the holder for any cash due with respect to fractional shares.

(d) Adjustments of Conversion Price for Certain Diluting Issuances, Splits and Combinations . The Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price and Series E Conversion Price designated shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

(i) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock below the Conversion Price . If, following the Original Issue Date of any shares of Series E Preferred, the Corporation issues Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(i)(D)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the


Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price or the Series E Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, then and in such event, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and/or the Series E Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest hundredth of a cent) as set forth herein, unless otherwise provided in this Section 3.

(A) Adjustment Formula . Whenever the Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred is adjusted pursuant to this Section 3(d)(i), the new Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred shall be determined by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (the “ Common Stock Outstanding ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received or deemed received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at the Conversion Price for the applicable series of Series Preferred in effect immediately prior to such issue, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued. For the purpose of this paragraph, the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding shall be the sum of (i) all Common Stock issued and outstanding, (ii) any Common Stock issuable upon conversion of issued and outstanding Series Preferred on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (iii) outstanding shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of all outstanding Convertible Securities and Options on the day immediately preceding the given date, whether vested or unvested and whether or not immediately exercisable (assuming conversion of Convertible Securities issuable upon exercise of Options therefor).

(B) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 3, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(2) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series E Preferred was issued by the Corporation.

(3) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean instruments of indebtedness or securities, convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock including without limitation, the Series Preferred.

(4) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(i)(D) below) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than as follows:

(I) upon conversion of shares of the Series Preferred;

(II) capital stock, or Options to purchase capital stock issued to officers, directors, employees of and service providers to the Corporation pursuant to plans or arrangements unanimously approved by the Board;

(III) as a dividend or other distribution on the Series Preferred, or any other event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 3(e), (f) or (g);


(IV) upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities that were outstanding prior to the Original Issue Date;

(V) capital stock, or Options to purchase capital stock, issued to financial institutions, lenders or lessors in connection with bona fide commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property leases, or similar transactions, the terms of which have been unanimously approved by the Board;

(VI) capital stock or Options to purchase capital stock issued in connection with bona fide acquisitions, mergers, strategic partnership transactions or similar transactions entered into primarily for non-equity financing purposes, the terms of which have been unanimously approved by the Board;

(VII) shares of capital stock issued or issuable in a Qualified IPO, provided , however , that, solely for the purposes of calculating the Series E Conversion Price, if the price per share of capital stock sold in a Qualified IPO is less than the Series E Original Issue Price, as adjusted, then such shares of capital stock issued or issuable in a Qualified IPO shall be deemed Additional Shares of Common Stock for the purposes of Section 3(d) ;

(VIII) Common Stock issued or deemed issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(i)(D) as a result of a decrease in the Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred resulting from the operation of this Section 3(d);

(X) any shares of capital stock that are deemed not to be Additional Shares of Common Stock upon the approval of at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Series Preferred; and

(XI) by way of dividend or other distributions on securities pursuant to subsections (I) through (X) above.

(C) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price of such series of Series Preferred in effect immediately prior to such issuance.

(D) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock . If the Corporation at any time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of any holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options for Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issuance or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment to the Conversion Price of any Series Preferred shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities, or shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;


(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, then the Conversion Price of each series of Series Preferred computed upon the original issuance thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(3) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities that have not been exercised, the Conversion Price of each series of Series Preferred computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(I) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only additional shares of Common Stock issued were shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issuance of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issuance of all such Convertible Securities that were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

(II) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation upon the issuance of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

(4) no readjustment pursuant to this Section 3(d)(i)(D) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred to an amount which exceeds the lesser of (x) the Conversion Price of such series of Series Preferred on the original adjustment date, or (y) the Conversion Price for such series of Series Preferred that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date, and no readjustment shall affect Common Stock issued on conversion of any Series Preferred prior to such readjustment; and

(5) in the case of any Options that expire by their terms not more than ninety (90) days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such Options.

(E) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 3(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall:

(I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation prior to amounts paid or payable for accrued interest and prior to any commissions or expenses paid by the Corporation;


(II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

(III) if Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received for the Additional Shares of Common Stock, computed as provided in subsections (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 3(d)(i)(D) in respect of Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

(I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Option or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(II) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) Adjustments for Stock Dividends, Combinations or Splits . If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are subdivided, by stock split or otherwise, into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, or if the Corporation shall declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred in effect prior to such event shall be proportionately decreased upon the occurrence of such event. If the outstanding shares of Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse stock split or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred in effect prior to such event shall be proportionately increased upon the occurrence of such event.

(f) Adjustments for Other Distributions . If the Corporation fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive any distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock (excluding any distribution in which any series of Series Preferred participates on an as-converted basis, and any distribution for which adjustment is otherwise made pursuant to this Section 3), then in each such case provision shall be made so that the holders of Series Preferred receive upon conversion, in addition to the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of their shares, the property or other securities of the Corporation that they would otherwise have received had their shares of Series Preferred been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such event and had they thereafter retained such securities, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 3.


(g) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If the Common Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or series of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a Deemed Liquidation under Section 2, and events for which adjustment is made pursuant to Sections 3(e) or 3(f) above), the Conversion Price of each series of Series Preferred then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization, reclassification or change, be adjusted such that the Series Preferred shall be convertible into, in lieu of the Common Stock which the holders thereof would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or series of capital stock equivalent to the number of shares of such other class or series of capital stock that such holders would have been entitled to receive in such reclassification, capital reorganization or change for the number of shares of Common Stock that the holders would have been entitled to receive upon conversion of their Series Preferred immediately prior to such reclassification, capital reorganization or change.

(h) No Impairment . The Corporation will not, without first obtaining the consent of the holders of at least eight-five percent (85%) of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting as a single class, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Section 3 by the Corporation, and in addition, the Corporation will not, without first obtaining the consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under the last sentence of Section 3(b) or Section 3(d)(i)(B)(4)(VII) by the Corporation in relation to the Series E Preferred shares.

(i) Certificate as to Adjustments . The Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute any Conversion Price adjustments for each series of Series Preferred and provide each holder of Series Preferred with a written certificate describing such adjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based. If requested in writing by any holder of Series Preferred no more than one time per year, the Corporation shall provide such holder a certificate describing any Conversion Price adjustments for any series of Series Preferred, the current Conversion Price of each series of Series Preferred and the amount of Common Stock or other property issuable upon conversion of the shares of each series of Series Preferred held by such holder.

(j) Notices of Record Date . If the Corporation shall propose at any time:

(A) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock other than a distribution payable solely in Common Stock;

(B) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock; or

(C) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;

Then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of each series of Series Preferred:

(1) at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (C) and (D) above; and

(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (C) and (D)


above, at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of the anticipated date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

Each such written notice shall be delivered personally or given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Series Preferred at the addresses for such stockholders as shown on the books of the Corporation.

(k) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of each series of Series Preferred, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of each series of Series Preferred, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series Preferred, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

  4. Voting

(a) General . Except as expressly provided by this Certificate of Incorporation or as required by law, the holders of each series of Series Preferred shall have the same voting rights as the holders of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters. Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of each series of Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could then be converted. Fractional votes shall not be permitted. Any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series Preferred held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of votes (with one-half being rounded upward).

(b) Election of Directors .

(i) The authorized number of directors comprising the Corporation’s Board shall be exactly seven (7). Until the date upon which all of the Series Preferred is automatically converted in accordance with Section 3(b) above: (A) the holders of the Series Preferred, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board (each a “ Preferred Director ” and collectively, the “ Preferred Directors ”), and (B) the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect the remaining four (4) members of the Board (each a “ Common Director ” and collectively, the “ Common Directors ”). At all times following the first date that the total number of shares of Series Preferred issued by the Corporation convert, for any reason, to Common Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to elect all of the members of the Board.

(ii) In elections of directors when cumulative voting is in effect, each stockholder shall be entitled to as many votes as shall equal the number of votes which such stockholder would be entitled to cast for the election of directors with respect to such stockholder’s shares of stock multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and the stockholder may cast all of such votes for a


single director or may distribute them among the number of directors to be voted for as such stockholder may see fit, so long as the name of the candidate for director shall have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and the stockholder, or any other stockholder of the same class or series of stock, has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of the intention to cumulate votes. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(iii) Subject to Corporations Code section 305, in the case of any vacancy (other than a vacancy caused by removal) in the office of a director occurring among the directors elected by the holders of a class or series of stock pursuant to this Section 4(b), the remaining directors may by affirmative vote of a majority thereof (or the remaining director so elected if there be but one, or if there are no such directors remaining, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class or series), elect a successor or successors to hold office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant. Any director who shall have been elected by the holders of a class or series of stock or by any directors so elected as provided in the immediately preceding sentence hereof may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the holders of that class or series of stock represented at the meeting or pursuant to unanimous written consent; provided, however, unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be insufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election where the same total number of votes were cast (or if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to consent were consented) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

 

  5. Protective Provisions

(a) This Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis, take any action (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that:

(i) authorizes or issues, or obligates the Corporation to sell or issue, (by reclassification or otherwise) any securities having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with any series of Series Preferred;

(ii) increases or decreases the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock or any series of Series Preferred;

(iii) effects, authorizes or has the Corporation entering into any agreement by the Corporation or its stockholders regarding a Deemed Liquidation;

(iv) changes the number of members comprising the Board from seven (7);

(v) appoints a new chief executive officer;

(vi) unless unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board, alters in any way the compensation, including cash or equity, of any founder or executive officer of the Corporation or trusts or entities under their control or affiliated with such founder or executive;

(vii) unless unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board, enter into any agreement with any founder or executive officer or the family members or trusts or entities under their control; or


(viii) unless unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board, makes any annual expenditure(s) or capital commitment(s) in excess of one million dollars ($1,000,000) that is not reflected in the Corporation’s annual operating plan approved by the holders of at least eighty five percent (85%) of the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred.

(b) This Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred, voting as a single class and on an as converted basis, take any action (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that:

(i) authorizes or obligates the Corporation, to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock (other than dividends required pursuant to section 1 hereof for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 3(e));

(ii) redeems or repurchases shares (excluding repurchases of Common Stock at cost upon termination of an officer, employee, director or service provider or pursuant to a contractual right of first refusal);

(iii) increases the number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred or Series E Preferred;

(iv) alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of Series Preferred so as to adversely affect such series of Series Preferred in a different manner than any other series of Series Preferred;

(v) any action that reclassifies any outstanding shares of any series of Series Preferred; or

(vi) amends the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws so as to adversely affect any series of Series Preferred in a different manner than any other series of Series Preferred.

(c) This Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, take any action (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that:

(i) would result in or permit the automatic conversion of shares of Series D Preferred other than in connection with the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed in connection with a firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation at an offering price per share not less than the Original Series D Issue Price;

(ii) would result in the reduction or waiver of the Series D Liquidation Preference; or


(iii) increases or makes more senior, as compared to the Series D Liquidation Preference, the Series A Liquidation Preference, Series B Liquidation Preference or Series C Liquidation Preference.

(d) This Corporation shall not, without the approval of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred, voting as a single class on an as converted basis, take any action (by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise) that:

(i) would result in or permit the automatic conversion of shares of Series E Preferred other than in connection with the effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed in connection with a Qualified IPO;

(ii) would result in the reduction or waiver of the Series E Liquidation Preference; or

(iii) increases or makes more senior, as compared to the Series E Liquidation Preference, the Series A Liquidation Preference, Series B Liquidation Preference, Series C Liquidation Preference or Series D Liquidation Preference.

 

  6. Status of Converted Shares

In the event any shares of Series Preferred shall be converted pursuant to Section 3 hereof, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation.

 

(C) Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Restrictions of Common Stock

The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Common Stock or the holders thereof are as follows:

1. Dividends . Subject to the prior rights of the Series Preferred, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board.

2. Liquidation . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of Common Stock as provided in Section 2(b) of Division (B) above.

3. Redemption . The Common Stock is not redeemable other than pursuant to a mutual agreement between the Corporation and one or more stockholders that provides for repurchases by the Corporation in connection with the termination of such stockholder’s services to the Corporation.

4. Voting . The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the incorporator are as follows:

John Marlow

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404


ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the bylaws of the Corporation, or unless a stockholder demands election by ballot at the meeting before the voting begins.

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.


ARTICLE IX

Except as provided in Article VIII above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE X

To the fullest extent permitted under law, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons ), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

* * * * * * * *


I, the undersigned, as the sole incorporator of the Company, have signed this Certificate of Incorporation on August 29, 2013.

 

/s/ John Marlow
John Marlow
Incorporator

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation

RingCentral, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is RingCentral, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 17, 2009.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the original Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is RingCentral, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Trust Center.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which Corporation s may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,350,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), 250,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) and 100,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).


4.2 Reclassification of Common Stock and Preferred Stock . Immediately upon the acceptance of this certificate of incorporation for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Effective Time ”), each share of the Corporation’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without further action by any stockholder, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Class B Common Stock. Any stock certificate that immediately prior to the Effective Time represented shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock shall from and after the Effective Time be deemed to represent shares of Class B Common Stock, without the need for surrender or exchange thereof.

4.3 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.5 of this ARTICLE IV (or any certificate of designation with respect thereto).

4.4 Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock .

(a) Voting Rights .

(i) General Right to Vote Together; Exception . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share held by them and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten (10) votes for each such share held by them on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificates of designation of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of

 

-2-


Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificates of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(ii) Protective Provisions . The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided in Section 8.1) of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting as a separate class (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws), amend the Certificate of Incorporation to (i) increase or decrease the par value of the shares of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, (ii) alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock so as to affect them adversely, (iii) treat the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock differently with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of stock paid or distributed by the Corporation or (iv) treat the shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock differently with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock. In addition, after the Effective Time, the Corporation may not issue any shares of Class B Common Stock or grant any rights or options to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock (other than upon exercise of options, warrants and similar rights to acquire Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time or in connection with stock dividends and similar transactions) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided in Section 8.1) of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

(b) Identical Rights . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation:

(i) Dividends and Distributions . Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, in such dividends and distributions, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however , that in the event a distribution is paid in the form of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such stock), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock (or rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock (or rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be).

 

-3-


(ii) Subdivision or Combination . If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

(iii) Treatment in Change of Control Transaction . In the event of a Change of Control Transaction, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, equally, identically and ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock held by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

(c) Voluntary and Automatic Conversion of Class B Common Stock .

(i) Voluntary Conversion . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the transfer agent of the Corporation.

(ii) Automatic Conversion for All Class B Common Stock . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon the earliest to occur of:

(1) 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the first Trading Day falling on or after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate combined number of shares of the then outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock;

(2) the date specified by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class; and

(3) 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the first Trading Day falling on or after the seven year anniversary of the Effective Time; provided, however , that as long as a Class B Stockholder, together with its Permitted Transferees, continues to beneficially own a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that such Class B Stockholder beneficially owned immediately prior to the Effective Time, no shares of Class B Common Stock then held by such Class B Stockholder or its Permitted Transferees shall be automatically converted to Class A Common Stock until such time as such Class B Stockholder, together with its Permitted Transferees, no longer beneficially owns a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that such Class B Stockholder beneficially owned immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided, further , that, solely with respect to a Founder, the Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by such Founder will not automatically be converted to Class A Common Stock so long as the Founder continues to beneficially own (disregarding any shares that such Founder has Transferred to a Permitted Transferee or to a spouse in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement) a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to at least fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that such Founder beneficially owned immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

-4-


(iii) Automatic Conversion for Individual Holder’s Class B Common Stock . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon any Transfer, whether or not for value, of such share; provided that no such automatic conversion shall occur in the case of a Transfer by a Class B Stockholder to any of the persons or entities listed in clauses (A) through (H) below (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) and from any such Permitted Transferee back to such Class B Stockholder and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for such Class B Stockholder:

(A) a trust for the benefit of such Class B Stockholder or persons other than the Class B Stockholder so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control (as defined in Article V) with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided such Transfer does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration (other than an interest in such trust) to the Class B Stockholder and, provided , further , that in the event such Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(B) a trust under the terms of which such Class B Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code and/or a reversionary interest so long as the Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust; provided , however , that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(C) an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Class B Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code; provided that in each case such Class B Stockholder has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust, and provided , further , that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such account, plan or trust, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(D) a corporation in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns shares with sufficient Voting Control in the corporation, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder

 

-5-


no longer owns sufficient shares or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure the Class B Stockholder to retain sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such corporation, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such corporation shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(E) a partnership in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns partnership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the partnership, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such partnership; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient partnership interests or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure the Class B Stockholder to retain sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such partnership or the Class B Stockholder has distributed to its partners a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to more than fifty percent (50%) of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that such Class B Stockholder beneficially owned immediately prior to the Effective Time, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such partnership shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(F) a limited liability company in which such Class B Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Transferees, owns membership interests with sufficient Voting Control in the limited liability company, or otherwise has legally enforceable rights, such that the Class B Stockholder retains sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such limited liability company; provided that in the event the Class B Stockholder no longer owns sufficient membership interests or no longer has sufficient legally enforceable rights to ensure the Class B Stockholder to retain sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such limited liability company, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such limited liability company shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock;

(G) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subparagraphs (A) through (F) above, if such holder of Class B Common Stock is a Founder, the Transfer (other than in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement) of a share of Class B Common Stock by such Founder to (1) such Founder’s spouse or children or a trust or other entity established solely for the benefit of the Founder and/or one or more of the Founder’s spouse and or children; (2) if such Founder is not a natural person, the transfer of voting, beneficial ownership and/or economic interests in such non-natural person Founder (or the transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to persons, trusts or other entities that are owners of such non-natural person Founder as of the Effective Time) to another Founder or the spouse, children and/or other Permitted Transferees of the natural person Founder associated with such non-natural person holder of Class B Common Stock (each of the persons, trusts, entities and Permitted Transferees identified in the immediately preceding subclauses (1)(i) and (1)(ii) of this (G), other than the Founder, are referred to as a “ Founder Group Member ”); or (3) if such holder of Class B Common Stock is a Founder or Founder Group Member, the Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock by such Founder or Founder Group Member to another Founder or Founder Group Member; or

(H) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subparagraphs (A) through (F) above, if such holder of Class B Common Stock is a Founder, the Founder’s spouse or children or is a trust or other entity established solely for the benefit of the

 

-6-


Founder and/or one or more of the Founder’s spouse and or children (each, a “ Founder Donor ”), the transfer of a shares of Class B Common Stock by such Founder to a corporation or trust that is exempt from federal taxation under Internal Revenue Code Section 501(a) by way of being described in Internal Revenue Code 501(c)(3) so long as the Founder Donor has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control (as defined in Article V) with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such entity; provided that, in the event the Founder Donor no longer has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such entity, each share of Class B Common Stock then held by such trust or corporation shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock.

(d) Conversion Upon Death or Disability . Except to the extent specified elsewhere in this Section 4.4(d) of Article IV, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Class B Stockholder who is a natural person, or by such Class B Stockholder’s Permitted Transferees, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death of such Class B Stockholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder (as defined in Article V) or by such Founder’s Permitted Transferees, shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death or Disability (as defined in Article V) of such Founder, and each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder that is not a natural person shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the death or Disability of the Founder associated with such non-natural stockholder; provided , however , that Voting Control of each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder or a Founder’s Permitted Transferees may be Transferred to another Class B Stockholder and/or a Permitted Transferee contingent or effective upon such Founder’s death or Disability without triggering an automatic conversion into Class A Common Stock, provided such shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock nine (9) months after the date of death or Disability of the Founder.

(e) Procedures . The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a Transfer results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

(f) Immediate Effect . In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.4(c), such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares occurred. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be

 

-7-


treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided in Section 4.4(c) of this ARTICLE IV shall be retired and may not be reissued.

(g) Reservation of Stock . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

(h) No Further Issuances . Except for the issuance of Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or similar rights to acquire Class B Common Stock outstanding at the Effective Time or a dividend payable in accordance with ARTICLE IV, Section 4.4(b), the Corporation shall not at any time after the Effective Time issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock, unless such issuance is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

4.5 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in one or more certificates of designation filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions that dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

The following terms, where capitalized in this Restated Certificate, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this ARTICLE V:

 

-8-


Change of Control Share Issuance ” means the issuance by the Corporation, in a transaction or series of related transactions, of voting securities representing more than two percent (2%) of the total voting power (assuming, solely for purposes of this definition, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share) of the Corporation before such issuance to any person or persons acting as a group as contemplated in Rule 13d-5(b) under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision) that immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions held fifty percent (50%) or less of the total voting power of the Corporation (assuming the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share), such that, immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions, such person or group of persons would hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the Corporation (assuming, solely for purposes of this definition, the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock each have one (1) vote per share).

Change of Control Transaction ” means (i) the closing of any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, (ii) the consummation or a merger, reorganization, consolidation or share transfer which results in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to voting securities outstanding immediately prior to the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Corporation or the surviving or acquiring entity, as applicable, (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the Corporation if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation (or the surviving or acquiring entity), or (iv) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation; and (iv) any Change of Control Share Issuance.

Class B Stockholder ” means (i) the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock at the Effective Time, (ii) the Permitted Transferee of a Founder until the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Permitted Transferee are converted as provided herein and (iii) the initial registered holder of any shares of Class B Common Stock that are originally issued by the Corporation after the Effective Time.

Disability ” means permanent and total disability such that the Founder is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner. In the event of a dispute whether the Founder has suffered a Disability, no Disability of the Founder shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until an affirmative ruling regarding such Disability has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction, and such ruling has become final and non-appealable.

Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Founder ” means Vladimir Shmunis, Vlad Vendrow, ELCA Fund I, L.P., ELCA Fund II, L.P., ELCA Fund III, L.P or ELCA, LLC.

Securities Exchange ” means, at any time, the registered national securities exchange on which the Corporation’s equity securities are then principally listed or traded, which shall be either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Global Market (or similar national quotation system of the NASDAQ Stock Market) (“ NASDAQ ”) or any successor exchange of either the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ.

 

-9-


Trading Day ” means any day on which the Securities Exchange is open for trading.

Transfer ” of a share of Class B Common Stock shall mean any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law. A “ Transfer ” shall also include, without limitation, (i) a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether or not there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), (ii) the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control over a share of Class B Common Stock by proxy or otherwise; (iii) the transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that is an entity to its owners (unless otherwise explicitly permitted hereunder) or (iv) any transfer in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement; provided , however , that the following shall not be considered a “ Transfer ”: (a) the grant of a proxy to officers or directors of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders; (b) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a Class B Stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction so long as the Class B Stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided , however , that a foreclosure on such shares of Class B Common Stock or other similar action by the pledge shall constitute a “ Transfer ”; or (c) the fact that, as of the Effective Time or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction (excluding in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement, all of which shall constitute “Transfers”), so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a “ Transfer ” of such shares of Class B Common Stock.

Voting Control ” with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

6.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

6.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

-10-


(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the Effective Time, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Time. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

6.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause.

6.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VII

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-11-


ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding capital stock of the Corporation having no less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted; provided , however , that after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

8.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

8.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

8.4 No Cumulative Voting . No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE IX

9.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

9.2 Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation,

 

-12-


partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Any repeal or amendment of this ARTICLE IX by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this ARTICLE X. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 67% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to rescind, alter, amend, or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, ARTICLE IV, ARTICLE V, ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX or this ARTICLE X (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, RingCentral, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this [          ] day of September 2013.

 

By:     
  Vladimir G. Shmunis,
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS OF

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

Adopted August 29, 2013


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

1.1

  Place of Meetings      1   

1.2

  Annual Meeting      1   

1.3

  Special Meeting      1   

1.4

  Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings      1   

1.5

  Quorum      2   

1.6

  Adjourned Meeting; Notice      2   

1.7

  Conduct of Business      2   

1.8

  Voting      2   

1.9

  Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      3   

1.10

  Record Dates      4   

1.11

  Proxies      5   

1.12

  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote      5   

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

     5   

2.1

  Powers      5   

2.2

  Number of Directors      5   

2.3

  Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors      5   

2.4

  Resignation and Vacancies      6   

2.5

  Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone      6   

2.6

  Conduct of Business      7   

2.7

  Regular Meetings      7   

2.8

  Special Meetings; Notice      7   

2.9

  Quorum; Voting      7   

2.10

  Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting      8   

2.11

  Fees and Compensation of Directors      8   

2.12

  Removal of Directors      8   

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

     8   

3.1

  Committees of Directors      8   

3.2

  Committee Minutes      8   

3.3

  Meetings and Actions of Committees      8   

3.4

  Subcommittees      9   

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

     9   

4.1

  Officers      9   

4.2

  Appointment of Officers      9   

4.3

  Subordinate Officers      9   

4.4

  Removal and Resignation of Officers      9   

4.5

  Vacancies in Offices      10   

4.6

  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations      10   

4.7

  Authority and Duties of Officers      10   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

     10   

5.1

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings      10   

5.2

  Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company      10   

5.3

  Successful Defense      11   

5.4

  Indemnification of Others      11   

5.5

  Advanced Payment of Expenses      11   

5.6

  Limitation on Indemnification      12   

5.7

  Determination; Claim      12   

5.8

  Non-Exclusivity of Rights      12   

5.9

  Insurance      13   

5.10

  Survival      13   

5.11

  Effect of Repeal or Modification      13   

5.12

  Certain Definitions      13   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     13   

6.1

  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares      13   

6.2

  Special Designation on Certificates      14   

6.3

  Lost Certificates      14   

6.4

  Dividends      14   

6.5

  Stock Transfer Agreements      15   

6.6

  Registered Stockholders      15   

6.7

  Transfers      15   

6.8

  Restrictions on Transfers      15   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

7.1

  Notice of Stockholder Meetings      17   

7.2

  Notice by Electronic Transmission      17   

7.3

  Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address      18   

7.4

  Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful      18   

7.5

  Waiver of Notice      18   

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

     18   

8.1

  Fiscal Year      18   

8.2

  Seal      18   

8.3

  Annual Report      18   

8.4

  Construction; Definitions      18   

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

     19   

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings .  Meetings of stockholders of RingCentral, Inc. (the “ Company ”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2 Annual Meeting .  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting. The Company shall not be required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders, provided that (i) the stockholders are permitted to act by written consent under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws, (ii) the stockholders take action by written consent to elect directors and (iii) the stockholders unanimously consent to such action or, if such consent is less than unanimous, all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.

1.3. Special Meeting .  A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

a) be in writing;

b) specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

c) be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer), or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy


holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

1.5 Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 1.6 , until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice .  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7 Conduct of Business .  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1. 8 Voting .  The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

- 2 -


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in Section 7.2 ) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

 

- 3 -


Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

1.10 Record Dates . In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

- 4 -


1.11 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

2.1 Powers . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2 Number of Directors . The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors . Except as provided in Section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to Sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

- 5 -


2.4 Resignation and Vacancies . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

a) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

b) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone . The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

- 6 -


2.6 Conduct of Business . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8 Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

a) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

b) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

c) sent by facsimile; or

d) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 48 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9 Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

- 7 -


If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission as provided in Section 7.2 , and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12 Removal of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

3.1 Committees of Directors . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2 Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees . Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

a) Section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

b) Section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

c) Section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

- 8 -


d) Section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

e) Section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

f) Section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However :

a) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

b) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

c) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4 Subcommittees . Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

4.1 Officers . The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Appointment of Officers . The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

- 9 -


Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5 Vacancies in Offices . Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 4.3 .

4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers . Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,

 

- 10 -


employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3 Successful Defense . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4 Indemnification of Others . Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Sections 5.6b) or 5.6c) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

- 11 -


5.6 Limitation on Indemnification . Subject to the requirements in Section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

c) for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

d) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise required to be made under Section 5.7 or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

e) if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7 Determination; Claim . If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V , to the extent such person is successful in such action, and, if requested by such person, shall advance such expenses to such person, subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 . In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

- 12 -


5.9 Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10 Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification . A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

5.12 Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Article V .

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares . The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

- 13 -


The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 Special Designation on Certificates . If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 Lost Certificates . Except as provided in this Section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 Dividends . The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

- 14 -


6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements . The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6 Registered Stockholders . The Company:

a) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

b) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

c) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7 Transfers . Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.8 Restrictions on Transfers . No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock of the Company or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this Section 6.8.

a) If the stockholder receives from anyone a bona fide offer acceptable to the stockholder to purchase any of its shares of common stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the Company. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and all other terms and conditions of the offer

b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such bona fide offer. In the event the Company elects to purchase all the shares, it shall give written notice to the selling stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (c).

c) In the event the Company elects to acquire the shares of the selling stockholder as specified in said selling stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the Company shall so notify the selling stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the Company receives said selling stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the Company shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice.

d) In the event the Company does not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the selling stockholder’s notice, said selling stockholder may, within a sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the Company herein, sell elsewhere the shares specified in said selling stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the Company, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph

 

- 15 -


(c) of this Section 6.8, provided that said sale shall not be on terms and conditions more favorable to the purchaser than those contained in the bona fide offer set forth in said selling stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said selling stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.8 in the same manner as before said transfer.

e) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 6.8:

(a) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer and shall include any trust established primarily for the benefit of the stockholder or his immediate family.

(b) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the Company.

(c) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to an affiliate thereof or pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, or reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder.

(d) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(e) A transfer by a stockholder which is limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or retired partners, or to any such partner’s or retired partner’s estate.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Section 6.8, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accordance with this Section 6.8.

f) The provisions of this Section 6.8 may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the Company, upon duly authorized action of the Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the Company (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be sold by the selling stockholder). This Section 6.8 may be amended or repealed only upon the express vote or written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of each outstanding class of voting securities of the Company.

g) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the Company shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this Section 6.8 are strictly observed and followed.

h) The foregoing right of first refusal shall automatically terminate upon the date securities of the Company are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

i) The Company shall place an appropriate legend on all certificates for its shares referring to the provisions of this Section 6.8 restricting the transfer of shares.

 

- 16 -


ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings . Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders or directors pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders or directors given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder or director to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder or director by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

a) the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice;

b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder or director has consented to receive notice;

c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder or director of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder or director.

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

- 17 -


Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2 Seal . The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3 Annual Report . The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

8.4 Construction; Definitions . Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

- 18 -


ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

(adopted on September 13, 2013 and effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1     REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2     OTHER OFFICES

     1   

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1     PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2     ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3     SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4     ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5     NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6     QUORUM

     6   

2.7     ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8     CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9     VOTING

     7   

2.10   STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11   RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12   PROXIES

     8   

2.13   LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14   INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

     9   

3.1     POWERS

     9   

3.2     NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3     ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4     RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5     PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6     REGULAR MEETINGS

     10   

3.7     SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8     QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9     BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     11   

3.10   FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

     12   

4.1    COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2    COMMITTEE MINUTES

     13   

4.3    MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   

4.4    SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     14   

5.1     OFFICERS

     14   

5.2     APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.3     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

5.4     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5     VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6     REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     15   

5.7     AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

5.8     THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.9     THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.10   THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     15   

5.11   THE PRESIDENT

     15   

5.12   THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

     16   

5.13   THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

     16   

5.14   THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

     16   

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

     17   

6.1     STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     17   

6.2     SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.3     LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     18   

6.4     DIVIDENDS

     18   

6.5     TRANSFER OF STOCK

     18   

6.6     STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18   

6.7     REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     18   

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     19   

7.1     NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     19   

7.2     NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     19   

7.3     NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     20   

7.4     NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     20   

7.5     WAIVER OF NOTICE

     20   

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

8.1     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     21   

8.2     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF

          THE CORPORATION

     21   

8.3     SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     21   

8.4     INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     22   

8.5     ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     22   

8.6     LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

8.7     DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     23   

8.8     NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     23   

8.9     INSURANCE

     23   

8.10   SURVIVAL

     23   

8.11   EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     24   

8.12   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     24   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

     24   

9.1     EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     24   

9.2     FISCAL YEAR

     24   

9.3     SEAL

     24   

9.4     CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     25   

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

     25   

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of RingCentral, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

  1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

 

  2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the board of directors, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors or (C) the chief executive officer. A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.


(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

 

  2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the

 

-2-


stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

 

-3-


(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


  2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

  2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

  2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

 

-6-


  2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having no less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted; provided, however, that on and after the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

  2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

-7-


If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

 

  2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the

 

-8-


meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

  2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine when the polls shall close; (vii) determine the result; and (viii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

 

  3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

-9-


  3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes.

 

  3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

  3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-10-


  3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

  3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii) sent by facsimile; or

 

  (iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

  3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-11-


If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

  3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

  3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

 

-12-


  4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

  4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

  (i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

  (ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

  (iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

 

  (iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

 

  (v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

 

  (vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

-13-


ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

  5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

 

  5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

 

-14-


  5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

  5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

 

  5.8 THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board. The chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.

 

  5.9 THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

 

  5.10 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the corporation. If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

  5.11 THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

 

-15-


  5.12 THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

  5.13 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

 

  5.14 THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. The chief financial officer shall have custody of the corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. The chief financial officer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the chief financial officer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer.

 

-16-


ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

  6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

  6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

-17-


  6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

  6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

  6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

  6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

-18-


(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

  7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

  7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

-19-


An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

  7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

  7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

  7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

-20-


ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

 

  8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

  8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

-21-


  8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

 

  8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

 

  8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

-22-


(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

 

  8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

  8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

  8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

  8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

-23-


  8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

  8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

 

  9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

  9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

  9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

-24-


  9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however , that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.8 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII and this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other Bylaw). The board of directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-25-

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the owner of

CUSIP

DATED

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,

FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF

RingCentral, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or

by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares

represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of

Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the

Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This

Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.0001

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE

IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND

COLLEGE STATION, TX

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Certificate

Number

Shares

.

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Secretary

By

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

2013

DELAWARE

Ri ngC ent ra l, Inc.

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#

76680R 20 6

DD-MMM-YYYY

* * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * *

** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample

**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David

Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander

David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.

Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****

Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample

**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David

Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander

David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.

Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****

Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample

**000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares***

*000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****

000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0

00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00

0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000

000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000

00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000

0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000

**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000*

*Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**

Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S

***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND

ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE &

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

ZQ00000000

Certificate Numbers

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

Total Transaction

Num/No.

123456

Denom.

123456

Total

1234567

MR A SAMPLE

DESIGNATION (IF ANY)

ADD 1

ADD 2

ADD 3

ADD 4

PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004

CUSIP XXXXXX XX X

Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX

Insurance Value 1,000,000.00

Number of Shares 123456

DTC 12345678 123456789012345


LOGO

 

The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares

acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by

the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and

requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have

processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis

calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out

(FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax

advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.

If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any

activity in your account for the time periods specified by state

law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed

property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

For value received, ____________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

Shares

Attorney

Dated: __________________________________________20__________________

Signature: ____________________________________________________________

Signature: ____________________________________________________________

Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name

as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular,

without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

of the Class A Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

.

RingCentral, Inc.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS,

PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE

QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND

LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND

THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE

VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER

AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL

REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT

MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks,

Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full

according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian ................................................

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.........................................................

(State)

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian (until age ................................)

and not as tenants in common (Cust)

.............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ...................

(Minor) (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

Exhibit 4.2

LOGO

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the owner of

DATED

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,

FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK OF

RingCentral, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or

by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares

represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of

Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with the

Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This

Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

CLASS B COMMON STOCK

PAR VALUE $0.0001

CLASS B COMMON STOCK

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE

IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ AND

COLLEGE STATION, TX

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

Certificate

Number

Shares

.

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

By

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

2013

DELAWARE

Ri ngC ent ra l, Inc.

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Secretary

ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS#

DD-MMM-YYYY

* * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

* * * * * * 000000* * * * * * * * * * * * * *

** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample

**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David

Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander

David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.

Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****

Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample

**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David

Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander

David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr.

Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample ****

Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample

**000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares***

*000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****

000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0

00000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00

0000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000

000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****0000

00**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****00000

0**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000

**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000*

*Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**

Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**Shares****000000**S

***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND

ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO***

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE &

MR. SAMPLE & MRS. SAMPLE

ZQ00000000

Certificate Numbers

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

1234567890/1234567890

Total Transaction

Num/No.

123456

Denom.

123456

Total

1234567

MR A SAMPLE

DESIGNATION (IF ANY)

ADD 1

ADD 2

ADD 3

ADD 4

PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004

CUSIP XXXXXX XX X

Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX

Insurance Value 1,000,000.00

Number of Shares 123456

DTC 12345678 123456789012345


LOGO

 

The IRS requires that we report the cost basis of certain shares

acquired after January 1, 2011. If your shares were covered by

the legislation and you have sold or transferred the shares and

requested a specific cost basis calculation method, we have

processed as requested. If you did not specify a cost basis

calculation method, we have defaulted to the first in, first out

(FIFO) method. Please visit our website or consult your tax

advisor if you need additional information about cost basis.

If you do not keep in contact with us or do not have any

activity in your account for the time periods specified by state

law, your property could become subject to state unclaimed

property laws and transferred to the appropriate state.

For value received, ____________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

Shares

Attorney

Dated: __________________________________________20__________________

Signature: ____________________________________________________________

Signature: ____________________________________________________________

Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name

as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular,

without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever.

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

of the Class B Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

.

RingCentral, Inc.

THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS,

PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE

QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND

LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND

THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE

VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER

AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL

REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT

MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE.

Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks,

Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full

according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian ................................................

(Cust) (Minor)

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act.........................................................

(State)

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT - ............................................Custodian (until age ................................)

and not as tenants in common (Cust)

.............................under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act ...................

(Minor) (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

Exhibit 5.1

September 13, 2013

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-190815), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by RingCentral, Inc. (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of 8,625,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), of which up to 8,545,000 shares (including up to 1,125,000 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted to the underwriters by the Company) will be issued and sold by the Company and 80,000 shares will be sold by certain selling stockholders (the “ Selling Stockholders ”). We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation

Exhibit 10.3

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related issuance of shares under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable securities or exchange control laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

2


(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means RingCentral, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

3


(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement in Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a weekend or holiday, the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined in accordance with subsections (i) through (iv) above (as applicable) on the next business day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

4


(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this RingCentral, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 6,200,000 Shares, plus a number of Shares equal to the sum of (i) a number of Shares equal to the number of shares of the Company’s Class B common stock subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Company’s 2010 Equity

 

5


Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Existing Plan ”), that, after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and (ii) a number of Shares equal to the number of Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that, after the Registration Date, are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan from the Existing Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 7,800,000 Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2014 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i) 6,200,000 Shares, (ii) 5% of the outstanding shares of all classes of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

6


(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

 

7


(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

8


(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares or Class B Shares, provided that such shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any

 

9


consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided the right to designate a beneficiary is set forth in the Award Agreement and such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of

 

10


the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(v) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7(d) is prevented by the provisions of Section 20 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Administrator, in its discretion) after the date the Participant is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement).

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

11


(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

 

12


(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other

 

13


terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Outside Director Limitations .

(a) Cash-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

(b) Stock-Settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, stock-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of more than $500,000, increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initial service.

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

14


13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards may be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 14(c), the Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not

 

15


otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

 

16


15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash (including cash from the sale of Shares issued to Participant) or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right, or any Parent’s or Subsidiary’s right, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

17


18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

18


RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the RingCentral, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:

    

Address:

    
    

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

 

 

Date of Grant

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

Number of Shares Granted

 

 

Exercise Price per Share

 

$

Total Exercise Price

 

$

Type of Option

           Incentive Stock Option
           Nonstatutory Stock Option

Term/Expiration Date

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

1


Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting of the Shares subject to the Option shall be subject to any vesting acceleration provisions applicable to this Option contained in the Plan and/or any employment or service agreement, offer letter, change in control severance agreement, or any other agreement that, prior to and effective as of the date of this Agreement, has been entered into between Participant and the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (such agreement, a “Separate Agreement”) to the extent not otherwise duplicative of the vesting terms described above (by way of example, if a Separate Agreement provides for different acceleration of vesting provisions for all of Participant’s stock options upon a termination of Participant as a Service Provider for “good reason” that is defined differently, and the Participant’s status as a Service Provider terminates in a manner that would trigger “good reason” under the Separate Agreement but not under this Agreement, the Participant would remain entitled to the acceleration of vesting under the Separate Agreement).

Termination Period :

Except as provided in a Separate Agreement, this Option will be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

 

2


By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT      RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title
Address:     

 

    

 

    

 

3


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement, the Plan, and the Separate Agreement (as applicable), which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

(a) For U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). If designated in the Notice of Grant as an ISO, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as an NSO. Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

(b) For non-U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as an NSO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit C (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option,

 

4


the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together and of any Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) if Participant is a U.S. employee, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”) which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. If Participant is a non-U.S. employee, payment of Tax-Related Items may not be effectuated by surrender of other Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of any Tax-Related Items. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), or former employer, as applicable, may be required to withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction.

 

5


(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share Exercise Price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share Exercise Price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

6


9. Nature of Grant . In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

(b) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

(c) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(e) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(f) the Option and Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(g) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(h) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

(i) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

(j) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or Participant’s engagement agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction

 

7


where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

(k) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(l) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

  (i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

  (ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Employer, or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

 

  (iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Subsidiary and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

10. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

8


11. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her engagement as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

12. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

9


13. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

14. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

16. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

17. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

19. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

 

10


20. Language . If Participant has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

21. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

22. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

23. Governing Law and Venue . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

24. Appendix . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Agreement for Participant’s country (the “Appendix”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.

25. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection with the Option.

26. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other Participant.

 

11


Appendix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12


EXHIBIT B

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                  ,                  , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase                           shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                          (the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $              , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

1


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.

 

Submitted by:

     Accepted by:
PURCHASER      RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Its
Address:     

 

    

 

    
    
    

 

     Date Received

 

2


RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the RingCentral, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

Participant Name:

  

Address:

  

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number

 

 

Date of Grant

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

 

Number of Restricted Stock Units  

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[ Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and twenty-five percent (25%) of the Restricted Stock Units will vest each year thereafter on the same day as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date. ]

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to any vesting acceleration provisions applicable to the Restricted Stock Units contained in the Plan and/or any employment or service agreement, offer letter, change in control severance agreement, or any other agreement that, prior to and effective as of the date of this Award Agreement, has been entered into between Participant and the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (such agreement, a “Separate Agreement”) to the extent not otherwise duplicative of the vesting terms described above (by way of example, if a Separate Agreement provides for different acceleration of vesting provisions for all of Participant’s restricted stock units upon a termination of Participant as a Service Provider for “good reason”


that is defined differently, and the Participant’s status as a Service Provider terminates in a manner that would trigger “good reason” under the Separate Agreement but not under this Award Agreement, the Participant would remain entitled to the acceleration of vesting under the Separate Agreement).

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of RingCentral, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A , all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:      RINGCENTRAL, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Title
Residence Address:     

 

    

 

    

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement, the Plan, and the Separate Agreement (as applicable), which are incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any obligations for Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 7). Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6)

 

3


month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate. The date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider is detailed in Section 10(h).

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant (“Tax-Related Items”) which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of Tax-Related Items of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold any Tax-Related Items legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant

 

4


through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) if Participant is a U.S. employee, delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any obligations for Tax-Related Items by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant [and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied]. Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and a date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or Tax-Related Items related to Restricted Stock Units otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Nature of Grant . In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

5


  (a) the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

  (b) the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

 

  (c) all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

  (d) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

  (e) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

  (f) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

  (g) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

  (h) for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later to be found invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

 

  (i) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

6


  (j) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

  i. the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

  ii. Participant acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Employer, or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and

 

  iii. no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Subsidiary or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

11. No Advice Regarding Grant . The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

12. Data Privacy . Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

7


Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

13. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at RingCentral, Inc., 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

14. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

8


15. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

16. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

17. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

18. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

19. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

20. Language . If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

9


21. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

22. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

23. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

24. Governing Law and Venue . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of Delaware without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

25. Appendix . Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Award Agreement for Participant’s country (the “Appendix”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Appendix constitutes part of this Award Agreement.

26. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise the Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

27. Waiver . Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Award Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Award Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by Participant or any other Participant.

 

10


APPENDIX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

Exhibit 10.4

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

January 12, 2012

To: Robert Lawson

Re: Offer Letter

Dear Robert,

It is my pleasure to offer you an exempt position as a member of the executive team with RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” or “RingCentral”), as Chief Financial Officer, reporting to me. We understand that from February 16 through February 29, 2012, you will also be providing services to Codexis as an employee of Codexis. As of March 1, 2012, you will be a full-time exempt employee of RingCentral.

Your starting compensation plan will be as follows:

 

   

Salary. Annual gross base salary of $250,000 per year (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

 

   

MBO Performance Bonus .

 

   

You shall be eligible to receive an annual management-by-objective (MBO) bonus in the target gross amount of forty percent (40%) of your annual base salary ($100,000 per year) based on the Company’s performance against its annual board plan and multi-year projections.

 

   

All MBO performance bonuses shall be paid on or before February 15 th . If the Company and you disagree about whether an MBO milestone has been achieved, you and the Company shall promptly meet and confer in good faith to attempt to resolve the matter on mutually agreeable terms.

 

   

Stock Options. Subject to board approval, you will be issued 565,037 stock options (i.e., 1.0% of the fully diluted capital stock of the Company). The exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Your stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). All of your stock options shall vest over a 4-year vesting schedule as follows: provided you remain an employee of the Company, 25% of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (i.e., your employment Start Date), and the remaining options shall vest in equal installments at the rate of 1/48 th  per month on a monthly basis thereafter. Subject to applicable law, your stock options will be issued as incentive stock options.

 

   

Double-Trigger Stock Option Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a “Change of Control (defined below) any time after your Start Date and, (i) you are terminated by the Company within 60 days prior to the Change of Control and/or not hired by the surviving / successor entity, or (ii) within 12 months after the Change of Control, your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company without Cause or you terminate your employment with the successor/surviving company for “Good Reason” (defined below), then fifty percent (50%) of your then unvested stock options shall immediately vest and be exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions of your Stock Option Agreement.

 

   

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the


 

stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50% ) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B) (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

   

“Cause” means any of the following: (i) fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or breach of fiduciary duty, (ii) intentional or gross negligent breach of the provisions of applicable Company agreements signed by you (e.g., Confidentiality Agreement, PIIA) or Company policies, (iii) repeated failure to perform services hereunder or (iv) incapacity, only after the expiration of a period the length of which shall be determined by the Company’s HR Department pursuant to the then applicable sick leave policy.

 

   

“Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent: (i) reduction of more than 5% of your overall compensation (it being agreed that your failure to achieve or be paid any target MBO bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of your overall compensation); (ii) material reduction in your duties; or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment to a place greater than 30 miles from the Company’s then-principal executive offices. For clarification and the avoidance of doubt, a “material reduction in your duties” shall not be deemed to occur because you are offered employment with and/or are working for a division or subsidiary of the successor-company or acquirer as CFO of such a division or subsidiary (or, if such division or subsidiary does not have a CFO, as the most senior finance person of such division or subsidiary) following the Change of Control.

 

   

Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health and benefits plans and will be provided with 10 Company holiday-vacation days and 15 days of paid-time off in accordance with the Company’s policies for other employees of your position. When you begin employment, you will be provided with a complete description of these Company policies, and you will be required to sign the Company’s standard HR and administrative forms to be eligible to receive such benefits.

As a condition of your employment, you will need to sign our standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement (“PIIA”). You expressly agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of Codexis, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information. This is especially critical during the period of time that you will be performing services for both Codexis and the Company. We understand from you that Codexis has consented to you providing services for both Codexis and the Company. Just as Codexis expects you to continue to abide by your obligations regarding its confidential and proprietary information, the Company has the same expectations and by signing below, you agree that your employment with the Company is contingent upon you not bringing or utilizing any third party information.

 


For purposes of federal immigration law, you may be required to provide to us documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. You must provide such documentation to us within three (3) business days of request as a condition of this offer and of your employment. Your failure to comply with this condition gives us the right to immediately terminate our employment relationship with you.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times is strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Subject to applicable state and federal law, in the case of any termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you any severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with 2010 Plan. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel of the Company.

In the unlikely event of a dispute between Company and you arising out of or related to your employment, including any matter related to the stock options or the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever, we each agree to submit our dispute to binding arbitration in the County of San Mateo, California under the Federal Arbitration Act if we are unable to resolve the dispute after meeting and conferring in good faith within 45 days. This means that there will be no court or jury trial of disputes between us concerning your employment or the termination of your employment. To the extent any such prospective arbitration concerns claims arising out of your employment with the Company, the Company will pay all of the arbitration costs. While this agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broad (and covers, for example, claims under state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, age, disability, family leave, etc.), it is not applicable to your rights under the California Workers’ Compensation Law, which are governed under the special provisions of that law, or to enforcement of the attached agreement concerning confidential information and ownership of inventions.

Your employment start date shall be February 15, 2012 (the “Start Date”) unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

I really look forward to working with you. We have high hopes that you will contribute in a very tangible and visible manner to our continued success.

 

Sincerely,

 

      ACCEPTED
/s/ Vlad Shmunis       /s/ Robert Lawson

Vlad Shmunis

     

Robert Lawson

Chief Executive Officer      
RingCentral, Inc.       Date: 1/27/12

 

Exhibit 10.4A

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

AMENDMENT TO ROBERT LAWSON OFFER LETTER

This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) is made by and between Robert Lawson (“ Employee ”) and RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”, and together with Employee collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”) on August 15, 2013.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Parties previously entered into an offer letter, dated January 12, 2012 (the “ Offer Letter ”); and

WHEREAS , the Parties desire to amend certain provisions of the Offer Letter in order to reflect the updated terms of Employee’s employment with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree that the Offer Letter is hereby amended as follows:

1. Job Title . The first paragraph of the Offer Letter is hereby amended by (i) replacing “Chief Financial Officer” with “Senior Vice President and Treasurer” and (ii) replacing “me” with “the Chief Financial Officer.”

2. Salary . The paragraph entitled “ Salary ” is hereby amended by replacing “$250,000” with “$270,000.”

3. MBO Performance Bonus . The paragraph entitled “ MBO Performance Bonus ” is hereby amended by replacing “forty percent (40%)” with “fifty percent (50%).”

4. Double-Trigger Stock Option Vesting Acceleration . The paragraph entitled “ Double-Trigger Stock Option Vesting Acceleration ” is hereby amended by adding “(defined below)” immediately following “Cause.”

5. Severance . The Offer Letter is hereby amended to add the following section immediately after the section entitled “ Benefits ”:

“• Severance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of an involuntary termination of your employment by the Company other than for Cause (excluding by reason of death or disability), you will be entitled to severance compensation equal to six (6) months of your then-current base salary, payable in semi-monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures, subject to you executing and not revoking a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company or its successor (a “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable by the sixtieth (60th) day following your termination (the “Release Deadline”). In no event will severance be paid until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable. If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit any right to severance payments under this Release. If the Release becomes effective by the Release Deadline, payment of severance under this letter will commence


on the Company’s next regular payroll period following the 60-day anniversary of the date of your termination, subject to the following paragraph. Except as required by the following paragraph, any payments delayed from the date of your employment terminates through the Release Deadline will be payable in a lump sum without interest on the Company’s next regular payroll period following the 60-day anniversary of the date of your termination, and all other amounts will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment for the remainder of the 6-month period following the date of your termination.

It is the intent of this letter that all payments and benefits hereunder comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law requirements (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter, no separation pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to this letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, “Deferred Compensation”) or otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if at the time of your termination of employment, you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, payment of such Deferred Compensation will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that you will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day following your termination of employment, or your death, if earlier (the “Six-Month Delay”). All subsequent Deferred Compensation, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of your termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of your death and all other Deferred Compensation will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.”

6. Waiver . Employee hereby acknowledges that neither the execution of this Amendment nor the change in his duties nor the change in his position to Senior Vice President and Treasurer nor the change in his reporting structure will constitute “Good Reason” under the Offer Letter.

 

2


7. Full Force and Effect . To the extent not expressly amended hereby, the Offer Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

8. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Offer Letter constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Amendment may be amended at any time only by mutual written agreement of the Parties.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one instrument, and each of which may be executed by less than all of the parties to this Amendment.

10. Governing Law . This Amendment will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has executed this Amendment, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the date set forth above.

 

COMPANY     RINGCENTRAL, INC.
   

 

    By:  

/s/ Vladimir Shmunis

    Title:  

CEO

EMPLOYEE     ROBERT LAWSON
   

/s/ Robert Lawson

 

3

Exhibit 10.5

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

July 30, 2012

To: Kira Makagon

Re: Offer Letter

Dear Kira,

It is my pleasure to offer you a full time exempt position as a member of the executive team with RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” or “RingCentral”), as Executive Vice President, Innovation, reporting to me. You will be responsible for all service delivery operations, including engineering, operations and Q&A.

Your starting compensation plan will be as follows:

 

   

Salary. Annual gross base salary of $250,000 per year (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

 

   

MBO Performance Bonus .

 

   

You shall be eligible to receive an annual management-by-objective (MBO) bonus in the target gross amount of forty percent (40%) of your annual base salary ($100,000 per year) based on the Company’s performance against its annual board plan and multi-year projections (and prorated for the portion of the year during which you are an employee). Your MBO bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

   

All MBO performance bonuses shall be determined by the Company in its discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan (currently quarterly).

 

   

Stock Options. Subject to board approval, you will be issued 575,212 stock options. The exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Your stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). Except as set forth below under “Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration” and “First Year Change of Control Vesting”, all of your stock options shall vest over a 4-year vesting schedule as follows: provided you remain an employee or consultant of the Company, 25% of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (i.e., your employment Start Date), and the remaining options shall vest in equal installments at the rate of 1/36 th  per month on a monthly basis thereafter. Subject to applicable law, your stock options will be issued as incentive stock options.

 

   

First Year Change in Control Vesting Acceleration . If, prior to the one-year anniversary of your employment Start Date (the “One Year Anniversary Date”), (A) the Company consummates a Change in Control (defined below) and (B) either you (i) do not accept or are not offered employment with the successor/surviving company or (ii) following such Change in Control, you terminate your employment

 


 

 

with the successor/surviving company prior to the One Year Anniversary Date, and provided that (1) your stock options are not otherwise subject to the provisions of “Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration” set forth below, and (2) you sign and do not revoke a release of all claims against the Company, then a number of your stock options equal to 1/48 th of your total stock options multiplied by the number of full months from your employment Start Date through the date of your termination shall immediately vest in full on your termination date and be exercisable within ninety (90) days of your termination date.

 

   

Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a “Change of Control (defined below) any time after your Start Date and, (i) you are terminated by the Company for reasons other than “Cause” (as defined below), death, or disability within 60 days prior to the Change of Control and/or are not hired by the surviving / successor entity, or (ii) within 12 months after the Change of Control, your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company for reasons other than Cause, death or disability, or you terminate your employment with the successor/surviving company for “Good Reason” (defined below), then, provided you sign and do not revoke a release of all claims against the Company, fifty percent (50%) of your then unvested stock options and other equity awards shall immediately vest and, with respect to any stock options, be exercisable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable equity plan and your equity award agreements under which these awards were granted.

 

   

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50% ) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B) (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

   

“Cause” means any of the following: (i) fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or breach of fiduciary duty, (ii) intentional or gross negligent breach of the provisions of applicable Company agreements signed by you (e.g., Confidentiality Agreement, PIIA) or Company policies, (iii) repeated failure to perform services hereunder or (iv) incapacity, only after the expiration of a period the length of which shall be determined by the Company’s HR Department pursuant to the then applicable sick leave policy.

 


 

   

“Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent: (i) reduction of more than 5% of your overall compensation (it being agreed that your failure to achieve or be paid any target MBO bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of your overall compensation); (ii) material reduction in your duties; or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment to a place greater than 30 miles from the Company’s then-principal executive offices.

 

   

Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health and benefits plans, which may be amended from time to time. The Company currently provides 10 Company holiday-vacation days and 15 days of paid-time off in accordance with the Company’s policies for other employees of your position. When you begin employment, you will be provided with a complete description of these Company policies, and you will be required to sign the Company’s standard HR and administrative forms to be eligible to receive such benefits.

 

   

Severance: If your employment is terminated by the Company without “Cause” after six (6) months from your Start Date, then, provided you sign the Company’s customary separation and release agreement, the Company shall pay you a severance equal to three (3) months of your base salary (“3 Month Severance”), with such payments to be made over such three (3) month period in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll policies.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign and be bound by our standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement (“PIIA”).

For purposes of federal immigration law, you may be required to provide to us documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. You must provide such documentation to us within three (3) business days of request as a condition of this offer and of your employment. Your failure to comply with this condition gives us the right to immediately terminate our employment relationship with you.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times is strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Subject to applicable state and federal law, in the case of any termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you any severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with the applicable equity plan. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel of the Company.

In the unlikely event of a dispute between Company and you arising out of or related to your employment, including any matter related to the stock options or the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever, we each agree to submit our dispute to binding arbitration in the County of San Mateo, California under the Federal Arbitration Act if we are unable to resolve the dispute after meeting and conferring in good faith within 45 days. This means that there will be no court or jury trial of disputes between us concerning your employment or the termination of your employment. To the extent any such prospective arbitration concerns claims arising out of your employment with the Company, the Company will pay all of the arbitration costs. While this agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broad (and covers, for example, claims under state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, age, disability, family leave, etc.), it is not applicable to your rights under the California Workers’ Compensation Law, which are governed under the special provisions of that law, or to enforcement of the attached agreement concerning confidential information and ownership of inventions.

 


 

Your employment start date shall be August 1, 2012 (the “Start Date”) unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

To accept the letter, please sign in the space indicated below and fax it to Human Resources at (650) 472-4071. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter.

I really look forward to working with you. We have high hopes that you will contribute in a very tangible and visible manner to our continued success.

 

Sincerely,       ACCEPTED

/s/ Vlad Shmunis

Vlad Shmunis

     

/s/ Kira Makagon

Kira Makagon

Chief Executive Officer      
RingCentral, Inc.       Date:         August 1, 2012            

 

Exhibit 10.6

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

March 31, 2008

To: Praful Shah

Re: Offer Letter

Dear Praful,

It is my pleasure to offer you a full time position with RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” or “RingCentral”), as Vice President-Strategy (“VPS”), reporting to me. Your initial responsibilities will be to establish a comprehensive messaging platform that would position RingCentral as undisputed leader in field unified communications for small businesses. You will also manage and drive all strategic corporate communications, including managing relations with analysts, business press, strategic customers, investors, and other key influencers. As a senior member of the executive staff you will be acting as a strategic advisor to the CEO. You may also be asked from time to time to take ownership of various tasks and projects that would be commensurate with your experience and Company’s needs.

Your starting compensation plan will be as follows:

 

   

Salary. Annual gross base salary of $220,000 per year (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

 

   

MBO Performance Bonus .

 

   

On a quarterly basis, you shall be eligible to receive a management-by-objective (MBO) bonus in the target gross amount of $15,000 per quarter ($60,000 per year). Half of your target quarterly MBO bonus will be based on Company MBO milestones and half will be based on individual MBO milestones. The Company MBOs are set forth in the Company’s business plan. Initially, your individual MBOs will be set by mutual agreement on or before April 15; thereafter, your individual MBOs will be set by mutual agreement on or before the beginning of each quarter. The amount paid out each quarter will be based on the extent to which the Company and you have achieved those milestones.

 

   

On or before the 15 th day of each fiscal quarter, you and the Company will meet, confer and mutually agree in writing on your individual quarterly MBO performance milestone(s). The Company’s MBO performance milestone(s) will be set by the board at the beginning of each calendar year.

 

   

All MBO performance bonuses shall be paid on a quarterly basis within 15 days after the end of each fiscal quarter. At the end of each quarter you will deliver to the Company a written summary showing in reasonable detail the extent to which your milestone(s) were satisfied in the applicable fiscal quarter. At the end of each quarter


 

the Company will deliver to you a written summary showing in reasonable detail the extent to which the Company’s milestone(s) were satisfied in the applicable fiscal quarter. If the Company and you disagree about whether an MBO milestone has been achieved, you and the Company shall promptly meet and confer in good faith to attempt to resolve the matter on mutually agreeable terms.

 

   

Stock Options. Subject to board approval, you will be issued 486,292 stock options, which stock options are equal to one percent (1.0%) of the fully-diluted capital stock of the Company. The exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company is in the process of completing a 409A valuation and your stock option grant will be approved at the Board meeting immediately following the completion of the 409A valuation. Your stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”). All of your stock options shall vest over a 4-year vesting schedule as follows: provided you remain an employee of the Company, 25% of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary of your employment start date, and the remaining options shall vest in equal installments at the rate of 1/48 th  per month on a monthly basis thereafter. Subject to applicable law, your stock options will be issued as incentive stock options.

 

   

Double-Trigger Stock Option Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a “Change of Control (defined below) and (i) you are terminated by the Company within 60 days prior to the Change of Control and/or not hired by the surviving / successor entity, or (ii) within 12 months after the Change of Control, your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company without cause or you terminate your employment with the successor/surviving company for “Good Reason” (defined below), then one hundred percent (100%) of your then unvested stock options shall immediately vest in full and be exercisable on your termination date.

 

   

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50% ) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B) (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

   

“Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent: (i) reduction of more than 5% of your rate of compensation; (ii) material reduction in your duties, provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) shall not be deemed a “material reduction” unless your new duties are substantially reduced from your prior duties; or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment to a place greater than 50 miles from the Company’s then-principal executive offices.


   

Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health benefits plan and will be provided with 10 Company holiday-vacation days and 15 days of paid-time off in accordance with the Company’s policies for other employees of your position. Please note that the Company has contracted with an outsourced HR service provider to handle and administer the Company’s accounting, payroll, benefits, vacation/paid-time off and other administrative matters. When you begin employment, you will be provided with a complete description of these Company policies. Also, because of the co-employment nature of the relationship between the Company and the HR service provider, you may also be required to sign the HR service provider’s standard form of employment contract and any other administrative forms required by the HR service provider.

As a condition of your employment, you will need to sign our standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement (“PIIA”).

For purposes of federal immigration law, you may be required to provide to us documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. You must provide such documentation to us within three (3) business days of request as a condition of this offer and of your employment. Your failure to comply with this condition gives us the right to immediately terminate our employment relationship with you.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times is strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. In case of any such termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you a severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with 2003 Plan. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing, signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an involuntary termination of your employment by the Company without “cause” (as defined below) at any time after October 7, 2008, you will be entitled to severance compensation equal to six (6) month’s base salary and all stock options that would have vested if you had remained employed by Company in the 6 month period following such involuntary termination without cause shall become immediately vested and exercisable. All severance shall be paid over six months in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures. For purposes of this paragraph, “cause” means (i) conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty , (ii) a willful and substantial violation of the Company’s corporate policies, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct or similar policy(s) described in the Company’s employee handbook, or (iii) your material failure to perform your duties and responsibilities to the Company that has not been cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Company, or (iv) a material breach of the PIIA

 

 


In the unlikely event of a dispute between Company and you arising out of or related to your employment, including any matter related to the stock options, or the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever, we each agree to submit our dispute to binding arbitration in the County of San Mateo, California under the Federal Arbitration Act if we are unable to resolve the dispute after meeting and conferring in good faith within 45 days. This means that there will be no court or jury trial of disputes between us concerning your employment or the termination of your employment. The Company will pay all of the arbitration costs. In the event of arbitration, the Company will pay all costs and fees of the arbitration, including your arbitration fees and costs. While this agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broad (and covers, for example, claims under state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, age, disability, family leave, etc.), it is not applicable to your rights under the California Workers’ Compensation Law, which are governed under the special provisions of that law, or to enforcement of the attached agreement concerning confidential information and ownership of inventions.

Your employment start date shall be April 7, 2008 .

If not accepted in writing, this offer will expire in its entirety at 5:00 p.m. (PST) on April 2, 2008.

Praful, I really look forward to working with you and taking this Company to the next level together. This is a key executive position, and we have high hopes that you will contribute in a very tangible and visible manner to our growth.

 

Sincerely,       ACCEPTED

/s/ Vlad Shmunis

Vlad Shmunis

     

/s/ Praful Shah

Praful Shah

CEO      
RingCentral, Inc.       Date: March 31 , 2008

Exhibit 10.7

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

September 13, 2013

John Marlow

c/o RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd, 7th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

 

Re: Revised Employment Letter

Dear John,

This letter agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into between RingCentral, Inc. (“Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of August 22, 2013 (“Effective Date”). The purpose of this letter is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment and to specify your treatment upon certain terminations of employment.

Your current role is Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary, and you will continue to report to Vladimir Shmunis, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman.

Your compensation plan will be as follows:

 

    Salary. Your annual gross base salary shall be as approved by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board, as applicable (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

 

    MBO Performance Bonus . You shall be eligible to receive a management-by-objective (MBO) bonus equal to a percentage (%) of your annual base salary (“Bonus Percentage”) based on your performance and the Company’s performance against its Bonus Plan adopted by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the Board, as applicable, which is incorporated herein by reference. Your MBO bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Percentage shall be set by the Compensation Committee of the Board on an annual basis.

 

    Double-Trigger Stock Option Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a Change in Control (as defined in the equity plan under which the applicable option is granted) and (i) you are terminated for reasons other than Cause (as defined in Appendix A), death or disability, within sixty (60) days prior to the Change in Control and/or are not hired by the surviving/successor entity, or (ii) within twelve (12) months after the Change in Control, your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company for reasons other than Cause, death or disability, or (iii) if your employment with the successor/surviving Company is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined in Appendix A), then, provided that you sign and do not revoke a Release (as defined below) in accordance with the terms herein, fifty percent (50%) of the then-unvested shares subject to your then-outstanding equity awards shall immediately vest and be exercisable on your termination date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plan and agreement(s) under which these equity awards were granted. For avoidance of doubt, the forfeiture of any unvested equity awards shall be tolled until the Release Deadline and such acceleration shall take place upon the effectiveness of the Release.


John Marlow

September 13, 2013

Page 2

 

    Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health and benefits plans, and the Company’s vacation and paid time off policies, which may be amended from time to time. You also will continue to be subject to the other Company policies that are applicable to Company employees, and you will be required to sign the Company’s standard HR and administrative forms to be eligible to receive such benefits.

 

    Severance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of an involuntary termination of your employment by the Company other than for Cause (excluding by reason of death or disability), you will be entitled to severance compensation equal to 3 months of your then-current base salary, payable in installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures, subject to you executing and not revoking a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company or its successor (a “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable by the 60th day following your termination (the “Release Deadline”). In no event will severance or other post-termination benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable. If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Release. If the Release becomes effective by the Release Deadline, payment of cash severance under this letter will commence on the Company’s next regular payroll period following the 60-day anniversary of the date of your termination, subject to the following paragraph. Except as required by the following paragraph, any payments delayed from the date of your employment terminates through the Release Deadline will be payable in a lump sum without interest on the Company’s next regular payroll period following the 60-day anniversary of the date of your termination, and all other amounts will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment for the remainder of the 6-month period following the date of your termination.

It is the intent of this letter that all payments and benefits hereunder comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law requirements (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter, no severance or separation pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to this letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, “Deferred Compensation”) or otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if at the time of your termination of employment, you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, payment of such Deferred Compensation will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that you will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following your termination of employment, or your death, if earlier (the “Six-Month Delay”). All

 


John Marlow

September 13, 2013

Page 3

 

subsequent Deferred Compensation, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your termination but prior to the 6-month anniversary of your termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of your death and all other Deferred Compensation will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

By executing this letter agreement, you agree to continue to be bound by the standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement that you signed in connection with your commencement of employment with the Company (“PIIA”). You expressly agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times will continue to be strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause or advance notice. Subject to applicable state and federal law and to the severance and equity award acceleration obligations set forth in this Agreement, in the case of any termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you any severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with the applicable equity plan.

This Agreement, along with the PIIA and the equity plan and agreements under which any equity awards have been or may be granted to you, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matters discussed herein, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company, including the offer letter between you and the Company dated April 1, 2008. This Agreement may only be modified by a written agreement signed by you and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

To accept the letter, please sign in the space indicated and return it to the Human Resources department. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter.

 

Sincerely,     ACCEPTED
/s/ Vlad Shmunis     /s/ John Marlow
Vlad Shmunis     JOHN MARLOW
Chief Executive Officer    
RingCentral, Inc.     Date: September 13, 2013

 


Appendix A

1. “ Cause ” means:

(a) your material failure to perform your stated duties, and your continued failure to cure such failure to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within ten (10) days following written notice of such failure to you from the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”);

(b) your material violation of a Company policy (including any insider trading policy) or material breach of any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including, but not limited to, any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company and you;

(c) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony (other than motor vehicle offenses the effect of which do not materially impair your performance of your employment duties);

(d) a willful act by you that constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company;

(e) your commission of any act of fraud or embezzlement;

(f) your commission of any act of dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in a material injury to the Company; or

(g) your willful failure to cooperate with an investigation authorized by the Board or initiated by a governmental authority, in either case, relating to the Company, its business, or any of its directors, officers or employees.

The determination as to whether you are being terminated for Cause will be made in good faith by the Board and will be final and binding on you, subject to the determination of the arbitrator in any arbitration proceeding regarding this Agreement. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate your employment relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

2. “ Good Reason ” means you resign from all positions you then hold with the Company and its affiliates (or the acquirer) and at least one of the following events occurs without your consent:

(a) a material diminution of at least five percent (5%) in your overall compensation (it being agreed that your failure to achieve or be paid any target bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of your overall compensation);

(b) a material diminution in your authority, responsibilities, or duties (except that a change in job position or title, without more, shall not be a material diminution). For avoidance of doubt, if you are not the General Counsel of the ultimate parent company after a Change in Control, this shall be a material diminution;

(c) a material diminution in the authority, responsibilities, or duties of the supervisor to whom you report either immediately prior to or after the Change in Control; or


(d) the Company’s or acquirer’s requirement that you relocate your primary work location to a location that would materially increase your one-way commute distance (a one-way commute of more than thirty (30) miles will be deemed material).

For Good Reason to be established, you must provide written notice to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer within ninety (90) days immediately following such event, the Company must fail to remedy such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, and your resignation must be effective not later than ninety (90) days after the expiration of such cure period. For purposes of notice, if a “diminution” occurs incrementally over a period of time (not to exceed twelve (12) months from the date of the Change in Control), the “event” shall not be deemed to occur until the end of such diminution period.

Exhibit 10.8

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

June 10, 2013

To: David Berman

Re: Offer Letter

Dear David,

It is my pleasure to offer you a full time exempt position as a member of the executive team with RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” or “RingCentral”), as President, reporting to me.

Your starting compensation plan will be as follows:

 

   

Salary . Annual gross base salary of $320,000 per year (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

 

   

MBO Performance Bonus . You shall be eligible to receive a management-by-objective (MBO) bonus in the target gross amount of seventy-five percent (75%) of your annual base salary ($240,000 per year) based on the Company’s performance against its annual board plan (and prorated for the portion of the year during which you are an employee). Your MBO bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference, and is subject to change in the discretion of the Company. All MBO performance bonuses shall be determined by the Company in its discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan (currently on a quarterly basis).

 

   

Stock Options . Subject to board of directors’ approval, you will be issued 768,000 stock options (equivalent to 1.2% of the currently outstanding shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis on the date of grant). The exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Your stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”). Except as set forth below under “Equity Award Vesting Acceleration”, all of your stock options shall vest over a 4-year vesting schedule as follows: provided you remain an employee or consultant of the Company, 25% of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (i.e., your employment Start Date), and 1/48 th of the stock options shall vest per month thereafter. Subject to applicable law, your stock options will be issued as incentive stock options.

 

   

Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration . If the Company consummates a “Change of Control (defined below) any time after your Start Date and, (i) you are terminated by the Company for reasons other than “Cause” (as defined below), death, or disability within 60 days prior to the Change of Control and/or are not hired by the surviving / successor entity, or (ii) within 12

 


 

 

months after the Change of Control, your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company for reasons other than Cause, death or disability, or you terminate your employment with the successor/surviving company for “Good Reason” (defined below), then fifty percent (50%) of your then unvested stock options and other equity awards shall immediately vest and, with respect to any stock options, be exercisable, in accordance with the RingCentral terms and conditions of the applicable equity plan and your equity award agreements under which these awards were granted.

 

   

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B) (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

   

“Cause” means any of the following: (i) fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary duty, and conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (ii) a willful and substantial violation of your confidentiality and other agreement(s) with the Company or the Company’s corporate policies, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct or similar policy(s) described in the Company’s employee handbook, (iii) your material failure to perform your duties and responsibilities to the Company that has not been cured within ten (10) days after written notice from the Company, or (iv) your incapacity, only after the expiration of a period the length of which shall be determined by the Company’s HR Department pursuant to the then applicable sick leave policy.

 

   

“Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your consent: (i) reduction of more than 5% of your overall compensation (it being agreed that your failure to achieve or be paid any target MBO bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of your overall compensation); (ii) material reduction in your duties; (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment to a place greater than 45 miles from the Company’s then-principal executive offices. For clarification and the avoidance of doubt, a “material reduction in your duties” shall not be deemed to occur because you are offered employment with and/or are working for a division or subsidiary of the successor-company

 


 

 

or acquirer as President (or COO) of such a division or subsidiary (or, if such division or subsidiary does not have a President (or COO), you are offered employment with and/or are working as the most senior operations person of such division or subsidiary) following the Change of Control.

 

   

Benefits . You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health and benefits plans and vacation in accordance with the Company’s policies, which may be amended from time to time. When you begin employment, you will be provided with a complete description of these Company policies, and you will be required to sign the Company’s standard HR and administrative forms to be eligible to receive such benefits.

 

   

Severance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of an involuntary termination of your employment by the Company other than for “Cause” or voluntary termination for Good Reason you will be entitled to severance compensation equal to (x) your then-current monthly base salary multiplied by (y) the number of full months of your employment from the Start Date through the termination date (with such number of months capped at six (6) months) (such number of months, the “Severance Period”). All severance shall be payable in semi-monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures during the Severance Period. In addition upon an involuntary termination other than for “Cause” or voluntary termination for Good Reason, during the Severance Period, the Company will pay you the cost of premiums for you and your dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”).

The receipt of any severance or equity acceleration benefits under this letter is subject to you signing and not revoking a general release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company and in a manner that is otherwise consistent with the terms of this letter and imposes no material obligations on you other than a general release of claims and non-disparagement (the “Release”); provided that such Release is effective within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment or such shorter period specified in the Release (the “Release Deadline”). No severance payment will be made and no equity acceleration will occur until the Release becomes effective. If the Release is not effective by the Release Deadline, you forfeit your right to any severance benefits and equity acceleration benefits under the letter. Subject to any payment delay necessary to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), your benefits under this letter that would be considered Deferred Compensation (as defined below) will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your separation from service. If you die before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts will be paid to your designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to your personal representative in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) as soon as possible following your death.

It is the intent of this letter that all payments and benefits hereunder comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law

 


 

requirements (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter, no separation pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to this letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, “Deferred Compensation”) or otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if at the time of your termination of employment, you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, payment of such Deferred Compensation will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that you will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day following your termination of employment, or your death, if earlier (the “Six-Month Delay”). All subsequent Deferred Compensation, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of your termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of your death and all other Deferred Compensation will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign and be bound by our standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement (“PIIA”).

For purposes of federal immigration law, you may be required to provide to us documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. You must provide such documentation to us within three (3) business days of request as a condition of this offer and of your employment. Your failure to comply with this condition gives us the right to immediately terminate our employment relationship with you.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times is strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Subject to applicable state and federal law and the severance payments and acceleration provisions set forth in this offer letter, in the case of any termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you any severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with the applicable equity plan. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel of the Company.

 


 

In the unlikely event of a dispute between Company and you arising out of or related to your employment, including any matter related to the stock options or the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever, we and you each agree to submit our dispute to binding arbitration in the County of San Mateo, California under the Federal Arbitration Act if we are unable to resolve the dispute after meeting and conferring in good faith within 45 days. This means that there will be no court or jury trial of disputes between us concerning your employment or the termination of your employment. To the extent any such prospective arbitration concerns claims arising out of your employment with the Company, the Company will pay all of the arbitration costs. While this agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broad (and covers, for example, claims under state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, age, disability, family leave, etc.), it is not applicable to your rights under the California Workers’ Compensation Law, which are governed under the special provisions of that law, or to enforcement of the attached agreement concerning confidential information and ownership of inventions.

Your employment start date shall be June 10, 2013 (the “Start Date”) unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

To accept the letter, please sign in the space indicated below and return it to our General Counsel (Fax: (650) 472-4071). Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter.

I really look forward to working with you. We have high hopes that you will contribute in a very tangible and visible manner to our continued success.

 

Sincerely,       ACCEPTED

/s/ Vlad Shmunis

Vlad Shmunis

     

/s/ David Berman

David Berman

Chief Executive Officer      
RingCentral, Inc.       Date:         6/10/13                

 

Exhibit 10.9

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

August 7th, 2013

 

To:    Clyde Hosein
Re:    Offer Letter

Dear Clyde,

It is my pleasure to offer you a full time exempt position as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of RingCentral, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company” or “RingCentral”). Your start date (“Start Date”) will be August 15 th , 2013.

Your starting compensation plan will be as follows:

 

    Salary. Annual gross base salary of $320,000 per year (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

 

    MBO Performance Bonus. You shall be eligible to receive a management-by-objective (MBO) bonus in the target gross amount of seventy-five percent (75%) of your annual base salary ($240,000 per year) based on the Company’s performance against its annual board plan (and prorated for the portion of the year during which you are an employee). Your MBO bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference, and such plan is subject to change at the discretion of the Company. All MBO performance bonuses shall be determined by the Company in its discretion, and shall be paid in accordance with the RingCentral, Inc. Bonus Plan (currently on a quarterly basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, your bonus for the remainder of the current fiscal year will be paid at target, pro-rated for your service during the fiscal year.

 

    Stock Options. As a sign-on bonus, you will be issued 25,000 stock options that will be fully vested on the date of grant. You will also be issued 768,000 stock options (equivalent to 1.2% of the currently outstanding shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis on the Start Date). The exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the fair market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Your stock options shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) and will be granted as soon as practicable after the Start Date by the Board of Directors of the Company. Except as set forth below under “Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration”, all of the 768,000 stock options shall vest over a 4-year vesting schedule as follows: provided you remain an employee or consultant of the Company, 25% of the stock options shall vest on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (i.e., your employment Start Date), and l/48 th of the stock options shall vest per month thereafter. Subject to applicable law, your stock options will be issued as incentive stock options.

 

   

Double-Trigger Equity Award Vesting Acceleration. If the Company consummates a “Change of Control (defined below) any time after your Start and, (i) you are terminated by the Company for reasons other than “Cause” (as defined below), death, or disability within 90 days prior to the Change of Control and/or are not hired by the surviving / successor entity, or (ii) within 12 months after the Change of Control,


 

 

your employment is terminated by the successor/surviving company for reasons other than Cause, death or disability, or you terminate your employment with the successor/surviving company for “Good Reason” (defined below), then fifty percent (50%) of your unvested stock options and other equity awards shall immediately vest on the date of the Change of Control or termination, whichever is later to occur, and, with respect to any stock options, be exercisable, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable equity plan and your equity award agreements under which these awards were granted.

 

    “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, fail to own at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred, but excluding in the case of (A) and (B) (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or state of incorporation of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof, or (C) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

    “Cause” means any of the following: (i) a final, non-appealable judgment against you or a plea of guilty or nolo contendre for fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, and conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty, (ii) a willful and substantial violation of your confidentiality and other agreement(s) with the Company or the Company’s published corporate policies, including but not limited to the Company’s Code of Conduct or similar policy(s) described in the Company’s employee handbook, (iii) your material failure to perform your duties and responsibilities to the Company that has not been cured within ten (10) days (or reasonable time) after written notice from the Company, or (iv) your incapacity, only after 6 months.

 

    “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without your written consent: (i) reduction of more than 5% of your overall compensation (it being agreed that your failure to achieve or be paid any target MBO bonus does not constitute a 5% reduction of your overall compensation); (ii) material reduction in title, your duties or responsibilities (e.g. not reporting to the CEO of the controlling entity); or (iii) relocation of your principal place of employment to a place greater than 45 miles from the Company’s then-principal executive offices.

 


 

 

    Benefits. You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health and benefits plans and vacation in accordance with the Company’s policies, which may be amended from time to time. When you begin employment, you will be provided with a complete description of these Company policies, and you will be required to sign the Company’s standard HR and administrative forms to be eligible to receive such benefits.

 

    Severance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of (i) an involuntary termination of your employment by the Company other than for “Cause” or (ii) voluntary termination for Good Reason more than six months after your Start Date (defined below), you will be entitled to severance compensation equal to three (3) months of your then-current base salary, (or if such voluntary termination occurs after an initial public offering of the Company (an “IPO”), the severance compensation shall be equal to twelve (12) months of your then-current salary), payable in semi-monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll procedures. In addition upon an involuntary termination other than for “Cause” or voluntary termination for Good Reason, the Company will pay you the cost of three (3) months of premiums (nine (9) months of premiums if such involuntary termination occurs after an IPO) for you and your dependents under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”).

The receipt of any severance or equity acceleration benefits under this letter is subject to you signing and not revoking a general release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company and in a manner that is otherwise consistent with the terms of this letter and imposes no material obligations on you other than a general release of claims and non-disparagement (the “Release”); provided that such Release is effective within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment or such shorter period specified in the Release (the “Release Deadline”). No severance payment will be made and no equity acceleration will occur until the Release becomes effective. If the Release is not effective by the Release Deadline, you forfeit your right to any severance benefits and equity acceleration benefits under the letter. Subject to any payment delay necessary to comply with Section 409A (as defined below), your benefits under this letter that would be considered Deferred Compensation (as defined below) will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your separation from service. If you die before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts will be paid to your designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to your personal representative in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) as soon as possible following your death.

It is the intent of this letter that all payments and benefits hereunder comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law requirements (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this letter, no separation pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to this letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, “Deferred Compensation”) or otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if at the time of your termination of employment, you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, payment of such Deferred Compensation will be delayed to the

 


 

extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that you will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day following your termination of employment, or your death, if earlier (the “Six-Month Delay”). All subsequent Deferred Compensation, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of your termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of your death and all other Deferred Compensation will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

As a condition of your employment, you will be required to sign and be bound by our standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement (“PILA”).

For purposes of federal immigration law, you may be required to provide to us documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. You must provide such documentation to us within three (3) business days of request as a condition of this offer and of your employment. Your failure to comply with this condition gives us the right to immediately terminate our employment relationship with you.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times is strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Subject to applicable state and federal law and the severance payments and double-trigger equity award vesting acceleration set forth in this offer letter, in the case of any termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you any severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with the applicable equity plan. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel of the Company.

In the unlikely event of a dispute between Company and you arising out of or related to your employment, including any matter related to the stock options or the termination of your employment for any reason whatsoever, we and you each agree to submit our dispute to binding arbitration in the County of San Mateo, California under the Federal Arbitration Act if we are unable to resolve the dispute after meeting and conferring in good faith within 45 days. This means that there will be no court or jury trial of disputes between us concerning your employment or the termination of your employment. To the extent any such prospective arbitration concerns claims arising out of your employment with the Company, the Company will pay all of the arbitration costs. While this agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broad (and covers, for example, claims under state and federal laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, sex, age, disability, family leave, etc.), it is not applicable to your rights under the California Workers’ Compensation Law, which are governed under the special provisions of that law, or to enforcement of the attached agreement concerning confidential information and ownership of inventions.

You shall be allowed to sit on to two public company boards while employed at the Company. It is understood that you is currently serving on the board of Cree Inc., a publicly traded company in the state of North Carolina and will continue to do so while employed at the Company. It is also understood that at some point in the future you may serve on one other public company board, subject to the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. You will also be allowed to continue consulting agreements, so long as such agreements do not conflict with Ring Central or with you conducting your duties.

 


 

In addition, the Company will enter into its standard executive officer indemnification agreement with you and will make you a name insured on the Company’s D&O policy.

Your employment start date shall be August 15, 2013 (the “Start Date”) unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

To accept the letter, please sign in the space indicated below and return it to our General Counsel (Fax: (650) 472-4071). Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter.

I really look forward to working with you. We have high hopes that you will contribute in a very tangible and visible manner to our continued success.

 

Sincerely,     ACCEPTED
/s/ Vlad Shmunis     /s/ Clyde Hosein
Vlad Shmunis     Clyde Hosein
Chief Executive Officer    
RingCentral, Inc.     Date: 8 / 9/ 2013

 

Exhibit 10.16B

 

LOGO

S ECOND A MENDMENT T O P LAIN E NGLISH G ROWTH C APITAL L OAN A ND

S ECURITY A GREEMENT

This is a SECOND AMENDMENT TO PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of September 3, 2013 (the “ Amendment ”) by and between RINGCENTRAL, INC., a California corporation, (“ Borrower ”) and TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“ Lender ”).

RECITALS

A. Borrower and Lender are parties to the Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 22, 2012 and First Amendment to Plain English Growth Capital Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 14, 2013 (collectively, the “ Loan Agreement ”), pursuant to which Lender agreed to provide financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower upon the terms and conditions contained in the Loan Agreement. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, capitalized terms and matters of construction defined in the Loan Agreement shall have the same meaning given to them in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrower has requested that certain provisions of the Loan Agreement be amended, and Lender is willing to amend the Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

 

 

1. RATIFICATION; LOAN DOCUMENTS REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT

 

Borrower hereby acknowledges, confirms and ratifies all of the terms and conditions set forth in, and all of its obligations under, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Loan Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

 

 

2. AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT

 

A. Section 9. Section 9, subsection “Payments” is here by amended as follows:

 

  1. The following paragraph is deleted in its entirety:

 

    Each Part 3 Commitment Amount Promissory Note shall be due in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments of principal and interest, payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous business day).

 

  2. The following paragraph is hereby added:

 

    Each Part 3 Commitment Amount Promissory Note shall be due in thirty-six (36) monthly installments of interest only, payable on the first day of each month through the last payment date (unless that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous business day), with all outstanding principal and interest, if any, payable on the last day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month (unless that date falls on a weekend or national holiday in which event such payment shall be due on the previous business day).


 

3. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

 

 

    Receipt by Lender of copies of this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower and Lender.

 

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants that the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement were true and correct in all material respects when made and, except to the extent (a) that a particular representation or warranty by its terms expressly applies only to an earlier date or (b) set forth in a Schedule of Exceptions attached hereto, if any, are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of this Amendment. Borrower further represents and warrants that there are no Defaults or Events of Default that have occurred and are continuing as of the date of this Amendment.

 

 

5. MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

    Entire Agreement . The terms and conditions of this Amendment shall be incorporated by reference in the Loan Agreement as though set forth in full in the Loan Agreement. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Amendment and any other provision of the Loan Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern and control. Except to the extent specifically amended or superseded by the terms of this Amendment, all of the provisions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect to the extent in effect on the date of this Amendment. The Loan Agreement, as modified by this Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, constitutes the complete agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements, writings, communications or understandings of the parties with respect to the subject matter the Loan Agreement.

 

    Headings . Section headings used in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Amendment, and are not to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Amendment.

 

    Recitals . The recitals set forth at the beginning of this Amendment are true and correct, and such recitals are incorporated into and are a part of this Amendment.

 

    Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and performed in such state, without regard to the principles thereof regarding conflict of laws.

 

    Effect . Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, from and after the date of this Amendment, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment and each reference in the other Loan Documents to the Loan Agreement, “thereunder,” “thereof,” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

    No Novation . Except as expressly provided in Section 2 above, the execution, delivery, and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not (a) limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect any right, power, or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) constitute a waiver of any provision in the Loan Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, or (c) alter, modify, amend, or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants, or agreements contained in the Loan Agreement, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

    Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in identical counterpart copies, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF . The Parties have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER:     You:   RINGCENTRAL, INC.
    Signature:  

/s/ Robert Lawson

    Print Name:  

Robert Lawson

    Title:  

SVP & Treasurer

Accented in Menlo Park, California :      
LENDER:     Us:   TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
    Signature:  

/s/ Jim Labe

    Print Name:  

Jim Labe

    Title:  

CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT TO PLAIN ENGLISH GROWTH CAPITAL LOAN

and SECURITY AGREEMENT]

 

3

Exhibit 10.18

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company’s intends for the Plan to have two components: a Code Section 423 Component (“ 423 Component ”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (“ Non-423 Component ”). The Company’s intention is to have 423 Component of the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such an option will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable securities and exchange control laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

 

2


(g) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means RingCentral, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for equity compensation income and other similar compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(k) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “ Designated Company ” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component shall not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or for Eligible Employee participating in the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under applicable local laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (for each Offering under the 423 Component, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than

 

3


five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering under the 423 Component in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion shall be applied with respect to an Offering under a 423 Component in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii). Such exclusions may be applied with respect to an Offering under the Non- 423 Component without regard to the limitations of Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2.

(o) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(r) “ Exercise Date ” means the first Trading Day on or after May 10 and November 10 of each Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be May 10, 2014.

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “Registration Statement”).

 

4


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a weekend or holiday, the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined in accordance with subsections (i) through (iii) above (as applicable) on the next business day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

(t) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Eligible Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after May 11 and November 11 of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or after November 10 and May 10, approximately six (6) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on the first Trading Day on or after May 10, 2014, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after May 11, 2014. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “ Plan ” means this RingCentral, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(aa) “ Purchase Period ” means the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the Purchase Period will have the same duration and coincide with the length of the Offering Period.

 

5


(bb) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(cc) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ee) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(ff) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code shall include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined that participation of such Eligible Employee is not advisable or practicable.

(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to

 

6


purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after May 11 and November 11 each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and end on the first Trading Day on or after May 10, 2014, and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after May 11, 2014. The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than twenty-seven (27) months.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “Enrollment Window”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator.

6. Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount

 

7


not exceeding fifteen percent (15%) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period (for illustrative purposes, should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the then-current Purchase Period or Offering Period). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. Except as may be permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, a Participant may not change the rate of his or her Contributions during an Offering Period.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code or (iii) for Participants participating in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs).

 

8


At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than 3,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19) and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(c) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x)

 

9


provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

10


11. Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator in a manner that, with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component, is permitted by, and compliant with, Section 423 of the Code, a Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company shall not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, no Participant shall be deemed to switch from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component or vice versa unless (and then only to the extent) such switch would not cause the 423 Component or any Option thereunder to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall, with respect to Offerings under the 423 Component, apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2014 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of all classes of the Company’s common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without

 

11


limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering and will be in the Non-423 Component, unless such designation would cause the 423 Component to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

12


16. Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

18. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

 

13


(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

 

14


(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan Participants.

21. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Code Section 409A. The 423 Component of the Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other

 

15


party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

24. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

25. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

26. Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except its choice-of-law provisions).

27. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

28. Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

29. Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

 

16


EXHIBIT A

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

             Original Application    Offering Date:                                           
             Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1.                                          hereby elects to participate in the RingCentral, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of             % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to 15%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2)-year and one (1)-year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

 

17


6. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social

     

Security Number:

     

 

Employee’s Address:

     

 

     

 

     

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:   

 

     

 

         Signature of Employee

 

18


EXHIBIT B

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

2013 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the RingCentral, Inc. 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                     ,          (the “Offering Date”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

Date:                                                                                 

 

19

Exhibit 10.19

[RINGCENTRAL LETTERHEAD]

September 13, 2013

Vladimir Shmunis

c/o RingCentral, Inc.

1400 Fashion Island Blvd, 7th Floor

San Mateo, CA 94404

 

Re: Employment Letter

Dear Vlad,

This letter agreement (the “Agreement” or the “letter”) is entered into between RingCentral, Inc. (“Company” or “we”) and you. This Agreement is effective as of September 13, 2013 (“Effective Date”). The purpose of this letter is to confirm the current terms and conditions of your employment and to specify your treatment upon certain terminations of employment. Except as otherwise defined in the Agreement, capitalized terms used in the Agreement shall have the meaning prescribed to them under Appendix B .

Your current role is Chief Executive Officer, and you will continue to report to the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”).

You compensation plan will be as follows:

• Salary. Your annual gross base salary shall be as approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, as applicable (subject to standard withholding and payroll deductions), payable semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll policies.

• MBO Performance Bonus. You shall be eligible to receive a management-by-objective (MBO) bonus equal to a percentage (%) of your annual base salary (“Bonus Percentage”) based on the Company’s performance against its Bonus Plan adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, as applicable, which is incorporated herein by reference. Your MBO bonus shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Percentage shall be set by the Compensation Committee of the Board on an annual basis.

• Benefits. You will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard health and benefits plans, , the Company’s vacation and paid-time off policies, which may be amended from time to time. You also will continue to be subject to the other Company policies that are applicable to Company employees, and you will be required to sign the Company’s standard HR and administrative forms to be eligible to receive such benefits.

• Severance. As of the Effective Date, you will be eligible for the severance and post-termination benefits set forth in Appendix A attached hereto in accordance with the terms therein.


Vladimir Shmunis

September 13, 2013

Page 2

 

• Release. The payment of the severance and other post-termination benefits set forth on Appendix A is subject to you signing and not revoking a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company or its successor (a “Release”) that becomes effective and irrevocable by the 60th day following your termination (the “Release Deadline”). In no event will severance or the benefits (including vesting acceleration) be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable. If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, you will forfeit any right to severance payments and benefits under Appendix A .

• Section 409A. It is the intent of this Agreement that all payments and benefits hereunder (including the appendices) comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder and any applicable state law requirements (“Section 409A”) so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be exempt or so comply. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. You and the Company agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no separation pay or benefits to be paid or provided to you, if any, pursuant to this letter that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, “Deferred Compensation”) or otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be paid or otherwise provided until you have a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if at the time of your termination of employment, you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, payment of such Deferred Compensation will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, which generally means that you will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is 6 months and 1 day following your termination of employment, or your death, if earlier (the “Six-Month Delay”). All subsequent Deferred Compensation, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your termination but prior to the 6-month anniversary of your termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of your death and all other Deferred Compensation will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit.

By executing this Agreement, you agree to continue to be bound by the standard employee invention assignment and confidentiality agreement that you signed on March 11, 1999 (“PIIA”). You expressly agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

Your continual employment with the Company at all times will continue to be strictly “at will.” This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever, simply by notifying the company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Subject to applicable state and federal law, and to the severance and equity award acceleration obligations set forth in Appendix A , in the case of any termination, the Company is under no obligation to pay you any severance and the Company shall have no outstanding obligations to you except your right to exercise


Vladimir Shmunis

September 13, 2013

Page 3

 

your then-currently vested stock options in accordance with the applicable equity plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement will have a term of three (3) years, commencing on the Effective Date (the “Employment Term”). At the end of the Employment Term, the Agreement may be renewed upon mutual agreement in writing by you and the Company, otherwise it will expire in accordance with its terms. Non-renewal at the end of the Employment Term shall not constitute termination without Cause or give you an opportunity to terminate your employment for Good Reason, even if a Good Reason event has occurred before the expiration of the Employment Term under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, during the Employment Term, the Company experiences a Change of Control, the Employment Term shall be extended to the end of the Change of Control Period.

This Agreement (including the appendices), along with the PIIA, constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the subject matters discussed herein, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the vesting acceleration terms set forth in the stock option agreement for your options to purchase shares of the Company common stock granted prior to the Effective Date. This Agreement may only be modified by a written agreement signed by you and the Chair of the compensation committee of the Company’s Board.

To accept the letter, please sign in the space indicated and return it to the Human Resources department. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter.

 

Sincerely,    ACCEPTED
/s/ Robert Theis    /s/ VLADIMIR SHMUNIS
Robert Theis    VLADIMIR SHMUNIS

Chairman, Compensation Committee

of the Board of Directors

of RingCentral, Inc.

   Date: September 13, 2013


Appendix A

Severance and Post-Termination Benefits

1. Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Unrelated to a Change of Control . If the Company terminates your employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if you resign from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs outside of the Change of Control Period, then subject to you timely executing and not revoking a Release (as defined below), you will receive the following:

(a) Continuing Severance Payments . You will be paid continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to your base salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of twelve (12) months. The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, in installments over the severance period with the first payment to commence on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your termination of employment (and include any severance payments that otherwise would have been paid to you within the sixty (60) days following your termination date), with any remaining payments paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for the remainder of the severance period following your termination of employment (subject to any delay as may be required under the “Section 409A” paragraph of the Agreement).

(b) Continuation Coverage . If you elect continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for you and your eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse you for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to your termination) until the earlier of (i) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination or (ii) the date upon which you and/or your eligible dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA continuation coverage. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to you consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 1(b), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to you a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that you would be required to pay to continue the group health coverage for you and/or your eligible dependents in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether you and/or your eligible dependents elect COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following your termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which you obtain other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to twelve (12) payments. Any such taxable monthly payments that otherwise would have been paid to you within the sixty (60) days following your termination date instead will be paid on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your termination of employment, with any remaining payments paid as provided in the prior sentence (subject to any delay as may be required by the “Section 409A” paragraph of the Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

2. Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change of Control . If the Company terminates your employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if you resign from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each


case, such termination occurs during the Change of Control Period, then subject to timely executing and not revoking a Release in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, you will receive the following:

(a) Severance Payment . You will receive a lump-sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to the eighteen (18) months of your annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to your termination date or, if greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control. The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your termination of employment (subject to any delay as may be required by the “Section 409A” paragraph of the Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, if (i) you incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies you for severance payments under Section 1(a) above; and (y) a Change of Control occurs within three (3) months following your termination of employment that qualifies you for the superior benefits under this Section 2(a), then you shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 2(a), less amounts already paid under Section 1(a).

(b) Bonus Payment . You will receive a lump-sum payment equal to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the greater of (x) your target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs or (y) your target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which your termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to you pursuant to this Section 2(b) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time you is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs. The bonus payment will be paid, less applicable withholdings, on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your termination of employment (subject to any delay as may be required by the “Section 409A” paragraph of this Agreement).

(c) Continuation Coverage . If you elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for you and your eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse you for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to your termination) until the earlier of (i) a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of termination or (ii) the date upon which you and/or your eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to you consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 2(c), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to you a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that you would be required to pay to continue your group health coverage in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether you elect COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following your termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which you obtain other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to eighteen (18) payments. Any such payments that otherwise would have been paid to you within the sixty (60) days following your termination date instead will be paid on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following your termination of employment, with any remaining payments paid as provided in the prior sentence (subject to any delay as may be required by the “Section 409A” paragraph of this Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(d) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . One hundred percent (100%) of your then-outstanding and unvested equity award granted after the Effective Date (each, an “Equity Award”)


will become vested in full. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

3. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in the Agreement or otherwise payable to you (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 3, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by you on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; or (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of your equity awards.

A nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “Firm”) shall perform the foregoing calculations related to the Excise Tax. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by the Firm required to be made hereunder. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to the severance benefits or other payments is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or you) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive. Any good faith determinations of the Firm made hereunder shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.


Appendix B

The capitalized terms used in the Agreement (including its appendices) shall have the meanings prescribed below.

1. Cause will mean:

(a) your material failure to perform your stated duties, and your continued failure to cure such failure to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within ten (10) days following written notice of such failure to you from the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”);

(b) your material violation of a Company policy (including any insider trading policy) or material breach of any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including, but not limited to, any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company and you;

(c) your conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony (other than motor vehicle offenses the effect of which do not materially impair your performance of your employment duties);

(d) a willful act by you that constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company;

(e) your commission of any act of fraud or embezzlement;

(f) your commission of any act of dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in a material injury to the Company; or

(g) your willful failure to cooperate with an investigation authorized by the Board or initiated by a governmental authority, in either case, relating to the Company, its business, or any of its directors, officers or employees.

The determination as to whether you are being terminated for Cause will be made in good faith by the Board and will be final and binding on you, subject to the determination of the arbitrator in any arbitration proceeding regarding the Agreement. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate your employment relationship at any time, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

2. Change of Control will mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) a change of the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(b) a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any 12 month period by members of the board of directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered


to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(c) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (c), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (i) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s shareholders immediately after the transfer, or (ii) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (B) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (c)(ii)(C). For purposes of this subsection (c), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

3. Change of Control Period will mean the period beginning on the date three (3) months prior to, and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

4. Code will mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

5. Disability will mean that you has been unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. Alternatively, you will be deemed disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate your employment. In the event that you resumes the performance of substantially all of your duties hereunder before the termination of your employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate based on Disability will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.


6. Good Reason will mean your resignation from all positions you then hold with the Company (or the acquirer) and its affiliates and at least one of the following events occurs without your consent:

(a) a material diminution of at least ten percent (10%) in the your annual base salary;

(b) a material diminution in your authority, responsibilities, or duties (except that a change in job position or title, without more, shall not be a material diminution);

(c) a material diminution in the authority, responsibilities, or duties of the supervisor to whom you report either immediately prior to or after the Change of Control; or

(d) the Company or acquirer’s requirement that you relocate your primary work location to a location that would materially increase your one-way commute distance (a one-way commute of more than thirty (30) miles will be deemed material).

For Good Reason to be established, you must provide written notice to the Company’s General Counsel within ninety (90) days immediately following such event, the Company must fail to remedy such event within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, and your resignation must be effective not later than ninety (90) days after the expiration of such cure period. For purposes of notice, if a “diminution” occurs incrementally over a period of time (not to exceed twelve (12) months from the date of the Change of Control), the “event” shall not be deemed to occur until the end of such diminution period.

Exhibit 14.1

RINGCENTRAL, INC.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

(Adopted September 13, 2013 and effective

as of RingCentral, Inc.’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INTRODUCTION

     1   

YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES

     2   

GENERAL STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

     3   

Overview

     3   

Compliance with law

     3   

No discrimination or harassment

     3   

Health and safety

     3   

AVOIDING CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS

     4   

Overview

     4   

Outside employment and directorships

     4   

Financial interests in other companies

     4   

Transactions with related parties

     4   

Corporate opportunities

     4   

Loans by the company

     5   

Election or appointment to public office

     5   

Guidance and approvals

     5   

PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

     6   

Public communications and filings

     6   

Communication procedures

     6   

FINANCIAL REPORTING

     7   

Overview

     7   

Compliance with rules, controls and procedures

     7   

Accuracy of records and reports

     7   

Intentional misconduct

     7   

Dealing with auditors

     8   

Obligation to investigate and report potential violations

     8   

Keeping the Audit Committee informed

     8   

SAFEGUARDING COMPANY ASSETS

     10   

Overview

     10   

Protecting the company’s information

     11   

Prohibition on insider trading

     11   

Maintaining and managing records

     12   

RESPONSIBILITIES TO OUR CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS AND COMPETITORS

     13   

Overview

     13   

Improper payments

     13   

Gifts and entertainment

     13   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

Selecting suppliers

     14   

Handling the nonpublic information of others

     14   

Improperly obtaining or using assets or information

     14   

Free and fair competition

     14   

WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

     16   

Overview

     16   

Government contracts

     16   

Requests by regulatory authorities

     16   

Improper payments to government officials

     16   

Political contributions

     17   

Lobbying

     17   

Trade restrictions

     17   

PROCEDURAL MATTERS

     17   

Distribution

     17   

Acknowledgment

     18   

Approvals and waivers

     18   

Reporting violations

     18   

Investigations

     19   

Disciplinary action

     19   

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     20   

 

-ii-


INTRODUCTION

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

    full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure in reports and documents we file with or submit to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and in our other public communications;

 

    compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

    the prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code; and

 

    accountability for adherence to this Code.

This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the company and its subsidiaries, who, unless otherwise specified, will be referred to jointly as employees. Agents and contractors of the company are also expected to read, understand and abide by this Code.

This Code should help guide your conduct in the course of our business. However, many of the principles described in this Code are general in nature, and the Code does not cover every situation that may arise. Use common sense and good judgment in applying this Code. If you have any questions about applying the Code, it is your responsibility to seek guidance.

This Code is not the exclusive source of guidance and information regarding the conduct of our business. You should consult applicable policies and procedures in specific areas as they apply. The Code is intended to supplement, not replace, the employee handbook and the other policies and procedures of the company.

We are committed to continuously reviewing and updating our policies and procedures. The company therefore reserves the right to amend, alter or terminate this Code at any time and for any reason, subject to applicable law.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 1 -   


YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES

 

    You are expected to read and understand this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

    You must uphold these standards in day-to-day activities and comply with all applicable policies and procedures in the Code.

 

    Part of your job and ethical responsibility is to help enforce this Code. You should be alert to possible violations and promptly report violations or suspected violations of this Code. Please refer to “Procedural Matters—Reporting Violations” for more information.

 

    You must cooperate with investigations into possible Code violations and be truthful and forthcoming in the course of these investigations.

 

    Reprisals, threats, retribution or retaliation against any person who has in good faith reported a violation or a suspected violation of law, this Code or other company policies, or against any person who is assisting in good faith in any investigation or process with respect to such a violation, is prohibited.

 

    In trying to determine whether any given action is appropriate, keep these steps in mind:

 

    Obtain all relevant facts.

 

    Assess the responsibilities and roles of those involved.

 

    Using your judgment and common sense, evaluate whether the action seems unethical or improper.

 

    Seek guidance.

 

    If you are unsure about any situation or any provision of the Code or any other related policy, discuss the matter with your manager or responsible employees in the Legal or Human Resources Departments.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 2 -   


GENERAL STANDARDS OF CONDUCT

Overview

Honest and ethical conduct is critical to our business. All employees, agents and contractors have a duty to comply with applicable law and to act in an honest and ethical manner.

Compliance with law

You are responsible for complying with all laws, rules, regulations and regulatory orders applicable to the conduct of our business. If you are located or engaging in business outside of the United States, you must comply with laws, rules, regulations and regulatory orders of the United States, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.S. export rules and regulations, in addition to the applicable laws of other jurisdictions. If compliance with the Code should ever conflict with law, you must comply with the law.

You should undertake to acquire knowledge of the legal requirements relating to your duties sufficient to enable you to recognize potential dangers and to know when to seek advice from managers or other appropriate personnel. In some instances, this may include knowing and understanding legal requirements related to antitrust, privacy and data breach, government contracting, export controls, and/or immigration compliance.

Violations of laws, rules, regulations and orders may subject you to individual criminal or civil liability, in addition to discipline by the company. Violations may also subject the company to civil or criminal liability or the loss of business.

No discrimination or harassment

The company is committed to providing a work environment that is free of discrimination and harassment. The company is an equal opportunity employer and makes employment decisions on the basis of merit and business needs. In addition, the company strictly prohibits harassment of any kind, including harassment on the basis of race, color, veteran status, religion, gender, sex, sexual orientation, age, mental or physical disability, medical condition, national origin, marital status or any other characteristics protected under federal or state law or local ordinance.

Health and safety

You are responsible for using good judgment to help ensure a safe and healthy workplace for all employees.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 3 -   


AVOIDING CONFLICTS OF INTERESTS

Overview

Your decisions and actions in the course of your employment with the company should be based on the best interests of the company, and not based on personal relationships or benefits. You should seek to avoid situations where your personal activities and relationships conflict, or appear to conflict, with the interests of the company, except under guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. This includes situations where you may have or appear to have an indirect conflict through, for example, a significant other or a relative or other persons or entities with which you have a business, social, familial, personal or other relationship. A conflict may also arise when you take actions or have interests that make it difficult for you to perform your work for the company objectively and effectively. You must disclose to your manager any interest that you have that may, or may appear to, conflict with the interests of the company.

There are a variety of situations in which a conflict of interest may arise. While it would be impractical to attempt to list all possible situations, some common types of conflicts are discussed below.

Outside employment and directorships

Unless you are a non-employee director of the company, you may not perform services as a director, employee, agent or contractor for a customer, a supplier or any other entity that has a business relationship with the company without approval from the company. Non-employee directors of the company must promptly inform the company of any such service. You may not perform services as a director, employee, agent or contractor for any competitor of the company.

Financial interests in other companies

You should not have a financial interest—including an indirect interest through, for example, a relative or significant other—in any organization if that interest would give you or would appear to give you a conflict of interest with the company. You should be particularly sensitive to financial interests in competitors, suppliers, customers, distributors and strategic partners.

Transactions with the company

If you have a significant financial interest in a transaction involving the company—including an indirect interest through, for example, a relative or significant other or a business entity—you must disclose that interest, and that interest must be approved by the company in a manner specified by company policy. We encourage you to seek guidance if you have any questions as to whether an interest in a transaction is significant. If it is determined that the transaction is required to be reported under SEC rules, the transaction will be subject to review and approval by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Any dealings with a related party must be conducted in such a way that no preferential treatment is given to that business.

Corporate opportunities

You may not directly or indirectly exploit for personal gain any opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position unless the opportunity is disclosed fully in writing to the Board of Directors or its designated committee and the Board of Directors or its designated committee declines to pursue the opportunity.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 4 -   


Loans by the company

Loans from the company to directors and executive officers are prohibited. Loans from the company to other officers and employees must be approved in advance by the Board of Directors or its designated committee.

Election or appointment to public office

You may serve in an elected or appointed public office provided that the position does not create or appear to create a conflict of interest.

Guidance and approvals

Evaluating whether a conflict of interest exists, or may appear to exist, requires the consideration of many factors. We encourage you to seek guidance and approval in any case where you have any questions or doubts. The company may at any time rescind prior approvals to avoid a conflict of interest, or the appearance of a conflict of interest, for any reason deemed to be in the best interest of the company.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 5 -   


PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

Public communications and filings

The company files reports and other documents with regulatory authorities, including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and The New York Stock Exchange. In addition, from time to time the company makes other public communications, such as issuing press releases.

Depending upon your position with the company, you may be called upon to provide information to help assure that the company’s public reports and communications are complete, fair and accurate. You are expected to use all reasonable efforts to provide complete, accurate, objective, relevant, timely and understandable answers to inquiries related to the company’s public disclosures.

Individuals involved in the preparation of public reports and communications must use all reasonable efforts to comply with our disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure in our public reports and communications.

If you believe that any disclosure is materially misleading or if you become aware of any material information that you believe should be disclosed to the public, it is your responsibility to bring this information to the attention of the Legal Department. If you believe that questionable accounting or auditing conduct or practices have occurred or are occurring, you should notify the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Communication procedures

You may not communicate externally on behalf of the company unless you are authorized to do so. The company has established specific policies regarding who may communicate information to the public, the press, market professionals (such as securities analysts, institutional investors, investment advisors, brokers and dealers) and security holders on behalf of the company:

 

    Our Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and their authorized designees are our official spokespeople for financial matters.

 

    Our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer and their authorized designees, are our official spokespeople for public comment, press, marketing, technical and other such information.

You should refer all calls or other inquiries from the press, market professionals or security holders to the Investor Relations Department, which will see that the inquiry is directed to the appropriate persons within the company.

All communications made to public audiences on behalf of the company including formal communications and presentations made to investors, customers or the press, require prior approval of the General Counsel and the Chief Financial Officer.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 6 -   


FINANCIAL REPORTING

Overview

As a public company, we are required to follow strict accounting principles and standards, to report financial information accurately and completely in accordance with these principles and standards, and to have appropriate internal controls and procedures to ensure that our accounting and financial reporting complies with law. The integrity of our financial transactions and records is critical to the operation of our business and is a key factor in maintaining the confidence and trust of our employees, security holders and other stakeholders.

Compliance with rules, controls and procedures

It is important that all transactions are properly recorded, classified and summarized in our financial statements, books and records in accordance with our policies, controls and procedures, as well as all generally accepted accounting principles, standards, laws, rules and regulations for accounting and financial reporting. If you have responsibility for or any involvement in financial reporting or accounting, you should have an appropriate understanding of, and you should seek in good faith to adhere to, relevant accounting and financial reporting principles, standards, laws, rules and regulations and the company’s financial and accounting policies, controls and procedures. This includes ensuring that all bookkeeping and records comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act where applicable, as explained in greater detail in the Company’s Anti-Corruption policy, available via the Company’s intranet at http://                      . If you are a senior officer, you should seek to ensure that the internal controls and procedures in your business area are in place, understood and followed.

Accuracy of records and reports

It is important that those who rely on records and reports—managers and other decision makers, creditors, customers and auditors—have complete, accurate and timely information. False, misleading or incomplete information undermines the company’s ability to make good decisions about resources, employees and programs and may, in some cases, result in violations of law. Anyone involved in preparing financial or accounting records or reports, including financial statements and schedules, must be diligent in assuring that those records and reports are complete, accurate and timely. Anyone representing or certifying as to the accuracy of such records and reports should make an inquiry or review adequate to establish a good faith belief in their accuracy.

Even if you are not directly involved in financial reporting or accounting, you are likely involved with financial records or reports of some kind—a voucher, time sheet, invoice or expense report. In addition, most employees have involvement with product, marketing or administrative activities, or performance evaluations, which can affect our reported financial condition or results. Therefore, the company expects you, regardless of whether you are otherwise required to be familiar with finance or accounting matters, to use all reasonable efforts to ensure that every business record or report with which you deal is accurate, complete and reliable.

Intentional misconduct

You may not intentionally misrepresent the company’s financial performance or otherwise intentionally compromise the integrity of the company’s reports, records, policies and procedures. For example, you may not:

 

    report information or enter information in the company’s books, records or reports that fraudulently or intentionally hides, misrepresents or disguises the true nature of any financial or non-financial transaction or result;

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 7 -   


    establish any undisclosed or unrecorded fund, account, asset or liability for any improper purpose;

 

    enter into any transaction or agreement that accelerates, postpones or otherwise manipulates the accurate and timely recording of revenues or expenses;

 

    intentionally misclassify transactions as to accounts, business units or accounting periods; or

 

    knowingly assist others in any of the above.

Dealing with auditors

Our auditors have a duty to review our records in a fair and accurate manner. You are expected to cooperate with independent and internal auditors in good faith and in accordance with law. In addition, you must not fraudulently induce or influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead our independent or internal auditors regarding financial records, processes, controls or procedures or other matters relevant to their engagement. You may not engage, directly or indirectly, any outside auditors to perform any audit, audit-related, tax or other services, including consulting, without written approval from the Controller and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Obligation to investigate and report potential violations

You should make appropriate inquiries in the event you may see, for example:

 

    financial results that seem inconsistent with underlying business performance;

 

    inaccurate financial records, including travel and expense reports, time sheets or invoices;

 

    the circumventing of mandated review and approval procedures;

 

    transactions that appear inconsistent with good business economics;

 

    the absence or weakness of processes or controls; or

 

    persons within the company seeking to improperly influence the work of our financial or accounting personnel, or our external or internal auditors.

Dishonest or inaccurate reporting can lead to civil or even criminal liability for you and the company and can lead to a loss of public faith in the company. You are required to promptly report any case of suspected financial or operational misrepresentation or impropriety.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 8 -   


Keeping the Audit Committee informed

The Audit Committee plays an important role in ensuring the integrity of our public financial reports. If you believe that questionable accounting or financial conduct or practices have occurred or are occurring, you should notify the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer or the Company’s General Counsel. In particular, the Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers such as the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller should promptly bring to the attention of the Audit Committee any information of which he or she may become aware concerning, for example:

 

    the accuracy of material disclosures made by the company in its public filings;

 

    material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting;

 

    any evidence of fraud that involves an employee who has a significant role in the company’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls or procedures; or

 

    any evidence of a material violation of the policies in this Code regarding financial reporting.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 9 -   


SAFEGUARDING COMPANY ASSETS

Overview

All employees, agents and contractors are responsible for the proper use of company assets. This responsibility applies to all of the company’s assets, including your time, work and work product; cash and accounts; physical assets such as inventory, equipment, vehicles, computers, systems, facilities and supplies; intellectual property, such as patents, copyrights, trademarks, inventions, technology and trade secrets; and other proprietary or nonpublic information.

 

    You should use all reasonable efforts to safeguard company assets against loss, damage, misuse or theft.

 

    You should be alert to situations that could lead to loss, damage, misuse or theft of company assets, and should report any loss, damage, misuse or theft as soon as it comes to your attention.

 

    You should not use, transfer, misappropriate, loan, sell or donate company assets without appropriate authorization.

 

    You must take reasonable steps to ensure that the company receives good value for company funds spent.

 

    You may not use company assets in a manner that would result in or facilitate the violation of law.

 

    You should use and safeguard assets entrusted to the company’s custody by customers, suppliers and others in the same manner as company assets.

Use of Computers and Other Equipment

While computers and other electronic devices are made accessible to employees to assist them to perform their jobs and to promote our interests, all such computers and electronic devices, whether used entirely or partially on the company’s premises or with the aid of the company’s equipment or resources, must remain fully accessible to the company and will remain the sole and exclusive property of the company. You must immediately return all Company equipment when their employment relationship with the Company ends.

Employees should not maintain any expectation of privacy with respect to any electronic communications made using Company equipment. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the company retains the right to gain access to any such information, at any time, with or without your knowledge, consent or approval. Please refer to the Company’s separate policies and procedures for more information about use of computers and other equipment.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 10 -   


Protecting the company’s information

In the course of your involvement with the company, you may come into possession of information that has not been disclosed or made available to the general public. This nonpublic information may include, among other things:

 

    financial data and projections;

 

    proprietary and technical information, such as trade secrets, patents, inventions, product plans and customer lists;

 

    information regarding corporate developments, such as business strategies, plans for acquisitions or other business combinations, divestitures, major contracts, expansion plans, financing transactions and management changes;

 

    personal information about employees; and

 

    nonpublic information of customers, suppliers and others.

If you have any questions as to what constitutes nonpublic information, please consult the Legal Department.

All nonpublic information must only be used for company business purposes. You have an obligation to use all reasonable efforts to safeguard the company’s nonpublic information. You may not disclose nonpublic information to anyone outside of the company, except when disclosure is required by law or when disclosure is required for business purposes and appropriate steps have been taken to prevent misuse of that information. This responsibility includes not disclosing nonpublic information in Internet discussion groups, chat rooms, bulletin boards or other electronic media. In cases where disclosing nonpublic information is required or necessary, you should coordinate with the Legal Department. The misuse of nonpublic information is contrary to company policy and may also be a violation of law.

Each employee is required to sign an At Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement that addresses the use and disclosure of confidential information of the company.

Prohibition on insider trading

You may not directly or indirectly—through, for example, significant others, family members or controlled entities—buy or sell stocks or other securities of the company or any other company based on nonpublic information obtained from your work at the company. In addition, you may not “tip” others by providing them nonpublic information under circumstances that suggest that you were trying to help them make an investment decision. These obligations are in addition to your obligations with respect to nonpublic information generally, as discussed above.

Under U.S. securities laws, it is unlawful for any person who has “material” nonpublic information about a company to trade in the stock or other securities of that company or to disclose such information to others who may trade. Material nonpublic information is information about a company that is not known to the general public and that a typical investor would consider important in making a decision to buy, sell or hold securities. Violations of U.S. securities laws may result in civil and criminal penalties, including disgorgement of profits, civil judgments, fines and jail sentences.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 11 -   


You should be aware that stock market surveillance techniques are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and the probability that U.S. federal or other regulatory authorities will detect and prosecute even small-level trading is significant. Insider trading rules are strictly enforced, even in instances when the financial transactions seem small.

You may not make an unauthorized disclosure of any nonpublic information acquired in the course of your service with the Company or misuse material nonpublic information in securities trading. Any such actions will be deemed violations of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy, which is available via the Company’s intranet at http://                      . All employees should be familiar with the Company’s policy regarding Insider Trading. If you have any questions at all regarding trading in the company’s securities, contact the Legal Department for guidance.

Maintaining and managing records

The company is required by local, state, federal, foreign and other applicable laws, rules and regulations to retain certain records and to follow specific guidelines in managing its records. Records include paper documents, email, compact discs, computer hard drives, floppy disks, microfiche, microfilm and all other recorded information, regardless of medium or characteristics. Civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with such guidelines can be severe for employees, agents, contractors and the company.

You should consult with the Legal Department regarding the retention of records in the case of actual or threatened litigation or government investigation. The Legal Department will notify you if a legal hold is placed on records for which you are responsible. A legal hold suspends all document destruction procedures in order to preserve appropriate records under special circumstances, such as litigation or government investigations. The Legal Department determines and identifies what types of records or documents are required to be placed under a legal hold. If a legal hold is placed on records for which you are responsible, you must preserve and protect the necessary records in accordance with instructions from the Legal Department. Records or supporting documents that are subject to a legal hold must not be destroyed, altered or modified under any circumstance. A legal hold remains effective until it is officially released in writing by the Legal Department. If you are unsure whether a document has been placed under a legal hold, you should preserve and protect that document while you check with the Legal Department.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 12 -   


RESPONSIBILITIES TO OUR CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS AND COMPETITORS

Overview

You should respect the rights of, and deal fairly with, the company’s customers, suppliers, business partners and competitors in compliance with law. You should not take unfair advantage of anyone through deception, misrepresentation, manipulation, coercion, abuse of privileged information or any intentional unfair business practice.

Improper payments

You should not authorize, offer, promise or give, or solicit or accept, money, gifts, entertainment, privileges, gratuities, benefits or other items of value intended to improperly influence, directly or indirectly, any business decision or that otherwise violate law or create the appearance of impropriety. The offering or acceptance of improper payments when dealing with foreign officials or commercial entities abroad can also result in violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, and other foreign laws and regulations prohibiting corruption and commercial bribery. The Company’s Anti-Corruption policy, available via the Company’s intranet at http://                      , sets forth in greater detail the Company’s policies and practices regarding these payments. You should contact the Legal Department if you have any questions as to whether a payment is proper.

Gifts and entertainment

You may, from time to time, provide or accept business amenities to aid in building legitimate business relationships. Business amenities may include gifts, meals, services, entertainment, reimbursements, loans, favors, privileges or other items of value.

Any business amenity should be consistent with customary business practice and should be reasonable and appropriate for the circumstance. Business amenities should not be lavish or excessive. Business amenities should not violate law or create an appearance of impropriety. You should avoid providing or accepting any cash payment, or other business amenity that can be construed as a bribe or payoff. All company funds expended for business amenities must be accurately recorded in the company’s books and records. For additional details on policies and practices relating to gifts and entertainments and the propriety of such gifts when dealing with foreign officials or foreign commercial entities, please see the Company’s Anti-Corruption policy. We encourage you to contact the Legal Department if you have any questions as to whether a business amenity is permissible.

In some business situations outside of the United States, it is customary and lawful for business executives to present gifts to representatives of their business partners. These gifts may be of more than a nominal value, and under the circumstances, returning the gifts or paying for them may be an affront to the giver. If you find yourself in such a situation, you must report the gift to the General Counsel. In some cases, you may be required to turn the gift over to the company.

Special restrictions apply when dealing with government employees. For more information, see the next section on “Working with Governments”.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 13 -   


Selecting suppliers

The company’s policy is to select suppliers based on the merits of their products, services and business practices and to purchase supplies based on need, quality, service, price and other terms and conditions of sale. You may not establish a business relationship with any supplier if you know that its business practices violate applicable laws.

Handling the nonpublic information of others

You must handle the nonpublic information of others responsibly and in accordance with our agreements with them. Nonpublic information of others includes notes, reports, conclusions and other materials prepared by a company employee based on the nonpublic information of others.

You should not knowingly accept information offered by a third party, including a customer, supplier or business partner, that is represented as nonpublic, or that appears from the context or circumstances to be nonpublic, unless an appropriate nondisclosure agreement has been signed with the party offering the information. You should contact the Legal Department to coordinate the appropriate execution of nondisclosure agreements on behalf of the company.

Even after a nondisclosure agreement is in place, you should accept only the information that is necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purpose of receiving it, such as a decision on whether to proceed to negotiate a deal. If more detailed or extensive information is offered and it is not necessary or appropriate for your immediate purposes, it should be refused. If any such information is inadvertently received, it should be transferred to the Legal Department for appropriate disposition.

Once the company has received nonpublic information, you should use all reasonable efforts to:

 

    abide by the terms of the relevant nondisclosure agreement, including any obligations with respect to the return or destruction of the nonpublic information;

 

    limit the use of the nonpublic information to the purpose for which it was disclosed; and

 

    disseminate the nonpublic information only to those other company employees, agents or contractors with a need to know the information to perform their jobs for the company, as may be set forth in the relevant nondisclosure agreement.

Improperly obtaining or using assets or information

You may not unlawfully obtain or use the materials, products, intellectual property, proprietary or nonpublic information or other assets of anyone, including suppliers, customers, business partners and competitors. You must respect the copyrights of others and may not use software, or other copyrighted material, if doing so would violate the rights of a copyright holder or exceed the terms of a license. You may not coerce or improperly induce past or present employees of other companies to disclose proprietary or nonpublic information of their former or other employers.

Free and fair competition

It is our policy to lawfully compete in the marketplace. Our commitment to fairness includes respecting the rights of our competitors to compete lawfully in the marketplace and abiding by all applicable laws in the course of competing.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 14 -   


Most countries have well-developed bodies of law designed to encourage and protect free and fair competition. These laws are broad and far-reaching and regulate the company’s relationships with its distributors, resellers, suppliers and customers. Competition laws generally address the following areas: pricing practices (including predatory pricing, price fixing and price discrimination), discounting, terms of sale, credit terms, promotional allowances, secret rebates, exclusive dealerships or distributorships, product bundling, restrictions on carrying competing products, termination and many other practices.

Competition laws also govern, usually quite strictly, relationships between the company and its competitors. Collusion among competitors is illegal, and the consequences of a violation are severe. You must not enter into an agreement or understanding, written or oral, express or implied, with any competitor concerning prices, discounts or other terms or conditions of sale; profits or profit margins; costs; allocation of product, customers, markets or territories; limitations on production or supply; boycotts of customers or suppliers; or bids or the intent to bid, or even discuss or exchange information on these subjects.

The company is committed to obeying both the letter and spirit of these laws, which are often referred to as antitrust, consumer protection, competition or unfair competition laws. Although the spirit of these laws is straightforward, their application to particular situations can be quite complex. To ensure that the company complies fully with these laws, you should have a basic knowledge of them and should promptly involve our Legal Department when questionable situations arise.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 15 -   


WORKING WITH GOVERNMENTS

Overview

Special rules govern our business and other dealings with governments. Employees, agents and contractors of the company should use all reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable laws and regulations governing contact and dealings with governments, government employees and public officials. If you deal with governments, government employees or public officials, you should undertake to understand the special rules that apply. If you have any questions concerning government relations, you should contact the Legal Department.

Government contracts

You should use all reasonable efforts to comply with all relevant laws and regulations that apply to government contracting. You should refer any contract with any governmental entity to the Legal Department for review and approval.

Requests by regulatory authorities

You must cooperate with appropriate government inquiries and investigations in accordance with law. It is important, however, to protect the legal rights of the company with respect to its nonpublic information. All government requests for company information, documents or investigative interviews should be referred to the Legal Department. You should work with the Legal Department in responding to requests by regulatory authorities to ensure appropriate responses and to avoid inappropriate disclosure of attorney-client privileged materials, trade secret information or other nonpublic information. This policy should not be construed to prevent an employee from disclosing information to a government or law enforcement agency where the employee has reasonable cause to believe that the information discloses a violation of, or noncompliance with, a state or federal statute or regulation.

Improper payments to government officials

You may not offer any payment or business amenity to a public official or a government employee if doing so could reasonably be construed as having any connection with the company’s business, even if it has a nominal value or no value at all. You should be aware that what may be permissible in dealings with commercial businesses may be deemed illegal and possibly criminal in dealings with the government. You should contact the Legal Department for guidance.

Whether you are located in the United States or abroad, you are also responsible for fully complying with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act makes it illegal to offer, pay, promise to pay or authorize to pay any money, gift or other item of value to any foreign official, political party or candidate to assist the company or another to obtain or retain business. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act forbids doing indirectly, such as through an agent or consultant, what it would be illegal to do directly. All managers and supervisory personnel are expected to monitor continued compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. If you have questions or concerns about the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, please refer to the Company’s Anti-Corruption policy, available via the Company’s intranet at http://                      , or contact the Legal Department.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 16 -   


Political contributions

The company reserves the right to communicate its position on important issues to elected representatives and other government officials. It is the company’s policy to comply fully with all local, state, federal, foreign and other applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding political contributions. The company’s assets—including company funds, employees’ work time and company premises and equipment—must not be used for, or be contributed to, political campaigns or political activities under any circumstances without prior written approval.

Lobbying

You must obtain approval from the General Counsel for any work activity that requires lobbying communication with any member or employee of a legislative body or with any government official or employee in the formulation of legislation. Work activity covered by this policy includes meetings with legislators or members of their staffs or with senior executive branch officials on behalf of the company. Preparation, research and other background activities that are done in support of such lobbying communication are also covered by this policy even if the communication ultimately is not made.

Trade restrictions

A number of countries maintain controls on the destinations to which products or software may be exported. Some of the strictest export controls are maintained by the United States against countries that the U.S. government considers unfriendly or as supporting international terrorism. The U.S. regulations are complex and apply both to deemed exports from the United States and to deemed exports of products from other countries when those products contain U.S.-origin components or technology. For example, software created in the United States is subject to these regulations even if duplicated and packaged abroad. In some circumstances, an oral presentation containing technical data made to foreign nationals in the United States or access by foreign nationals to certain technology may constitute a controlled export. The Legal Department can provide you with guidance on which countries are prohibited destinations for company products or whether a proposed technical presentation or the provision of controlled technology to foreign nationals may require a U.S. government license.

Immigration laws

The United States and other countries impose restrictions on non-citizens visiting or working in the country. In many instances visas or work permits must be obtained from the government. You are responsible for complying with all applicable immigration laws. If you have any uncertainty concerning the requirements of the law, you should consult with the Legal Department before working in, or travelling to, a country of which that person is not a citizen, or authorizing any person to do so.

PROCEDURAL MATTERS

Distribution

All employees will receive a copy of this Code at the time they join the company and will receive periodic updates. Agents and contractors should also be provided with a copy of the Code.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 17 -   


Acknowledgment

All new employees must sign an acknowledgment form confirming that they have read the Code and that they understand and agree to comply with its provisions. Signed acknowledgment forms will be kept in your personnel file. Failure to read the Code or to sign an acknowledgement form does not excuse any person from the terms of the Code.

Approvals and waivers

Except as otherwise provided in the Code, the Board of Directors or its designated committee must review and approve any matters requiring special permission under the Code for a member of the Board of Directors or an executive officer. Except as otherwise provided in the Code, the Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel must review and approve any matters requiring special permission under the Code for any other employee, agent or contractor.

Any waiver of any provision of this Code for a member of the Board of Directors or an executive officer must be approved in writing by the Board of Directors or its designated committee and promptly disclosed, along with the reasons for the waiver, to the extent required by law or regulation. Any waiver of any provision of this Code with respect to any other employee, agent or contractor must be approved in writing by the Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel.

Copies of approvals and waivers will be retained by the company.

Reporting violations

Subject to compliance with any applicable local law requirements, you should promptly report violations or suspected violations of this Code to the General Counsel or other designated Legal Department contact at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404 or johnm@ringcentral.com. If you wish to remain anonymous, send an anonymous letter addressed to the General Counsel at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404 or johnm@ringcentral.com.

If your concerns relate to accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, or if the General Counsel or other designated Legal Department contact or another executive officer is implicated in any violation or suspected violation, you may also contact the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404. If you wish to remain anonymous, send an anonymous letter addressed to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors at 1400 Fashion Island Blvd., 7 th Floor, San Mateo, CA 94404.

If you make an anonymous report, please provide as much detail as possible, including copies of any documents that you believe may be relevant to the issue.

When reports are not made anonymously, reasonable efforts will be made to keep your identity confidential. In certain circumstances, however, your identity may become apparent during an investigation or may need to be disclosed ( e.g., in regulatory proceedings). Accordingly, it is not possible for the company to give a blanket guarantee of confidentiality.

Reprisals, threats, retribution or retaliation against any person who has in good faith reported a violation or a suspected violation of law, this Code or other company policies, or against any person who is assisting in any investigation or process with respect to such a violation, is strictly prohibited.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 18 -   


Investigations

The Board of Directors or its designated committee will be responsible for investigating violations and determining appropriate disciplinary action for matters involving members of the Board of Directors or executive officers. The Board of Directors or its designated committee may designate others to conduct or manage investigations on its behalf and recommend disciplinary action.

Subject to the general authority of the Board of Directors to administer this Code, the Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel will be jointly responsible for investigating violations and determining appropriate disciplinary action for other employees, agents and contractors. The Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel may designate others to conduct or manage investigations on their behalf and recommend disciplinary action. The Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel will periodically report Code violations and the corrective actions taken to the Board of Directors or its designated committee. The Board of Directors reserves the right to investigate violations and determine appropriate disciplinary action on its own and to designate others to do so in place of, or in addition to, the Chief Financial Officer and the General Counsel.

The company will promptly investigate any suspected violations. A person suspected of violating the Code may be suspended with or without pay while an investigation is conducted. The company will follow local grievance procedures in jurisdictions where such procedures apply.

Disciplinary action

The company will take appropriate action against any employee, agent or contractor whose actions are found to violate the Code. Disciplinary actions may include, at the company’s sole discretion, oral or written reprimand, suspension or immediate termination of employment or business relationship, or any other disciplinary action or combination of disciplinary actions as deemed appropriate to the circumstances. A record of the disciplinary action will be retained in the employee’s personnel file.

In determining what disciplinary action is appropriate in a particular case, the company will take into account all relevant information, including the nature and severity of the violation, any history of warnings and violations, whether the violation appears to have been intentional or inadvertent and whether the violator reported his or her own misconduct. The company will strive to enforce the Code in a consistent manner while accounting for all relevant information.

Where the company has suffered a loss, it may pursue its remedies against the individuals or entities responsible. Certain violations of this Code may also be subject to civil or criminal prosecution by governmental authorities and others. Where laws have been violated, the company’s remedial actions may include reporting violators to the appropriate authorities.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 19 -   


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Nothing in this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics creates or implies an employment contract or term of employment. Employment at the company is employment at-will. Employment at-will may be terminated with or without cause and with or without notice at any time by the employee or the company. Nothing in this Code shall limit the right to terminate employment at-will. No employee of the company has any authority to enter into any agreement for employment for a specified period of time or to make any agreement or representation contrary to the company’s policy of employment at-will. Only the Chief Executive Officer of the company has the authority to make any such agreement, which must be in writing.

The policies in this Code do not constitute a complete list of company policies or a complete list of the types of conduct that can result in discipline, up to and including discharge.

 

RingCentral, Inc. – Code of Conduct    - 20 -   


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

    I acknowledge that I have received and read the company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

    I acknowledge that I understand the standards, policies and procedures contained in the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and understand that there may be additional standards, policies, procedures and laws relevant to my position.

 

    I agree to comply with the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

 

    I acknowledge that if I have questions concerning the meaning or application of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, any company policies, or the legal or regulatory requirements applicable to my position, it is my responsibility to seek guidance from my manager, the Human Resources Department, the Legal Department or other relevant individuals or departments.

 

    I acknowledge that neither this Acknowledgement nor the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is meant to vary or supersede the regular terms and conditions of my employment by the company or to constitute an employment contract.

 

 

 

( print name )
 

 

( signature )
 

 

( date )

Please review and sign, and return this form to the Human Resources Department.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

RingCentral, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated June 21, 2013 included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

 
/s/ KPMG LLP

Santa Clara, California

September 13, 2013